Professional Documents
Culture Documents
1. Finance
2. Human Resource Management
3. Information Technology
4. Marketing
5. Operations & SupplyChainManagement
6. Aviation & Tourism Management
7. Hotel and Event Management
8. Operations
9. Banking & Insurance Management
10. Supply Chain Management
11. Hospital Management
Offered by
SUNRISE UNIVERSITY
COURSE STRUCTURE OF MASTER OF BUSINESS
ADMINISTRATION(MBA)
1st Semester
CREDI
Subject S
Code Subject Name Internal External Total
900 22
nd
2 Semester
Subject
Code SubjectName Internal External Total
Th
4 Semester
PAPERS PAPERS NAME INTERNAL EXTERNAL TOTAL
CODE CREDITS
Elective – II 40 60 100 2
Elective – II 40 60 100 2
Elective – II 40 60 100 2
Elective – II 40 60 100 2
Elective – II 40 60 100 2
Elective – II 40 60 100 2
MBA411 Enterprise Performance Management 40 60 100 2
MBA412 International Business Management 40 60 100 2
MBA413 Environment & Diaster Management 40 60 100 4
Total 400 500 900 20
Elective Courses for Program:
The students shall have to select any one of the following elective groups available in the
particular program being pursued by the student.
12. Finance
13. Human Resource Management
14. Information Technology
15. Marketing
16. Operations & SupplyChainManagement
17. Hospitality & Event Management
18. Aviation & Tourism Management
19. Supply Chain Management
20. Banking & Insurance Management
21. Hospital Management
22. Operations
FINANCE
MARKETING
SEMESTER-4(ElectiveII)
7. Food and Beverages Management MBAHE401
8. Hotel Housekeeping Management and Operations MBAHE402
9. Hospitality Marketing and Sales MBAHE403
10. Facility Design in Management MBAHE404
Practical Examinations
11. Food and Beverages Management MBAHE411
12. Hotel Housekeeping Management and Operations MBAHE412
1. COURSE OBJECTIVES
• To acquire knowledge to understand concepts and key principles of management and be able to
critically apply this knowledge to analysis of a complex case study
• To understand and apply a selected management topic to a real organizational setting
• To be able to discuss with others the key management principles covered in the textbook and during
lectures showing application of knowledge to case study material.
Definition, nature, scope, importance, Functions of management and manager, Managerial roles
and skills. Evolution of management thought - Classical Approach, Neo Classical Approach,
Scientific Approach, Bureaucratic Approach, Administrative, Quantitative approach, Behavioral
approach, Systems approach, Contingency approach.
Management thinkers: Contributions of F. W. Taylor, Henry Fayol, Mary Parker Follet, Peter F.
Drucker, Abraham Maslow, Herzberg and McGregor, Trends and Challenges of Management in Global
Scenario. PLANNING Importance and Advantages of Planning, Planning Process, Types of Plans,
Elements of Planning, Principles, Criteria and Limitations of Planning, Management by Objective
(MBO), Strategies - Types of Strategies, Policies, Managerial Decision Making - Types of Decision,
Decision Making Process, Rational Decision Making. ORGANIZING Nature and purpose of
Organizing, Organization Structure: Design and Forms, Formal and Informal Groups Organization, Line
and Staff Organization, Conflicts between Line and Staff, Measures to overcome the Conflicts,
Departmentation.
DELEGATION OF AUTHORITY
Authority & Power, Responsibility and Accountability, Concept, Importance and Process of Delegation,
Principles of Delegation and Barriers to effective Delegation, Span of Management, Span of Control
and Decentralization and Centralization, Staffing: Importance and Process. Coordination: Concept,
importance, principles of coordination, difficulties and techniques to ensure effective coordination.
DIRECTING
Direction: Importance, Principles, Components and Styles of Direction, Motivation and Satisfaction.
Motivation Theories - Leadership: Concept and Definition, Importance, Styles of Leadership, Theories
of Leadership - Leader vs. Manager, Communication: Concept and Definition, Importance, Process,
Barriers to Effective Communication and Measures to Overcome Communication barriers.
CONTROLLING
Controlling: Concept, Definition, Basic control process, Requirement of Effective Control, Control
Techniques. Organization Culture - Elements and Types of Culture, Managing Cultural Diversity.
Management Lessons by Dhirubhai Ambani, Narayan Murthy, Premji, Ratan Tata, Steve Jobs, Bill
Gates.
TEXT BOOKS
1. Management Fundamentals, Robert N. Lussier, 5e, Cengage Learning.
2. Fundamentals of Management, Stephen P. Robbins, Pearson Education.
3. Charles W. Hill, Steven L. McShane, 'Principles of Management', Mcgraw Hill Education,
Special Indian Edition.
4. L. M. Prasad, Principles and Practice of Management, 7Ed, S. Chand Publishers.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Essentials of Management, Koontz Kleihrich, Tata Mc–Graw-Hill.
2. Management Essentials, Andrew DuBrin, 9e, Cengage Learning.
3. Mukherjee, Principles of Management & Organisational Behaviour, Tata McGraw Hill.
4. Slocum & Jackson, 'Management-A Competency Based Approach’, Thomson South Western,
10th edition.
COURSE OUTCOME
CO1. The students understand the significance of Management in their Profession. CO2.
The various Management Functions like Planning, Organizing, Staffing, Leading,
Motivation and Control aspects are learnt in this course.
CO3. The students can explore the Management Practices in their domain area.
SPECIAL NOTES
1.Case studies may be given on emerging trends from each module.
2. Presentation and Group Discussions
3. Assignments on various topics related to subject matter.
MBA-102 :- Organizational Behavior
COURSE OBJECTIVES
1. Understand how application of OB frameworks, tools, and concepts can enhance individual, group, and
organizational effectiveness
2. Reflect on your own beliefs, assumptions, and behaviors with respect to how individuals, groups, and
organizations act in order to expand your approaches and increase your own organizational effectiveness.
3. To help the students to develop cognizance of the importance of human behavior.
4. To enable students to describe how people behave under different conditions and understand why
people behave as they do.
COURSE CONTENT
CONCEPT OF ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOUR
Models of Organizational Behavior, Systems theory, and time dimension of effectiveness,
Developing competencies, Limitations of Organizational Behavior, Continuing challenges. Emerging
issues in organizational behavior.
11
Group Dynamics:
Definition, Stages of Group Development, Group Cohesiveness, Formal and Informal Groups, Group
Processes and Decision Making, Dysfunctional Groups. Teams and Team Building, Transactional Analysis
Managing Conflict and Negotiation:
Conflict in Organizations, A contemporary perspective on intergroup conflict, what causes intergroup
conflict, the causes of dysfunctional intergroup conflict, managing intergroup conflict through Resolution,
Stimulating
Constructive intergroup conflict Power and Politics:
Concept, Sources of Power, Distinction between Power, Authority, and Influence, Approaches
Organizational Processes:
Managing Change and Innovation: Change at work, Resistance to change, Alternative change
management approaches, learning principles in change management, Change agents: forms
of interventions, A model for managing organizational change.
COURSE OUTCOME:
CO1: Demonstrate the applicability of the concept of organizational behavior to understand the
behavior of people in the organization.
CO2: Demonstrate the applicability of analyzing the complexities associated with management
of individual behavior in the organization.
CO3: Analyze the complexities associated with management of the group behavior in the organization.
CO4: Demonstrate how the organizational behavior can integrate in understanding the motivation
(why) behind behavior of people in the organization.
CO5: Demonstrate how the behavior can integrate in understanding Managing International Workforce
and Cross-cultural communication.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Personality and Organizations (Organization and Management Series) 1st Edition by Benjamin
Schneider
3. Work Motivation: History, Theory, Research, and Practice Book by Gary P. Latham
4. Management Process and Organizational Behavior Hardcover – Import, 1 Dec 2003 by Sudan Amrik
Singh
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Organizational Behaviour by Pearson 18e (Stephen P. Robbins, Timothy A. Judge, Neharika Vohra)
4. Greenberg, Jerald and Baron, Robert. Behavior in Organizations, Prentice Hall of India.
5. Aswathappa. Organization Behavior (Text, Cases & Games), Himalaya Publishing House.
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
1. To familiarize the students with the fundamental economic concepts & principles.
2. To make students understand about the factors affecting managerial decision making.
3. To make students aware about Macroeconomic principals & stabilization policies.
CONTENTS:
Introduction to Business economics and Demand Analysis: Managerial Economics - Nature, Scope &
significance, Fundamental Principles of Managerial Economics: Opportunity Costs, Incremental, Time
perspective, Discounting and Equimarginal principles.
Theory of Consumer Behavior: rationality, revealed preferences and utility, indifference curves,
utilitymaximization, demand functions, substitution and income effects, substitutes and complements,
demand elasticity.
Production analysis: Production function with one variable input and two variable inputs–Law
ofdiminishing of returns – iso-quants and iso-cost analysis – Producer Equilibrium – Law of
substitution – Production functions and managerial decision making – Equilibrium of a multiproduct
business firm – Expansion path.
Cost & Revenue Analysis: Kinds of costs–costs in the short run and in the long run and their behavior
– Applications of cost analysis in managerial decision making – The relationship between product and
cost curves, business planning or envelope curve, economies and Diseconomies of scale. Break Even
Analysis - Meaning, Assumptions, Determination of BEA, Limitations and Uses of BEA in
Managerial Economics. (Problems on BEP)
Market structure: Perfect Competition: Features, Determination of Price under Perfect Competition
Monopoly: Features, Pricing under Monopoly, Price Discrimination. Oligopoly: Features, Kinked
Demand Curve, Cartel, Price Leadership – Monopolistic Competition: Features, Pricing under
Monopolistic Competition, Product Differentiation; Pricing strategies and practices: Multi product
pricing, price discrimination, transfer pricing, cost plus pricing, incremental/marginal pricing,
transfer pricing, peak load pricing, etc.
Macro Economics Measures: Introduction, Basic Concepts, Macroeconomic Ratios, Index
Numbers,National Income Deflators; Consumption Function, Investment Function, Marginal efficiency
of capital and business expectations, Multiplier, Accelerator
Stabilization Policies: Introduction, Economic Stability, Instruments of economic Stability,
MonetaryPolicy, Fiscal Policy, Physical Policy or Direct Controls; Business Cycle - Introduction,
Meaning and Features, Theories of Business Cycles, Measures to Control Business Cycles, Business
Cycles and Business Decisions; Inflation - Meaning and Kinds, Measures to Control Inflation,
Deflation.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
At the end of the Course, the Student will be able to:
CO1 Understand the relative importance of Managerial Economics and basic concepts of
Managerial economics.
CO2 Analyze to find firm's equilibrium.
CO3 Understand the modern managerial decision rules and optimization techniques.
CO4 Evaluate features of different kinds of markets and analyzing pricing strategies
CO5 Be equipped with the various measures of Macro economics
CO6 Understand the stabilization Policies, business cycles and inflation
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Managerial Economics, Yogesh Maheshwari, PHI, 2/e, 2011
2. Managerial Economics, Atmanand, Excel BOOKS, 2/e, 2010
3. Managerial Economics - Principles and worldwide applications, Dominick Salvatore,
Oxford Publication, 6e, 2010
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Managerial Economics - Theory and Applications, Dr. D.M. Mithani, Himalaya Publications.
2. Managerial Economics, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi Moyer & Harris,
3. Managerial Economics, D.N Dwivedi, 8th ed., Vikas Publication.
4. Managerial Economics, H.L Ahuja, S. Chand, 2011
5. Indian Economy, KPM Sundharam and Dutt, 64th Edition, S Chand Publication.
6. Business Environment Text and Cases by Justin Paul, 3rd Edition, McGraw-Hill Companies.
SPECIAL NOTES:
1. Case study related with each module must be discuss in class.
2. All the students need to present a PPT in class on relevant topic which will be evaluated.
3. Current Indian and international economic scenario must be discuss in class.
4. Field/desk/numerical Assignments must be given to understand the concepts properly.
17
MBA-104 :- Accounts for Managers
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
COURSE CONTENTS:
Introduction, Definitions, Accounting Cycle, Objectives of Accounting, Basic Accounting Terms, Generally
Accepted Accounting Principles, Accounting Concepts and Conventions, Accounting System
Events and Transaction, Voucher, The Concepts of Account, Debit and Credit, Types of Accounts,
The Accounting Process: Journals, Ledgers and Trial Balance, Accounting Equation, Accrual Basis &
Cash Basis of Accounting, Capital & Revenue Transaction
Preparation of Final Accounts: Trading Account, Profit and loss Account with adjustments,
BalanceSheet Preparation of Cash Flow Statement (Accounting Standard – 3 Revised), Analysis of
Financial Statements: Comparative, Common size, Trend Analysis, Inferences and Interpretations from
Published Financial Statement
Cost Accounting: Evolution, Meaning, Objectives and Scope, Generally Accepted Cost
AccountingPrinciples (GACAP), Definitions, Methods of Costing, cost & Cost Object, cost
Organization, Costing system, Cost Determination Cost Statements - Introduction, Cost
Accumulation, Cost Collection, Cost Sheet formats & Preparation
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Anthony, R.N., Hawkins, F.D., & Merchant, K.A. (2006). Accounting: text and cases (12th ed.). New
Delhi: Tata McGraw-Hill.
2. Albrecht, W.S., Stice, D.J., Stice, E.K., Monte, R., & Swain, R.M. (2010). Accounting: concepts and
applications (11th ed.). U.S.A: South Western.
3. Anthony, R.N. (2006). Accounting: text & cases (11th ed.). New Delhi: Tata McGraw-Hill.
4. Belverd, E., Needles, Jr., & Powers, M. (2005). Principles of financial accounting (9th ed.). New York:
Houghton Mifflin. Faculty of Management Studies, University of Delhi 17
5. Garrison, R. H., Noreen. E. W. (2007). Managerial accounting (12th ed.). New Delhi: Tata
McGraw-Hill.
6. Hilton, R.W. (2008). Managerial accounting (3rd ed.). New Delhi: Tata McGraw-Hill.
18
7. Larson, D. K., & Chiappetta, B. (2004). Fundamental accounting principles (17th ed.). New Delhi:
McGraw Hill. 8. Michael, C. K. (2003). Financial accounting: A focus on decision making (2nd ed.).
New Delhi: West Publishing Company.
8. Spiceland, J.D. (2009). Financial accounting (International edition). New Delhi: Tata McGraw-Hill. 10.
Vij, M. (2009). Management accounting. New Delhi: MacMillan India Ltd. The list of cases and other
specific references including recent articles will be announced by the instructor at the time of
launching the course.
19
MBA-105 :- Business Environment
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
1. To develop basic understanding and provide knowledge about business environment to the management
students and enable them to realize its impact on environment of Business.
2. Master core concepts and methods from economic, political, and social analysis as they are relevant
to the design and evaluation of economic environmental policies.
3. Apply systems, concepts and methodologies to analyze and understand interactions between social
and environmental processes.
CONTENT OF THE SUBJECT BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT:
Business Environment: Meaning, Nature and Significance, Types of Environment, Economic & Non-
economic environment, Environment Scanning and its process, Internal & External environment,
Emergence of Market Driven Economies, Essentials of Competitive Economies.
ECONOMIC TRANSITION (LIBERALIZATION, PRIVATIZATION, AND GLOBALIZATION):
Liberalization: The New Economic Policy of India. Monetary Policy, Fiscal Policy, Export-Import
Policy, Industrial Policy, FDI Policy, Reforms in Capital Market. Privatization: Objectives, Routes,
Benefits, Success Conditions. Privatization in India. Globalization: Features and Stages of
Globalisation, Impact on Indian economy. LPG and Financial, Automobiles and FMCG industry.
MICRO, SMALL AND MEDIUM (MSME) ENTERPRISES & SUPPORTING INSTITUTIONS:
Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises in India, MSME Policy Regulatory and Legal Framework,
Institutional Framework: Training Services, SIDBI, NIMSME, NSIC and their role for MSME.
Skill Development Initiatives. Role of Financing Institutions for MSME sector.
COMPETITION COMMISSION:
Assessment of Regulatory Business Environment, Change from Control to Regulations, Changing role of
RBI, IRDA, Pension, Board of Financial Supervision.
BALANCE OF PAYMENT AND BALANCE OF TRADE:
Exchange rate and competitiveness, Foreign Capital Flows and Foreign Collaborations, FDI in India,
Introduction to Foreign Exchange Management Act 1999 (FEMA), Stock Exchange, Commodity
Exchange in India. Role of SEBI.
CONSUMER, CONSUMERISM AND EMERGING TRENDS:
Consumer Rights, Consumerism and Business, Consumer Protection in India. Emerging Trends: Green
Initiatives, Sustainable Development Practices, Corporate Governance, Corporate Social
Responsibility, Institutional framework for Planning-NITI Aayog and its functioning.
COURSE OUTCOME:
CO1 Outline how an organization operates in a business environment explaining its framework that
regulates the industry. CO2 Explain the effects of Government Policies on the economic environment and
the industries in the country.
CO3 Be able to use the theory and background knowledge learned toenhance general understanding of the
significance and likely impacts of different business decisions.
20
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Francis Cherunilam, Business Environment (Text and Cases), Publisher: Himalayan Publishing House
2. K. Chidambaram and V. Alagappan, Business Environment, Publisher: Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd.
3. M. Adhikari, Economic Environment of Business, Publisher: Excel Books
4. K. Ashwathappa, Business Environment, Publisher: Himalaya Publishing
TEXTBOOKS:
1. B.N. Gosh, Business Environment, Publisher: Oxford University Press
2. Saleem Shaikh, Business Environment, Publisher: Pearson Education
3. Justin Paul, Business Environment (Text & Cases), Publisher: McGraw-Hill Education
4. J. Morrison, The International Business Environment, Publisher: Palgrave
SPECIAL NOTES:
1. Case studies: At least one case study from each module.
2. Presentation: Individual/Group presentation can be assigned.
3. Group Discussions: GD can be done on subject topics in modules.
4. Individual/Group Assignments can be allocated.
5. Guidelines for students and teachers: Newspapers, Magazines, and Bulletins related to
6. Business Environment and Economy to be referred.
7. Recent News/Articles: Journals, News Feeds, Articles to be referred.
21
MBA-106 :- HumanValues
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
1. To impart Human Value Education to the students and make them aware about their Natural Acceptance.
2. To teach students to live in harmony at all levels like - Self, Family, society, and Nature.
3. To make students aware about the concept of existence is co-existence.
COURSE CONTENT:
NEED, BASIC GUIDELINES, CONTENT AND PROCESS FOR VALUE EDUCATION
Understanding the need, basic guidelines, Self Exploration - its content and process; ‘Natural
Acceptance’ and Experiential Validation, Continuous Happiness and Prosperity - Human
Aspirations, Right understanding, Relationship and Physical Facilities, Understanding Happiness and
Prosperity correctly - A critical appraisal of the current scenario. Method to fulfill the above human
aspirations: understanding and living in harmony at various levels.
UNDERSTANDING HARMONY IN THE HUMAN BEING - HARMONY IN MYSELF
Understanding the human being as a co-existence of the sentient ‘I’ and the material ‘Body’.
Understanding the needs of Self (‘I’) and ‘Body’ - Sukh and Suvidha. Understanding the Body as
an instrument of ‘I’, Understanding the characteristics and activities of ‘I’ and harmony in ‘I’.
Understanding the harmony of I with the Body: Sanyam and Swasthya; correct appraisal of Physical
needs, meaning of Prosperity in detail, Programs to ensure Sanyam and Swasthya.
UNDERSTANDING HARMONY IN THE FAMILY AND SOCIETY - HARMONY IN
HUMAN-HUMAN RELATIONSHIP
Understanding harmony in the Family, Understanding values in human-human relationship; meaning of
Nyaya and program for its fulfillment to ensure Ubhay-tripti; Trust (Vishwas) and Respect (Samman),
meaning of Vishwas; Difference between intention and competence, meaning of Samman, Difference
between respect and differentiation; the other salient values in relationship, harmony in the society,
Samadhan, Samridhi, Abhay, Sah-astitva as comprehensive Human Goals, Visualizing a universal
harmonious order in society - Undivided Society (Akhand Samaj), Universal Order (Sarvabhaum
Vyavastha) - from family to world family.
UNDERSTANDING HARMONY IN THE NATURE AND EXISTENCE - WHOLE
EXISTENCE AS COEXISTENCE
Understanding the harmony in the Nature. Interconnectedness and mutual fulfillment among the four
orders of nature - recyclability and self-regulation in nature. Understanding Existence as Co-existence
(Sah-astitva) of mutually interacting units in all-pervasive Space. Holistic perception of harmony at
all levels of existence.
IMPLICATIONS OF THE ABOVE HOLISTIC UNDERSTANDING OF
HARMONY ON PROFESSIONAL ETHICS. NATURAL ACCEPTANCE OF
HUMAN VALUES
Definitiveness of Ethical Human Conduct. Basis for Humanistic Education, Humanistic Constitution and
22
Humanistic Universal Order. Competence in Professional Ethics: a) Ability to utilize the professional
competence for augmenting universal human order, b) Ability to identify the scope and characteristics
of people-friendly and eco-friendly production systems, technologies and management models.
Strategy for transition from the present state to Universal Human Order: At the level of individual:
as socially and ecologically responsible engineers, technologists, and managers. Case studies related
to values in professional life and individual life.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to:
CO1: Recognize the need and importance of value education.
CO2: Understand harmony in the human being (with body & self).
CO3: Understand harmony in family and society.
CO4: Understand harmony in nature & learn how to implement these values in their real life and
engineering.
CO5: Implications of the above Holistic Understanding of Harmony on Professional Ethics.
24
2. Chaturvedi P. D, Chaturvedi M., Business Communication: Concepts, Cases and Applications.
Pearson
Education India. ISBN: 8131718727.
3. Greenbaum. Sidney. College Grammar of English. Longman Publishers. ISBN: 9780582285972.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Pal, Rajendra and Korlahalli, J.S., Essentials of Business Communication. Sultan Chand & Sons.
ISBN: 9788180547294.
2. Kaul, Asha, Effective Business Communication. PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd. ISBN: 9788120338487.
3. Murphy, R., Essential English Grammar, CUP. ISBN: 8175960299.
4. C. Muralikrishna and S. Mishra, Communication Skills for Engineers, Pearson education.
ISBN: 9788131733844.
MBA-108 COMPUTER APPLICATION
LAB
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
This Lab work is designed to make the students of management familiar with the basic
concept of working various applications on a computer.
COURSE CONTENT MS
OFFICE-I Lab Sessions relating
to:
1. MS Word
2. Developing business presentation with MS-PowerPoint
3. MS Access
4. MS Project
MS OFFICE-II
Students are expected to Find the following parameters or Prepare for a given dataset using MS
Excel: Draw all types of Diagrams and Graphs Construction of one-way and two-way tables
Arithmetic Mean Geometric Mean Harmonic Mean Median, Mode Quartiles, Deciles, Percentiles
Minimum, Maximum, Range Quartile Deviation, Mean Deviation, Standard Deviation, Variance,
Coefficient of Variance Coefficient of Skewness: - Karl-Pearson, Bowley, Kelly Correlation
coefficient Regression coefficient - Slope (bin y = a + bx) Regression Constant - Intercept (a in y =
a + bx)
TALLY SOFTWARE
Use of Tally, Journal Entry in Tally, GST entry in Tally software. Design your own webpage
and webpage of your college.
INTERNET BASICS
Types of Connection, Internet Protocol, IP Address, Connectivity to Internet, WI‐Fi
Connectivity. Google Search Tricks and Techniques.
WORKING WITH GOOGLE
SERVICES Docs, Spreadsheet,
presenter, sites, etc.
COURSE OUTCOME:
CO1. To impart students a broad outline of basic computer applications used in a management context.
CO2. The students will learn how to use MS Office, Tally, and gain an understanding of internet basics.
26
MBA-109 :- Practice School-I
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
A management graduate needs to have exposure of the industrial working and understanding
of application part of management concepts and also know his responsibility towards the
society. Therefore, a new concept of practice school has been introduced in the curriculum.
COURSE CONTENT:
This practice school in the first semester will have two parts -
I. Industry Interaction In this, students will start his industry interaction in the very first semester of the
MBA program. He/ She has to visit an organization for 3 hours / week in any industry finalized/selected
by competent authority. This interaction will give him feel and insight to the real-time working.
A. This 3 hours/work will be after the classroom studies.
B. Selection criteria of organization -
1. Have turnover more than 20 lakhs.
2. Have more than 20 employees.
C. During these hours, student will observe following points in the organization:
1. Organizational structure and hierarchy.
2. Different kind of jobs/works done by the employees at all levels in the company.
3. Working of different departments.
4. Types of skills required working in an organization.
5. Ways of internal and external communication.
6. Formal dressing and attitude.
7. Coordination and teamwork.
II. Social Responsibility To make students understand his role and responsibility in society & nature and
co-existence as a whole, students have to take an initiative towards contribution in any relevant social
and environmental issue.
A. This work will be performed after the time of regular classes.
B. Student will perform one or more of the following activities after the approval of mentor and HOD:
1. Making contribution in increasing the income of any street vendor or any needy person
from underprivileged section.
2. Cleanliness Campaign.
3. Donation of his/her belongings which is of no use to him/her to needy ones.
4. Plantation and care for nature (soil, natural resources, plants, and animals).
5. Girl child and women safety, education, and empowerment.
6. Blood donations and help of needy people at hospitals.
7. Helping the under-privileged section of the society.
8. Educating the street children or in schools when and where needed.
9. Nukkad Natak on any topic of social or environmental concern.
10.Any other relevant activities.
COURSE OUTCOME:
CO1. To impart students a real-time work experience.
CO2. To make students aware about their role & Responsibility in society.
MasterofBusinessAdministration(Semester-II)
MBA-201 :- Human Resource Management
Section A
Module I:
Introduction, meaning and significance of HRM. Major functions of HRM. Line functions and
stafffunctions. Principles of HRM. HR Competencies.
Module II:
Pre-recruitment functions of HRM Organizational structure, Delaying, Right sizing, Job analysis,
HRPlanning and budget approval. Strategic decision to outsource, engage contract workers or to recruit
people on company role.
Module III:
Recruitment, selection, and appointment Meaning and significance of recruitment, process
ofrecruitment, sources of recruitment, cost-benefit analysis of recruitment. Meaning and significance
of selection, process of selection, selection techniques-tests, interviews, and salary negotiation.
Meaning and significance of appointment, process of appointment, legal aspects of employment
contract, joining formalities, and induction.
Module IV:
Training and development Meaning and significance of training and development, Process of
trainingdevelopment, needs analysis, training design, training implementation, and training evaluation.
Methods of training on the job methods and off-the-job methods.
Module V:
Employee Remuneration Meaning and significance of compensation, Principles of
remuneration,intrinsic equity v/s extrinsic equity. Basic salary, allowances, incentives, perks, and
benefits. Remuneration package of Government and Private sector, Emerging Statutory aspects of
compensation and benefits.
Module VI:
Performance management Meaning and significance of performance management. Process
ofperformance management. Types of performance appraisal system, 360o appraisal system,
performance and monitoring, performance evaluation, and performance feedback. Aligning
performance outcome to career and succession planning.
Module VII:
Strategies of employee retention and emerging trend in HRM Meaning and significance of
employeerelations. Employee relation in unionized and non-unionized organizations. Handling
employee
29
grievances. Employee discipline and domestic enquiry. Legal aspects of employee relations with
reference to trade union Act, industrial employment standing orders Act, and Industrial Disputes
Act. Statutory aspects of health, welfare, and safety of employees.
Module VIII:
Career and succession planning Meaning, significance, and process of career planning. Career
stages,responsibility for career planning, and career anchors. Meaning, significance, and process of
succession planning.
Section B
At least one Case/Problems from each module Questions will be case/inferences/application based
Practical Component:
• Expose students to simulated recruitment exercises - Job profile, personal profile, advertisements, etc.
• Expose students to standard selection tests followed in various sectors.
• Exploring performance appraisal practices in various sectors.
• Exploring training and development practices.
• Exploring employee separation practices.
• Give a job analysis case and ask the students to prepare job description and job specification.
• Conduct a debate on company employees versus contract employees.
• Give a case and ask the students to prepare the recruitment advertisement for a newspaper.
• Ask the students to prepare an appointment letter for the post of office manager of a company known
to you.
• Give a performance goal setting case and ask the students to perform dyadic role playing.
Recommended Books:
• Byars, L. & Rue, L. Human Resource Management. McGraw-Hill.
• Aswathappa, K. Human Resource Management. Tata McGraw-Hill.
• Dessler, Varkkey. Human Resource Management. Pearson.
• Jyothi. Human Resource Management. Oxford University Press.
• Mondy, R. Human Resource Management. Prentice Hall.
• Steve Fleetwood, Anthony Hesketh, Explaining the Performance of Human Resource Management,
Cambridge University Press
Section B
At Least one Case Study from each Module Questions will be case/inferences/application base
Practical Components • Study four P's of various brands • Study distribution strategies of various
sectors and companies • Study segmentation, targeting, and positioning strategies, creating a new
product and testing the same • Study the product lifecycle of various products/brands with strategies
adopted at various levels, identifying factors influencing buying decisions in consumer and business
markets • Study the integrated marketing communication of various brands viz-a-viz their competitors
Study value chain and logistics of companies • Study global marketing strategies for global brands
Recommended Books:
• Carthy, Mc. and Perreault. Basic Marketing: A Global Marketing Approach. Tata McGraw-Hill.
• Baines. Marketing. Oxford University Press.
• Kotler, Lane, Abraham, and Jha. Marketing Management. Pearson Education.
• Ramaswamy & Namakumari. Marketing Management: Global Perspective, Indian Context (4/E).
Macmillan Publishers India.
• Kurtz & Boone. Principles of Contemporary Marketing. Cengage Learning. • Kotler, Graw, and
Armstrong. Principles of Marketing. Pearson Education.
List of Journals/Periodicals/Magazines/Newspapers Journal of Marketing (USA), Indian Journal of
Marketing, Marketing MasterMind, etc.
32
33
MBA-203 :- Financial Management
Section A
Module I: Financial management Introduction to financial management, objectives of financial
management. Changing role of finance managers in contemporary business environment. Interface of
Financial Management with other functional areas. Indian financial system. Review of institution,
instrument, and market. Basic approach to risk, return, and valuation.
Module II: Sources of Financing Shares, Debentures, Term loans, Lease financing, Venture
capital investing, Private equity, international resources.
Module III: Time value of money Future value of single cash flow & annuity, present value of
single cash flow, annuity & perpetuity. Simple Interest & Compound interest, Capital recovery &
loan amortization.
Module IV: Investment decisions Investment evaluation techniques - Net present value, Internal rate of
return, Modified internal rate of return, Profitability index, Payback period, Discounted payback period,
Accounting rate of return. Estimation of cash flow for new project, replacement projects. Capital budget.
Module V: Cost of Capital Cost of capital - basic concepts. Cost of term debenture capital, cost of
preference capital, cost of equity share capital. Cost of retained earnings. Determination of
Weighted average cost of capital (WACC) and Marginal cost of capital.
Module VI: Financial Decisions Working Capital Management, working capital requirements. Current
assets policy and current assets finance policy. Determination of operating cycle. Estimation of working
capital requirements of a Firm, Receivables Management, determination of working capital.
Module VII: Reward and dividend policy Dividend policy, Determination of operating leverage, financial
leverage, and total leverage. Dividend policy - Factors affecting the dividend policy - dividend policies -
stable dividend, stable payout, dividend theories, Bonus issues. Capitalization of Profit Share.
Module VIII: Emerging Issues Emerging Issues in Financial management: Derivatives, Financial and
commodity derivatives Mergers and Acquisitions, Behavioral Finance, Financial Modeling, Financial
engineering, Commodity trading.
At least one Case/Problems from each module
Section B
Note: 50% of the questions will be numerical.
Questions will be case/inferences/application based
Practical Components:
• Identifying the small or medium-sized companies and understanding the Investment evaluation
techniques used by them.
34
• Using the annual reports of selected companies, students can study the working capital management
employed by them. Students can also compare the working capital management of companies in the
same sector.
• Students can choose the companies that have gone for stock split and Bonus issue in the last few
years and study the impact of the same on the stock price.
• Students' Assigned Projects', Presentations and Discussion, Topics are to be Related to Studies
on major Decisions made by the companies such as Acquisition, Take-Over, Dividend Practices
Recommended Books:
• Pearson Hunt, Charles Marvin Williams, Gordon Donaldson Basic Business Finance: A Text. R.D.
Irwin.
• Hampton, John J. Financial Decision Making: Concepts, Problems, and Cases Prentice-
Hall International.
• Prasanna, Chandra. Financial Management. Tata McGraw-Hill.
• Pandey, I.M. Financial Management. Vikas Publishing House.
• James, C. Van Horne. Wachowicz, John M. Fundamentals of Financial Management. Prentice Hall of
India.
• Kothary, Rajesh and Duta, Contemporary Financial Management, Macmillan
List of Journals/Periodicals/Magazines/Newspapers Chartered Financial Analyst, Journal of Financial
Management, Economic Times, Business
35
37
40
MBA-204
RESEARCH METHODOLOGY
Section A
Module I: Introduction Concept of Research and Its Application in Various Functions of
Management,Types of Research, Types of Business Problems Encountered by the Researcher,
Problems and Precautions to the Researchers.
Module II: Process of Research Steps Involved in Research Process. Research Design: Various
Methodsof Research Design.
Module III: Collection of Data Concept of Sample, Sample Size and Sampling Procedure,
VariousTypes of Sampling Techniques, Determination and Selection of Sample Member, Types of
Data: Secondary and Primary, Various Methods of Collection and Data, Preparation of
Questionnaire and Schedule, Types of Questions, Sequencing of Questions, Check Questions,
Length of Questionnaire, Precautions in Preparation of Questionnaire and Collection of Data.
Module IV: Analysis of Data Coding, Editing and Tabulation of Data, Various Kinds of Charts
andDiagrams Used in Data Analysis: Bar and Pie Diagrams and their Significance, Use of SPSS in
Data Analysis, Nonparametric & Parametric tests
Module V: Estimation Theory and Hypothesis Testing Sampling theory; Formulation of
Hypotheses;Application of Z-test, t-test, F-test and Chi-Square test.
Module VI: Techniques of association of Attributes & Testing Application and Analysis of
Variance(ANOVA). Nonparametric tests
Module VII: Research Report Preparation Types and Layout of Research Report, Precautions
inPreparing the Research Report.
Module VIII: Bibliography and Annexure in the Report Their Significance, Drawing
Conclusions,Suggestions and Recommendations to the Concerned Persons.
At least one Cases and Problems from each
Section B
module Questions will be case/inferences/application based
Practical Components Identifying the Problem, Preparing the Research Proposal, Designing the
Instrument, Conducting Pilot Survey, Conducting the Final survey, Analyzing the Data using
Software's like SPSS, Minitab, IBM Analytics, etc., Preparing the Research Report.
Recommended Books:
1. Cooper, Donald. Schindler, R. and Pamela, S. Business Research Methods. McGraw-Hill.
2. Bryman. Business Research Methods. Oxford University Press.
41
3. Josiah, William. Goode. Paul, K. Hatt. Methods in Social Research. McGraw-Hill.
4. Sidney, Siegel and Castellan, N. John. Nonparametric Statistics for The Behavioural Sciences.
McGraw-Hill.
5. Panneerselvam. Research Methodology. Prentice Hall of India.
6. Kothari, C.R. Research Methodology: Methods and Techniques. New Age
International. List of Journals/Periodicals/Magazines/Newspapers Research Quarterly,
Vikalpa, etc.
MBA- 205
QUANTITATIVE TECHNIQUES &OPERATIONS RESEARCH
SectionA
Section B
At least one Case Study from each module Questions will be case/inferences/application-based
Practical Components: Solving and analyzing theoretical problems by using software packages
likeexcel-data analysis, TORA, and MS-Project.
Recommended Reading:
• Sharma S.D, Operations Research: Theory, Methods and Applications, Kedar Nath Ram Nath Co.
45
• Taha H.A, Operations Research: An Introduction-9/e, PHI
• Gupta, P.K., and Hira, D.S., Operations Research, S.Chand & Company
• Vohra N.D, Operations Research-4/e, TMH, 2010.
• Frederick S. Hillier, Gerald J. Lieberman, Introduction to Operations Research-9/e, Tata McGraw-Hill,
2011.
• Ravindran, A., etal., Operations Research, John Wiley & Sons.
42
MBA-206
NEW ENTERPRISE AND INNOVATION MANAGEMENT(NE&IM)
Section A
Module I: Entrepreneurship and enterprise: Concept, role in economic development. Entrepreneurial
competencies: awareness, assessment and development. Simulation exercise on goal setting
in entrepreneurship. Entrepreneurial and Entrepreneurial mind. International entrepreneurship
opportunities.
Module II: Starting the venture Generating business idea–sources of new ideas, methods of
generatingideas, creative problem solving, and opportunity recognition; environmental scanning,
competitor and industry analysis; feasibility study – market feasibility, technical/operational feasibility,
financial feasibility.
Module III: Business Plan Emerging Business Opportunities-sources and assessment. Business Plan:
Concepts, Methods, analysis and interpretation.
Module IV: Functional plans Marketing plan–marketing research for the new venture, steps
inpreparing marketing plan, contingency planning; organizational plan – form of ownership,
designing organization structure, job design, manpower planning; Financial plan – cash budget,
working capital, proforma income statement, proforma cash flow, proforma balance sheet, breakeven
analysis.
Module V: Sources of finance Sources of external finance, short term as well as long term, Debt
orequity financing, commercial banks, venture capital; financial institutions supporting entrepreneurs;
legal issues – intellectual property rights patents, trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets, licensing;
franchising.
Module VI: Start-Up Institutional support to start up and incentives for SSI. Statutory obligation
instarting a unit (general like Income Tax, VAT, CST or GST, Service tax, excise and customs, labor
laws, etc. Start up strategies. Dealing with outside agencies like consultant, contractors, etc. Key
marketing issue of new venture. Starting a franchising business. Starting an e-commerce venture.
Buying a running business.
Module VII: Managing growing venture Growth, objective and strategy. Managing growth.
Assessingresource from external sources, for financing growth including public issue, merger,
amalgamation, joint venture, collaboration and selling business.
Module VIII: Innovation Management Innovation management an introduction, organizational
setupsthat facilitate innovations. Management of research and development. Strategic alliances and
network. Incubators and Accelerators.
Section B
At least one Case Study from each Module Questions will be case/inferences/application based
Practical Components Practical: The student can perform one of the following or combination
according to the instruction of the faculty in charge:
43
• Prepare a feasibility report/business plan and make presentation in the class.
• Prepare an assignment on at least three leading entrepreneurs.
• Visit a franchisee and prepare a report and/or make presentation in the class.
Recommended Books:
1. Hisrich, Robert D., Michael Peters and Dean Shephered, Entrepreneurship, Tata McGraw Hill,
New Delhi.
2. Barringer, Brace R., and R., Duane Ireland, Entrepreneurship, Pearson Prentice Hall, New Jersey (USA).
3. Lall, Madhurima, and Shikha Sahai, Entrepreneurship, Excel Book, New Delhi.
4. Charantimath, Poornima, Entrepreneurship Development and Small Business Enterprises, Pearson.
5. Paul Trot, Innovation Management and New Product Development, Pearson Education.
6. P. Narayana Reddy, Entrepreneurship: Text and Cases, Cengage.
List of Journals/Periodicals/Magazines/Newspapers Business Standard, The Economic Times, Financial
Express, Business Magazines like Business Today, the Journal of Entrepreneurship, Entrepreneurship
and Regional Development, Journal of Business Venturing, Small Enterprise Development,
Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice.
44
46
MBA-209
M-209 is on Seminar on Contemporary Management issues. Here the faculty members will assign contemporary
issues concerning with Indian Corporate sector like, merger & acquisition, current economic issues, global
interface, stock market developments, new HR initiatives, recent trends in marketing trendsetc, to the students.
The student will prepare seminar under guidance of faculty members. There will be regular internal assessment.
The student will submit handwritten report and make an oral presentation before a panel of internal examiner
(Director/principal of the institute or his or her nominee).
47
MBA-209 DATA SCIENCE LAB
StudentsareexpectedtoFindthefollowingparametersorPrepareforagivendatasetusingSPSS/Syst
at/SAS/Statgrap hics
Z-Test, t-test,
F- test
ValuesChi-
SquaretestValue
s
AnalysisofVariance(ANOVA)ValuesResearchProposal
writingDatainterpretationand reportwriting:
ShortandlongreportsReportpresentationmethods,ex:PowerpointPresentation
etc,UseofTally:
Finance,RiskManagementSoftware,OtherAccountingSoftwareUseofORpackagessuchasTOR
A,LINGOand LINDOto solvevarious decision making
MBA210 PRATICE SCHOOL-II
CourseObjective: TotalPeriods:20(2Credits)
Theobjectiveofthiscourseistoprovidestudentsanintroductiontothefieldofknowledgemanagement.Thepresent
courseisabout Knowledge:howto captureit, howto transfer it, howto shareitand howto manageit.
CourseStructure:
TransformationofanEnterprisethroughKnowledgeManagementConceptofKno
wledgeManagement;CharacteristicsofKnowledgeManagement;
CreatingKnowledgeManagementSysteminOrganizations-
NeedforaKnowledgeManagementSystem;theKnowledgeManagementProcessFramework;KnowledgeMana
gementProcess;KnowledgeLifeCycle
REFERENCE
1. AmritTiwana,:TheKnowledgeManagementToolkit
2. Edited;D.Morey,M.MayburyandB.Thuraisingham,:KnowledgeManagement
UniversitiesPress(India)Limited.
3. Edited;R.Gogula, :KnowledgeManagement–
ANewDawnTheInstituteofCharteredFinancialAnalysisofInd
ia(ICFAI)Press
4. EliasM.Awad,HassanM.Ghaziri,:KnowledgeManagement,PearsonEducationLimited
5. G.Natrajan&S.Shekhar:KnowledgeManagement(EnablingBusinessGrowth,TataMcGraw-
HillPublishingCompany Limited,NewDelhi.
6. G.Schreiber,H.Akkermans,A.Anjewierden,R.deHoog,N.Shadbolt,W.V.deVeldeandB.Wielinga,:Kn
owledgeEngineeri ngandManagement,Universities Press(India) Limited.
7. H.C.Chaudhary,:KnowledgeManagementforCompetitiveAdvantage(ChangingtheworldthroughKn
owledge),ExcelBo oks.
8. M.Rao,
:LeadingwithKnowledge(KnowledgeManagementPracticesinGlobalInfoTechCompanies),Tata
McGraw- HillPublishingCompanyLimitedNewDelhi.
9. O.P.Goyal,
MB 311 ENTREPRENEURSHIPDEVELOPMENTANDPROJECTMANAGEMENT
CourseObjective: TotalPeriods:40(4Credits)
Theobjectiveofthecourseistodevelopamongthestudentsaconceptualunderstandingofthetopicsandthe
environmentofmakin go anEntrepreneur.
CourseStructure:
ConceptualFrameworkofEntrepreneurialDevelopment:
Meaning, Definitions and concept of Enterprise, Entrepreneurship and Entrepreneurship Development,
Evolution ofEntrepreneurship in India, Role of Entrepreneurship in Indianeconomy and developing economies
with reference toSelf-Employment
CharacteristicsandSkillsofEntrepreneurshipinIndia,ProblemsinEntrepreneurshipDevelopment
EntrepreneurialCulture, EntrepreneurialCompetencies, EntrepreneurialMotivation,
EntrepreneurialMobility, FactorsaffectingEntrepreneurshipinIndia
ConceptsofIntrapreneurship
EntrepreneurVs.Intrapreneur,EntrepreneurVs.Entrepreneurship,EntrepreneurVs.Manager
WomenEntrepreneurship:
Meaning,Characteristicfeatures,ProblemsofWomenEntrepreneurshipinIndia,DevelopingWomen
EntrepreneurshipinIndia
SocialEnterpriseandEntrepreneurship
EntrepreneurialFailures
InstitutionalSupportSystemforEntrepreneurshipDevelopmentinIndia:
RoleofGovernment-
RoleofCentralGovernmentandStateGovernmentinpromotingEntrepreneurship,MSMEpolicyinIndia
AgenciesforPolicyFormulationandImplementation-DistrictIndustriesCenters(DIC),SmallIndustries
ServiceInstitute(SISI),EntrepreneurshipDevelopmentInstituteofIndia(EDII),NationalInstituteof
Entrepreneurship&SmallBusinessDevelopment(NIESBUD),NationalEntrepreneurshipDevelopment
Board(NEDB)
AgenciesforFinancialSupport-
RoleofCommercialbanksandfinancialinstitutionslikeSIDBI,NABARD,SFCs,and otherNBFCs
AgenciesforMarketingSupport-
AgenciesforConsultancy,TrainingandTechnologicalSupport-
ProjectManagement-BusinessPlanningProcess, EnvironmentalAnalysis-
SearchandScanning,Identifyingproblemsandopportunities,DefiningBusinessIdea,
BasicGovernmentProcedurestobecompliedwith
CurrentIssuesinEntrepreneurialDevelopment
REFERENCE
1. TheEntrepreneur:ClassicTexts:Josep
HA.Schumpeter
2. InnovationandEntrepreneurship:Peter
Drucker
3. TheCultureofEntrepreneurship-
BrigitteBerger
4. ProjectManagement-K.Nagarajan
5. DynamicsofEntrepreneurshipDevelop
ment-VasantDesai
6. EntrepreneurshipDevelopment-
Dr.P.C.Shejwalkar
7. ThoughtLeaders-ShrinivasPandit
8. Entrepreneurship,3rdEd.-
StevenBrandt
9. BusinessGurusSpeak-S.N.Chary
MB 302 STRATEGICMANAGEMENT
CourseObjective: TotalPeriods:40(4Credits)
The present course aims at familiarizing the participants with the important role that strategic
management plays in abusiness’s success and enables them to develop analytical and conceptual
skills.The centre of attention is the totalenterprise – the industry and competitive environment in
which it operates its long-term direction and strategy, itsresources and competitive capabilities, and
its prospects for success.Class participation and case discussion will befundamentaltothe
development ofthese skills.
CourseStructure:
Introduction-
Concept of Strategy & Strategic Management Difference between Corporate Planning & Strategic
Planning,StrategicManagementModel,Differ ent levelsof Strategies, Relevance of Strategic
Managementin21stCentury.
Strategic Intent-
Vision &Mission Statement,Organisational Objectives,Settingobjectives,Organisational Values &its
impact External Environment &AnalyticalTools
Evaluatingthecompany’sstrategicenvironment,SWOTAnalysis,PESTELAnalysis,
CompetitiveAnalysis:Porter’s FiveForceModel.
InternalAssessment-
StrategicCapability:Fit&StretchConcept,Porter’sValueChainAnalysis,CoreCompetencies,Organisat
ionalCapabilities,ResourceAnalysis and Synergy.
StrategiesinAction-FunctionalLevel-
AchievingSuperior Efficiency– EconomicsofScale,ExperienceCurve,Just–in-Time,&Six-Sigma
BusinessLevel-CostLeadership,Differentiation&FocusStrategies,GrowthStrategies
CorporateLevel-Integration, Diversification,Acquisition,Mergers&JointVenture,ShortTerm
CorporateStrategies– Stability,Retrenchment, &Turnaround.
PortfolioandotherAnalyticalModels-
TheBCGMatrix,GE/McKinsyMatrix,CorporateParenting,CIT&CASCADE
StrategyEvaluationandImplementation-EvaluationofStrategy-
Suitability,AcceptabilityandFeasibility,ImplementingStrategies:ResourceAllocation,Structure
andStrategy,OrganisationCulture
REFERENCE
1. Andrews :ConceptofCorporateStrategy,Irwin
2. RusselandAckoff :ConceptofCorporatePlanning,NewYork:WileyInterscience
3. Glueck :BusinessPolicy,McGraw-Hill
4. Y.N.Chang&Filemon :BusinessPolicyandStrategy,GoodyearPublishers
5. Newmann&Legman :Strategy,PolicyandCentralManagement,South-WesternPub.Co
6. DavidE.Hussey :IntroductiontoCorporatePlanning,PergamonPress
7. R.M.Srivastava :BusinessPolicy&StrategicManagement,Himalaya
8. McCarthyandOthers :BusinessPolicyandStrategy,R.D.Irwin
9. RichardLynch :CorporateStrategy,PearsonEducationIndia
10. BasilW.Denning :CorporatePlanning:SelectedConcepts,McGraw-Hill
11. MalvilleC.Branch :TheCorporatePlanningProcess,AmericanManagement,Association
12. BarnardTaylorandJohnR.Sparket :CorporateStrategy&Planning
13. Andrews :ConceptofCorporateStrategy,Irwin
14. RusselandAckoff :ConceptofCorporatePlanning,NewYork:WileyInterscience
15. Glueck :BusinessPolicy,McGraw-Hill
16. Y.N.Chang&Filemon :BusinessPolicyandStrategy,GoodyearPublishers
17. DavidE.Hussey :IntroductiontoCorporatePlanning,PergamonPress
18. R.M.Srivastava :BusinessPolicy&StrategicManagement,Himalaya
19. MichaelE.Porter :CompetitiveAdvantage,TheFreePress
20. Wright,PringleandKroll:StrategicManagement,PrenticeHall
21. RoberJAllio&MalcolmWPennington:CorporatePlanning:TechniquesandApplications,UniversityofMic
higan.
22. ArthurA.ThompsonJr.&A.J.Strickland:StrategicManagement,Irwin/McGrawHill
23. Ansoff,H.Ighor :ImplantingStrategicManagement,PrenticeHall
24. G.HamelandC.K.Prahalad:Competingforthefuture,TataMcGrawHill
25. FredR.David :StrategicManagement,PearsonEducation
26. Thompson,Strickland,Gamble&Jain:CraftingandExecutingStrategy,McGrawHill
27. Hit,Ireland&Hoskisson:StrategicManagement,ThomsonLearning
MB 303 LEGALASPECTSOFBUSINESS
CourseObjective: TotalPeriods:40(4Credits)
The present course aims at familiarizing the participants with various legal aspects of business. It
aims at providing a richfund of contemporary knowledge , time tested principles, basic concepts,
emerging ideas, evolving theories, latesttechnique, ever changingprocedures&practicesinthefield
ofLawinacomprehensive way.
CourseStructure:
Law of Contract-
The Indian Contract Act, 1872; Nature and kinds of contracts, Essentialelements of a
validcontract, offer and acceptance, consideration, capacity to contract, free consent, legality and
object, Types ofContracts,contingent contracts, performance of contract, discharge of contract,
quasi contract, remedies for breachofcontract,indemnityandguarantee,
Bailment andpledge, lawofagency.
Law of sales of goods-
The sales of goods act, 1930; General principles, conditions andwarranties,doctrine
ofcaveatemptor, transfer ofownership, performance ofacontractofsale, remedialmeasures.
LawofPartnership-
TheIndianPartnershipAct,1932;definitionandgeneralprinciples,formationofpartnership,rightsandli
abilitiesofpartners,dissolutionofpartnershipfirms
CompanyLaw-
TheIndianCompany’sact,1956;Companyanditsvariousforms,formation ofacompany,memorandum
of association, articles allotment,shares of and association, share capital, prospectus, share
promoters,membershipofacompany,meetingsandproceedings,directors,managersandtheirremuner
ati on,secretary,prev entionofoppressionandmismanagement,windingupofa company.
Law of Negotiable Instrument-
The Negotiable Instrument Act, 1881; meaning and types ofnegotiable
Instrument,partiestonegotiableinstrument,presentmentofnegotiableinstrument,negotiationofnegotiable
instrument,disc hargeofparties,liabilitiesofa banker,Hundis.
LawsofInsurance,Insolvency,CarriageofGoodsandArbitration-
Natureandprinciplesofinsurance,lifeinsurance, general insurance; fire insurance, marine insurance,
Objects and scope of the insolvency law, procedure ofinsolvency, property and debt of insolvent,
discharge of insolvent. Carriage of goods by land, carriageof goods bysea, carriageofgoodsbyair,
Generalprovisionsregarding arbitration,modesofarbitration
Miscellaneous Laws-
The essential Commodities Act, 1955, The Consumer Protection Act, 1986,
The Co- operativeSocietiesAct,1912,TheMulti-StateCo-
operativeSocietiesAct,1984,TheForeignExchange
ManagementAct,1999,TheMRTPAct,TheInformationTechnologyAct,2000.
REFERENCE
1. LabourandIndustrialLaws :P.K.Padhi,PHIPublication
2. IndustrialLaw :ArunKumar,AtlanticPublishers&Dist
3. BusinessLaw :RobertW,Emersion,Barron'sEducationalSeries
4. Introductiontobusinesslaw :JeffreyF.Beatty,SusanS.Samuelson,CengageLearning
5. LawforBusinessStudents :AlixAdams,PearsonEducation,Limited
PATTERNOFEXAMINATION: Marks
The Theory paper will consist of one short answer type question containing seven True or
False statements(carrying14 marks), whichare to be explained withreasons in not more than
70
50 words. Inaddition, therewillbe four alternate sets of questions, out of which one setwill be long
answertype andtwowill have
twopartsA&B.Thelastquestion(14marks)willbeshortnotetypecontainingfouroptionsou
tofwhichanytwo optionsarerequiredtobeattempted.
Sessionals:ClassTest/Quizzes(averageof2bestoutof3)Writeup,PresentationandParticipation 30
MB 311 MANAGING INNOVATION
CourseObjective: TotalPeriods:20(2Credits)
CourseStructure:
ConceptualFramework-
Concept of Innovation,Creativity and Innovation;BarrierstoCreativeThinking;Dimensionsof
Innovation;HowInnovation Starsdo thingsdifferently;howourmindworks.
Lateral thinking-
Concept of Lateral thinking; Difference between lateral and vertical thinking; advantages of
lateralthinking; Techniques to develop habit of lateral thinking – Generation of alternatives,
challenging assumptionsSuspendedjudgment,Crucialfactors,Fractionation,
Analogy,Choiceofentrypoint,andRandomstimulation.
Innovationprocess-
Anoverviewoftheinnovationprocess;ProblemStatement;Ideageneration;Theartofbrainstorming;Incubation;
Analysis;Takinggoodideastomarket;BlockersforProcessInnovation;LevelsofProcessInnovation
Managing Innovation-
How to manage innovation; Developing Innovative Skills: Going beyondnine dots; Art ofObservation;
Listening to your Depth Mind; Tolerating Ambiguity; Ideas Banking; The Culture of
Innovation;ExecutingInnovationInitiatives.
InnovativeRewardStrategies-
UnderstandingRewardSystems;CustomizationofRewards;MeasuringPerformance; Transformation from
entitlement to achievement; Managing Performance versus Appraisal;
InnovativePayDesign;AppropriateRewards; Takingworkplacetonextlevel.
REFERENCE
1. JohnAdair :EffectiveInnovation,PanBooks
2. EdwardDeBono :LateralThinking,Harper&Row
3. EswardDeBono :NewThinkingforTheNewMillennium,Viking
4. ThomasB.Wilson :Innovativerewardsystemsforthechangingworkplace,McGrawHillPublication
5. TomPeters:Circleofinnovation,Knopf
ReferenceBook:
NiraliPublication–AmeyaA.Patil/Dr.PrashantN.Phule,Edition–June2020
SE4iivsem-iv
SE4iivsem-iv
SE4iivsem-iv
SE4iivsem-iv
SEM-III FINANCE
Course Code:MBAFM301
AdvancedFinancialManagement
Unit1.FinancialPlanningandShareholderValue: Lecture08
Overview of Financial Planning; Long-term andshort-term sources of finance; FinancialStatements including Funds Flow and
Cash Flow Statements; Importance of Cash Flows;Concept of Financial Distress; Shareholder wealth and managerial behaviour;
Growth andValue; Concept and features of value-based management; Economic Value Added
(EVA):Meaning,Components,Advantages&Drawbacks,CalculatingEVA
Unit2.CapitalStructureandFirmValue: Lecture08
AssumptionsandDefinitions;NetIncomeApproach;NetOperatingIncomeApproach;Traditional Position; Modigliani and Miller
Position Taxation and Capital Structure; Trade-off;SignallingTheory;PBIT-EPSAnalysis;ROI-
ROEAnalysis;LeverageRatios;GuidelinesforCapitalStructurePlanning
Unit3.InvestmentDecisions: Lecture08
Meaning and Process, Risk and Uncertainty in Capital Budgeting: Capital Rationing andProjectSelection.Inflation and Capital
budgeting; Capitalbudgeting practicesin Indiancompanies
Unit 4.Working CapitalManagement: Lecture08
Determination of the level of current assets, Working capital financing by banks; Cash andliquidity Management- aspects of cash
management, motives for holding cash and
marketablesecurities,CashManagementModels,Strategiesformanagingsurplusfunds;CreditManagement: Objectives of trade credit,
credit policies. Control and collection of accountsreceivables, the role of factoring in receivables management (No problems on
the estimationofworkingcapital).
Unit 5.DividendPolicyandFirmValue:WhyFirmsPayDividends; Lecture 08
Factors Influencing Dividend Policy; Legal and Procedural Aspects; Bonus Shares and StockSplits; ShareBuybacks andValuation;
DividendPoliciesin Practice; DividendModels:Walter’s model, Gordon’s model, Modigliani and Miller’s Hypothesis; Models in
WhichInvestmentandDividendDecisions areRelated.
ReferenceBook:
NiraliPublication–PravinThorat/PraveenSuryavanshi, Edition -June20
SE4iivsem-iv
COURSECODE:MBAFM302
BusinessTaxation
UNIT2:SALARY Lecture-8
Taxabilityofprovidentfund-Public,statutory,superannuationandrecognizedandunrecognized provident fund; Allowances-
Exempted, fully and partially taxable; Perquisites-
Exempted,taxableinallcases,taxableinspecifiedcases;Profitsinlieuofsalary;Computation of gross salary, deductions out of gross
salary, computation of income fromsalary.
UNIT4:GAINSFROMBUSINESSANDPROFESSIONAL Lecture-8
Deductions allowed u/s 30 to 44A, expenses expressly disallowed, treatment of
depreciation,computationoftaxablebusinessincome,computationofprofessionalincome.Computationof Income under the head of Capital
Gains: Chargeability, Capital Gains, Capital Assets &Transfer, Types of Capital Gains, Mode of Computation of Capital Gains,
Exemptions andDeduction, Special Provision – Slump Sale, Compulsory Acquisition, Fair Market Value,Reference
tovaluationofficer,PracticalCase Studies.
ReferenceBook:
ShaityaBhavan Publication, Fundamental of Income Tax – Dr.S.C.Mehotra, Dr. S.P.Goel.–64th Edition.
SE4iivsem-iv
MB FC 303 CORPORATEFINANCIALDECISIONS
CourseObjective: TotalPeriods:40(4Credits)
Toequipt thestudentswiththeknowledgeandskillsneededbythefinanceprofessionalsinaddressingpractical
problemsincorporatefinance.Fromafinanceprofessional’spointofview,agoodunderstandingofCorporateF
inanceiscrucialto assist a company.
CourseStructure:
Introduction- The objectives of the firm, finance function, Role of finance within the
firm,Corporate financing- meaning, patterns and sources, Linking Corporate and Financial
Strategies-Assessing business risk, Financial risk,Correlation between business risk andfinancial
risk,Role of Financial Markets andFinancial Intermediation,Corporategovernance,Financial
engineering.
Long-TermInvestmentDecision-
DefinitionandClassificationofinvestments,Stagesintheanalysisofinvestments,Evaluationofinvestme
nts(Fundamentalevaluation)-roleoftaxes,amountofinvestment,NetCashFlows, Investment’s Terminal
Value; EconomicEvaluation ofa Investments-NetPresent Value and Internal Rate ofReturn, Relevant
Cash Flows, Payback and Accounting Rate of Return, Risk analysis in investment, SensitivityAnalysis.
Long-TermFinancing Decision-
External Financing: Equitycapital-equitymarkets, rights issues and privateequity; Long-Term Debt- Bank
Financing, the capital markets, private placements, medium-term notes, commercialpaper, and corporate
bonds; Internal Financing: Retained Earnings,Amortization, Provisions; Other
FinancingSources:Intercompanyfunding,Tradefinance,Projectfinance,Assetbacked
finance,Leasing,Islamicfinancing.
Financial Distress and Bankruptcy Cost-
Financial distress: Meaning, Causes, and Evaluation of financial distresswith help of various model
(Beaver Model, Wilcox Model, Blum Marc’s Failing Company Model,
Altman’sZscoreModel,L.C.GuptaModel);Bankruptcycost-
directandindirectcost,bankruptcyprocess,liquidationandreorganisation.
ValueBasedManagement-
Shareholdervalue,Earnings-based management, Creatingvalue,ValueStrategy, Measuringthevalue
creation: Accounting indicators- EPS, ROE, ROCE, Economic indicators- cash flow, Shareholder
value analysis, Economicprofit and Economic Value Added, Cash Flow Return on Investment,
Market indicators or Entire firm value measurement- Totalshareholderreturn,Wealth addedindex,
Market ValueAdded,markettobookratio,Tobin Q).
FinancingDecisionand Market Efficiency-
EfficientMarkets Hypothesis, Evidence forandagainst MarketEfficiency, Joint Hypothesis problem,
Market Anomalies and the Financial Manager, Implications to Corporatefinance-
Firmsize&liquidity,book-to- marketeffects, reactionto corporatefinancialpolicy.
REFERENCE
1. Breale,Myers,Marcus :FundamentalsofCorporateFinance,McGraw-Hill
2. Bodie,Zvi,kane,Alex,MarcusAlanJ.:EssentialsofInvestments,McGrawHill/Irwin
3. Ross,Westerfield,andJordon :EssentialsofCorporateFinance,Irwin
4. Ross,Westerfield,andJordon :FundamentalsofCorporateFinance,TataMcGraw-HillEducation
5. RobertParrino,DavidS.Kidwell :FundamentalsofCorporateFinance,JohnWileyandSons
SE4iivsem-iv
MB FC31 CORPORATEFINANCIALDECISIONS
CourseObjective: TotalPeriods:40(4Credits)
PATTERNOFEXAMINATION: Marks
The Theory paper will consist of one short answer type question containing seven True or
False statements(carrying 14 marks), which are to be explained with reasons in not more
Than 50 words. In addition, there 70
willbefouralternatesetsofquestions,outofwhichonesetwillbelonganswertypeandtwowillhavet
WopartsA
& B.The last question (14 marks) will be short note type containing four options out of
which any twooptionsare requiredtobeattempted.
Sessionals:ClassTest/Quizzes(averageof2bestoutof3)Writeup,PresentationandParticipation 30
TotalMarks 100
SE4iivsem-iv
MB FC 304 INTERNATIONALFINANCIALMANAGEMENT
CourseObjective: TotalPeriods:40(4Credits)
Themainobjectiveofthiscourseistofamiliarizethestudentswiththeinternationalfinancialenvironmentandthe
specialdecision variablesunderlyingthedischarge of financefunctioninamultinationalcorporation.
CourseStructure:
Global Financial Environment-
Objective of financial management in a multinational corporation, functions ofinternational
financial management.Special decision variables in international financial
management.Internationalmonetarysystem
Forex and Financial Derivatives-
Foreign exchange markets, exchange rates, exchange rate theories – Mint
parity,PurchasingPowerParity(PPP),BalanceofPaymentstheory,Stableandflexibleexchangerate,An
integratedframework of exchange rate, interest rate and inflation rate Fischer Effect, International fisher
effect.Forwardcontracts, currency futuresand currencyoptions.Currency swapsand interestrateswaps.
Managementofexposure&risk-
Conceptofexposureandrisk.Typesofexposure–
transaction,transnationalandeconomicexposure.Measurementoftransactionexposure.Managingtransactionexp
osure.HedgingStrategies.
InternationalPortfolioInvestment-
Economicdeterminants.ThenationalFDIpolicyframework.Benefitsofinter- nationalequityand
bondinvesting.Internationalcapital assetpricing model(ICAPM)
InternationalCapitalBudgeting-
Thebasicframeworkforanalysis.Issuesandstrategicconsiderationsininternational capital
budgeting.Theadjustedpresentvalueapproach(APV).Financialriskandcostofcapital.Exchangeriskandcostofcap
ital.Politicalriskandcostofcapital.Impactofhedgingoncostofcapital.Taxconsideration–Branchvs.subsidiary,
withholding tax.Foreign sales corporations, 80-20 subsidiaries and taxhavens.
Internationalworkingcapitalmanagement-
i)International cash management:The cash positioning decision.Advantages anddisadvantages
of centralizedcash management.Multilateral netting.Intra corporate transfer of funds.Transfer pricing,
problems ofinternationalcashmanagement.
ii)International Receivables management:Domestic v/s International receivables
management.Letter of credit.Internationalfactoring&Accountsreceivables.International inventory
management:Advance inventory purchases.Stockpiling
InternationalFinancingDecisions-
i) Euro-money and Eurobond Markets.Size of the Euro currency market.Growth of Euro Dollarmarket.Instruments
and rate of Euro Currency Markets.Creation of Euro deposits.Syndicated Eurocurrency
loanMarket.InternationalBondMarkets,Multi-currencybondsandtheirtypes.Rationaleformulticurrencybonds.
ii) International Equity markets:Foreign equity market and their comparative performance.Recent
developmentsandinnovationsininternationalcapital markets.RecentdevelopmentsintheEurobondmarket.
REFERENCE
1. AlanC.Shapiro :FoundationsofMultinationalFinancialManagement,Wiley
2. P.G.Apte :GlobalFinancialManagement,TataMcGraw-HillEducation
3. AbdullahFaudA :FinancialManagementfortheMultinationalFirms,Prentice-Hall
4. ZenoffDavidB.&ZwickJack:InternationalFinancialManagement,Prentice-Hall
6. EitemanDavidK&StonehillArthurI:MultinationalBusinessFinance,Addison-WesleyPub.Co
7. BucklayAdrain :MultinationalFinance,FinancialTimesPrenticeHall,
8. NehrtLeaC. :InternationalFinanceforMultinationalBusiness,IntextEducationalPublishers
9. IanH. Giddy :GlobalFinancialMarkets,D.C.Heath
SE4iivsem-iv
MB FC32 INTERNATIONALFINANCIALMANAGEMENT
CourseObjective: TotalPeriods:40(4Credits)
PATTERNOFEXAMINATION: Marks
The Theory paper will consist of one short answer type question containing seven True or
False statements(carrying 14 marks), which are to be explained with reasons in not more
Than 50 words. In addition, 70
therewillbefouralternatesetsofquestions,outofwhichonesetwillbelonganswertypeandtwowillh
Ave
twopartsA&B.Thelastquestion(14marks)willbeshortnotetypecontainingfouroptionsou
tofwhichanytwo optionsarerequiredtobeattempted.
Sessionals:ClassTest/Quizzes(averageof2bestoutof3)Writeup,PresentationandParticipation 30
TotalMarks 100
SE4iivsem-iv
MB FC 306 SECURITYANALYSISANDPORTFOLIOMANAGEMENT
CourseObjective: TotalPeriods:40(4Credits)
Theobjectiveofthiscourseistoexposethestudentstotheconcept,toolandtechniqueapplicableinthefield
ofDerivativesasa toolofinvestment andDerivative analysis.
CourseStructure:
Introduction to Investment and Securities-
Meaning of investment, Investment and speculation,Investment andgambling. Investment
objectives. The investment process, investment alternative-Negotiable securities, equity
sharespreference shares, debenture, bond, government securities, money market securities-
Treasury bills, commercialpaper, certificate of deposits. Non-negotiable securities- Bank deposits
, post office deposits, NBFC deposit, Taxsheltered schemes, PPF,NSS, NSC,LIC, UTI,
Mutualfund, realestate, artand antiques.
PrimaryMarketandSecondaryMarket-
Relationshipbetweenprimaryandsecondarymarket.Functionofprimary market, Parties involved in
new issues _ Managers, Registrars, underwriters. Bankers, statutory agencies.Private placement
bought out deals. Book building. Function of stock exchanges. Share groups- group A,B and
B.Settlementcycle.Carryforwardsystem.OverthecounterexchangeofIndia(OITCEI).Listingofsecuriti
es.
Regulatory Framework-Securities and Exchange Board of India_ Origin, function, organization
and activities.Dematerializationprocessand re-materializationprocess.National
securitiesdepositoryLtd(NSDL)AND
CentraldepositoryservicesLtd.(CDSL).Stockmarketindices-
BSEsensex,NSE50(NIFTY).S&PCNX500.
unsystematic risk- Businessrisk, financial risk.Measurement ofrisk. Risk Definition-
Types- systematic-
market risk, interest rate risk, purchasing power risk,
ValuationofSecurities-Thethreestepsprocessofvaluation-
economicanalysis,industryanalysis,andcompanyanalysis. General framework of valuation. Value-
price relationship. Valuation of fixed
income securities. Valuationofpreference share andvaluationofequityshares.
Efficient Market Theory-Fundamental Analysis - Economic analysis, industry analysis,
companyanalysis financialanalysis. Earning of company, Growth in earnings. Technical analysis.
Tools of technical analysis. Dow Theory,tread – primary intermediate and short term trends.
Indicators –
volume of trade, breadth of market, short
sales.Oddlottrading.Movingaverage.Oscillators.Relativestrengthindex(RSI).ROC,Charts-
Pointandfigure
charting, Barcharting, efficient market theory. Random walk theory, Weak from of EMH. Semi
strong form and strong forms ofEMH. Market inefficiencies
PortfolioAnalysis:Traditionalportfolioanalysis.Effectsofcombingsecurities.MarkowitzRisk-
returnsoptimization.
PortfolioSelection-
Riskandinvestorpreference,constructingthebestportfolio.Sharpesimpleportfoliooptimization.
Significanceof‘Beta’inportfolio,traditionalportfolioselection.
CapitalMarketTheory-Capitalmarkettheory(CAPM).CAPMandtherealworld.Arbitragepricingtheory.
PortfolioRevision-Meaningofportfoliorevision.Needofportfoliorevision.Portfoliorevisionstrategies.
Portfoliorevisionpractices.Constraintsinportfoliorevision
REFERENCE
1. FischerDonaldE,&JordanRonaldJ:SecurityAnalysisandPortfolioManagement,Prentice-Hall
2. PandianPunithavathy
:SecurityAnalysisandPortfolioManagement,HimalayaPublishingHousePvtL
td
3. VanHorne :FinancialManagement&Policy,Prentice-Hall
4. WestonJ.F.&BrighamE.F. :EssentialsofManagerialFinance,Hinsdale,IL:TheDrydenPress
SE4iivsem-iv
5. WalkerE.W. :EssentialofFinancialManagement,Prentice-Hall
6. Gitman&Joehuk :FundamentalsofInvesting,PearsonAddisonWesley
SE4iivsem-iv
MB FC 33 SECURITYANALYSISANDPORTFOLIOMANAGEMENT
CourseObjective: TotalPeriods:40(4Credits)
PATTERNOFEXAMINATION: Marks
The Theory paper will consist of one short answer type question containing seven True or
False statements(carrying14 marks), whichare to be explained with reasons innot more than
70
50 words. Inaddition, therewillbe four alternate sets of questions, out of which one setwill be long
answertype andtwowill have
twopartsA&B.Thelastquestion(14marks)willbeshortnotetypecontainingfouroptionsou
tofwhichanytwo optionsarerequiredtobeattempted.
Sessionals:ClassTest/Quizzes(averageof2bestoutof3)Writeup,PresentationandParticipation 30
TotalMarks 100
SE4iivsem-iv
MB FO 309 CORPORATETAXPLANNINGANDMANAGEMENT
CourseObjective: TotalPeriods:40(4Credits)
CourseaimstoprovideunderstandingofDirectTaxincludingRulespertainingtheretoandapplicationto
differentbusiness situations&tounderstand principlesunderlyingtheServiceTaxalong
withbasicconceptofVAT.
CourseStructure:
AssessmentofVariousEntities-
CoperativeSocieties, AssessmentofLocalAuthority, AssessmentofMutualConcerns,Assessmentof
Assessmentoffirm’sandtheirpartners, AssessmentofCompanies, AssessmentofCo-CharitableTrusts
(Theory&Problems)
Miscellaneous-
Income Tax authorities, Return of Income, Procedure for Assessment –Types of assessment,
Appealsand Revision,DeductionofTaxat Source – Advance payment ofTax – Deduction and
CollectionofTax At Source-Interestandpenalties, OffencesandProsecutions–Refund ofTax.
Tax Planning-
Meaning of tax planning and management, tax evasion and tax avoidance-Nature and scope
oftaxplanning and management in the corporate sector-Justification of corporate tax planning and
management. TaxPlanningconsiderationsinrelationtoBusiness.
Wealth Tax-
Scheme of Wealth Tax-Incidence of Wealth Tax-Assets to be included in Net Wealth-
Exempted,Assets-Valuationof Assetsand WealthTaxLiability-Assessmentand Penalties.
(Theory&Problems)
Service Tax-
Service Tax: Applicabilityand Servicescovered–Valuationoftaxableservices for service
tax,Payment ofService Tax – Registration – Furnishing of Return – Maintenance of Record – Other
obligations (Theoryonly).
VAT-
TheBasicconceptofVAT-howVAToperates-merits&demeritsofVAT
abriefoverviewofsatelevelVATinIndia.(VATisnot to bestudiedwithreference toanyparticular
StateVATLaw.)
REFERENCE
1. VinodSinghania :DirectTaxes,LawandPractice,TaxmannPublications
2. BhagawatiPrasad :DirectTaxes,NewAgeInternationalPub
3. GirishAhujaandRaviGupta:DirectTaxes,BharatLawHouse
4. T.N.Manoharan :HandBookofIncomeTaxLaws,InstituteofCharteredAccountantsofIndia
5. B.B.Lal&N.Vashisht :DirectTaxes,Pearson
6. S.S.Gupta :ServiceTax,Taxmann
7. R.MohanLavis :ServiceTax,BharatPublishers,NewDelhi_
SE4iivsem-iv
SEM-IV
ReferenceBook:NiraliPrakashan –Prof.PravinThorat,Prof.PraveenSuryavanshiEdition–June2020
SE4iivsem-iv
Unit5.CustomDutyandIndirectTaxation (08)
5.1Definitions of certain terms relatingto the custom act, custom tariff act, Levy andtypesof custom duties 5.2 Indirect taxation
applicable to few commodities levied by either CentralorStateGovernment.
ReferenceBook:NiraliPrakashan–Dr.DevidasB.Bharati,BalasahebR.Jadhav,DnyaneshA.Kulkurni,Edition–April2018
SE4iivsem-iv
MB FO 403 FINANCIALINCLUSION
CourseObjective: TotalPeriods:40(4Credits)
The course is designed to provide a resourceful insight of the various pillars of financial inclusion
such as micro- remittance, micro-savings, micro-credit and micro-insurance. The Course will discuss
the causes for ineffectiveness offormal lending & evaluates a few current initiatives that attempt to
promote higher financial inclusion in the countryunder differentmodels.
CourseStructure:
FinancialInclusion-
MeaningandDefinition, ProblemsofFinancialInclusion,FactorsAffectingAccesstoFinancialServices,
FinancialExclusion-Meaning,Nature,ParticipantsCauses andConsequences Benefits Of
InclusiveFinancialGrowth, Relationship between Financial Inclusionand Development Indicators.
InitiativesofFinancialInclusionInIndia-
CooperativeSocietiesAct,RuralCreditSurveyCommittee,Nationalization of banks, Introduction of
Lead Bank Scheme, Setting up of Regional Rural banks, Introduction ofKisan Credit Card
Genesis and Evolution of Microfinance-
different models of microfinance operating in IndiaEmerging Trends inMicrofinance Micro-
insurance- Concept, Practices and Innovations,Understanding Rural Debt , SafeRemittancesfor the
Poor;
SHG: Study of the Self Help Group-Bank Linkage Programme (SBLP) as an innovative strategyof
microfinanceevolved inIndia.
Extending Financial Services to Poor- Linkages between Formal and Informal FinancialInstitutions
to ExtendFinancial Service to Poor People, Efforts in reducing Transaction Costs for Banks and Their
Clients, BusinessCorrespondent and Business Facilitator Outreach Model for Banks, The Post Office
model, Financial Literacy andCounselingofRural People.
ChallengesfortheFuture-InclusiveGrowththroughRuralEmployment,theMicro-enterprisesModel,
UniqueIdentificationNumberandFinancialInclusion,BestPracticesinFinancialInclusionandCaseStudies
REFERENCE
1. KGKarmarkar,GDBanerjee,NPMohapatra:TowardsFinancialInclusionInIndiaSagePublication
2. Desai,Vasant :RuralDevelopmentinIndia.HimalayaPublishingHouse
3. RohtagiPatnaikUC :RuralBanking&OverduesManagementCybertech
4. BasuPriy :RuralBankinginIndiaAnmolPublications
5. BhatnagarAmitabh :ImprovingAccesstoFinanceforIndia’sRuralPoorWorldBankPublications
6. Sohano&Balakrishna :RuralMicrofinance&MicroenterpriseConceptPublishing
7. SujathaB :IndianRuralBanking–theChangingParadigm,ICFAI
8. :FinancialInclusion:ConceptsandStrategies,ICFAI
9. RavichandranKrishnamurthy:FinancialInclusionVDMVerlag
10.SameerKocchar,KCChakrabartyandCRangarajan:SpeedingFinancialInclusionAcademicFoundation
SE4iivsem-iv
MB FO32 FINANCIALINCLUSION
CourseObjective: TotalPeriods:40(4Credits)
The Theory paper will consist of one short answer type question containing seven True or
False statements(carrying 14 marks), which are to be explained with reasons in not more
Than 50 words. In addition, 70
therewillbefouralternatesetsofquestions,outofwhichonesetwillbelonganswertypeandtwowillh
Ave
twopartsA&B.Thelastquestion(14marks)willbeshortnotetypecontainingfouroptionsou
tofwhichanytwo optionsarerequiredtobeattempted.
Sessionals:ClassTest/Quizzes(averageof2bestoutof3) Writeup,PresentationandParticipation 30
TotalMarks 100
SE4iivsem-iv
MB FO 404 BEHAVIOURALFINANCE
CourseObjective: TotalPeriods:40(4Credits)
The purpose of this course is to introduce the student to the new field of behavioural finance. The
theory is based on thenotion that investors behave in a rational, predictable and an unbiased manner.
While behavioural finance challenges thistraditionally held notion. Reliant upon cognitive
psychology decision theory, behavioural finance is the study of howinvestors’ interprets and act on
available, fallible information. This course will help the students to identifypersistent
orsystematicbehaviouralfactorsthat influenceinvestment behaviour.
CourseStructure:
Conventionalfinanceandchallenges-tomarketefficiency,BuildingBlocksofBehaviouralFinance-
CognitivePsychologyandtheLimitstoArbitrage,Psychologyofinvestorsbehaviour,Neurophysiologyof
risk- taking,Personalitytraitsandriskattitudes
prospective,AllaisandElsberg’sparadoxes, ErrorsinDecision-Making
Prospecttheory,Lossaversiontheory,andMentalAccounting
Heuristicsandbiases,overconfidenceandemotion,financialdecision-makingstemmingfromheuristicsand
biases,overconfidenceandemotion
GroupBehaviour-Conformism,herding,fatalattractions
REFERENCE
1. H.KentBaker,JohnR.Nofsinger:BehaviouralFinance:Investors,Corporations,andMarkets,JohnWileyand
Sons
2. WilliamForbes :BehaviouralFinance,JohnWileyandSons
3. LucyAckert,RichardDeaves:BehavioralFinance:Psychology,Decision-
Making,andMarkets, CengageLearning
PATTERNOFEXAMINATION: Marks
The Theory paper will consist of one short answer type question containing seven True or
False statements(carrying14 marks), whichare to be explained with reasons innot more than
70
50 words. Inaddition, therewillbe four alternate sets of questions, out of which one setwill be long
answertype andtwowill have
twopartsA&B.Thelastquestion(14marks)willbeshortnotetypecontainingfouroptionsou
tofwhichanytwo optionsarerequiredtobeattempted.
Sessionals:ClassTest/Quizzes(averageof2bestoutof3)Writeup,PresentationandParticipation 30
TotalMarks 100
SE4iivsem-iv
MB FO 41 BANKINGANDFINANCIALSERVICES
CourseObjective:
TotalPeriods:40(4Credits)
Thepresentcourseaimstofamiliarizethestudentsaboutbankingandfinancialservicesandst
rengthentheiranal yticalunderstandin gabout Indianfinancial environment.
CourseStructure:
➥ Introduction-ChangingroleofBankinginIndia.
➥Reserve Bankof India-Objectives, Traditional and Development functions and Instruments
ofMonetaryPolicyused byRBI
➥CommercialBanks-Objectives,functionsof
commercialbanksandrecentdevelopmentsandchallengesofcommercialbanksinIndia
➥ManagementofDeposits-Relevanceofmarketing
appr
oac
h
tode
posi
tmo
biliz
atio
nin
abank,formulatingmarketingstrategiesfordepositsmobilizationbya bankinIndia
➥DevelopmentBanks-
Objectives,functions,financingpoliciesandpracticesofdevelopmentbanksinIndia
andpromotionalrolesofDevelopmentsBanksandth
eirfinancial services ➥CreditManagement-
Principlesoflending,newcreditpoliciesofcommercialbanksinIndiaandtheirimple
mentation,
contentsofcreditpolicyofabank,creditappraisalbyacommercialbank,AssetsClassi
ficationandMan agementofNPA’s,
Conceptandadvantagesofassetssecuritization.
➥Mutualfunds-
Concepts,objectivesandfunctionsofmutualfundsinIndia,policiesandpracticesofIndian
mutualfundsinregard tomobilizationofresourcesand theirdeployment.
➥Insuranceservicesandproducts-
Introduction,policiesandpracticesofLICandGIC,evaluationofinsuranceinIndia,
newtrendsininsurancesector and developmentof micro-insuranceand itsprospects.
➥VentureCapitalFunds-Objective,policiesandoperationsofventurecapitalinIndia
➥ ManagementofCapitalFund-Function,adequacyofcapital-
itsconceptsandnorms,presentstateof capitalfundsinIndiancommercial banks.
➥ CreditRating-Objective,functionsofcreditratingagenciesandevaluationofcreditratingagencie
REFERENCE
➥ BankProducts-Commercialcreditproducts,retailcreditproduct,depositproductsandfeebasedproducts.
➥
1.
OverviewofHousingFinance-
HajelaT.N. :MoneyBankingandInternationalTrade,AneBooksPvtLtd
Housingandeconomicdevelopment,evolutionofhousingfinanceinIndia,leading
PATTERNOFEXAMINATION: M
The Theory paper will consist of one short answer type question containing seven True or
False statements(carrying 14 marks), which are to be explained with reasons in not more
Than 50 words. In addition, there
willbefouralternatesetsofquestions,outofwhichonesetwillbelonganswertypeandtwowillhavet
WopartsA
& B.The last question (14 marks) will be short note type containing four options out of
which any twooptionsare requiredtobeattempted.
Sessionals:ClassTest/Quizzes(averageof2bestoutof3)Writeup,PresentationandParticipation
TotalMarks
SE4iivsem-iv
MB FO42 CAPITALMARKETSANDREGULATORYFRAMEWORK
CourseObjective: TotalPeriods:40(4Credits)
ThecourseaimstofamiliarizethestudentsabouttheworkingandregulationofIndiancapitalmarket.Italsoaims
tomakethestudentsawareabouttheroleofcapitalmarketintheeconomicgrowthofthecountry.
CourseStructure:
➥IndianFinancialSystem-
ComponentsofIndianFinancialSystem,Institutions,Instruments,MarketandServices,Natureand
roleofFinancialsystemand EconomicDevelopment, FinancialSector Reforms.
➥CapitalMarket-Constituents,Functions,CapitalMarketInstruments,NewIssueMarket,PrivatePlacements
➥NewIssueMarket-Meaning,EvolutionofPrimaryMarketinIndia,modeofissuingSecurities,IPO
Grading,EmployeeStockoptionplan,Greenshoeoption,On-
lineIPO’s,stepstoimprovePrimaryMarketInfrastructure.
➥Secondary Market-Introduction, Post reforms stock
market scenario, Organization, Management and
Membershipsofstockexchanges, MarketMechanisms, MarginSystems, and
DrawbacksofIndianStock Markets.
➥IndianStockExchanges-
MeaningofStockexchange,OrganizationofStockexchangesinIndia,FunctionsofStockexchange,BSE,NS
EI,OTCEI,Nati
onalandRegionalExchanges,ReasonsforfailureofOTCEI,BarometerofStockmarkets,Market indices
➥ BondMarket-
Meaning,Classificationofdebtsecurities,ConceptsandTypesofRisks,Conceptsandtypes
ofReturnor Yield, Bond Valuation, Bond Value Theorem, Yield curve, RiskreturnTrade off.
➥FinancialDerivativesMarket-Derivativesmeaning,Types-Future,ForwardvsFuture,options-
Generalfeatures,Types of Options, Factors affecting Price of Option contract, Derivatives trading at
NSE, Eligibility criteria forindividual stock at F& O , currency Derivatives ( Future) Market,
Valuation
or Pricing of Derivatives, Critique ofDerivatives.
➥DepositoriesandCustodians-
IntroductiontoDepositorySystem,NSDL,CDSLS,Custodians,SHCIL,Working
ofDepository,CriticalAppraisalfortheneedofDepository,BenefitsofDepositorysystem,
TheDepositoryAct1996.
➥RegulationoftheMarket-
GenesisofRegulation,PrinciplesofRegulation,GoverningLaws,TheSecuritiesContract(
Regulation) ACT 1956, Forms of Regulation , Self regulation by Stock Exchanges and
Supervision bySEBI, RiskManagement, EffectivenessoftheRegulatorymechanism.
➥The Securities and Exchange Board of India-THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE
BOARD OF INDIA
ACT1992,GenesisofSEBI,ConstitutionandOrganization,ObjectivesandRegulatoryapproach,andFunctionsofSEBI,HighlightsofSEBI’sPerformanceandapprisalofitsworking
PowerScopePrimaryScuritiesMarket
SecondaryMarketandIntermediaries
InvestorsProtectionMeasures
➥Investors’ Protection-Loss of confidence of Small investors- Causes, Rights of Investors, Facilities by
BSE,InsiderTrading – Rationale, Categories, Connected Persons, Need for control, Prohibition of Insider’s Trading,
CapitalMarketscams,Ombudsman
REFERENCE
1. AlanR.Kanuk :CapitalMarketsofIndia:AnInvestor’sGuide,JohnWileyandSons
2. RajeshChakrabarti&SankarDe:CapitalMarketsinIndia,SAGEPublicationsLtd
3. Gomez :FinancialMarketsInstitutionsandFinancialServices,PHILearningPvt.Ltd.
4. N.Vinayakam :AProfileofIndianCapitalMarket,KanishkaPublishersDistributors
5. MooradChoudhry :CapitalMarketInstruments:AnalysisandValuation,FTPress
6. FrankJ.Fabozzi&FrancoModigliani:CapitalMarkets:InstitutionsandInstruments,PrenticeHall
SE4iivsem-iv
MB FO42 CAPITALMARKETSANDREGULATORYFRAMEWORK
CourseObjective: TotalPeriods:40(4Credits)
PATTERNOFEXAMINATION: Marks
The Theory paper will consist of one short answer type question containing seven True or
False statements(carrying14 marks), whichare to be explained withreasons innot more than
50 words. Inaddition, there 70
willbefouralternatesetsofquestions,outofwhichonesetwillbelonganswertypeandtwowillhavet
WopartsA
& B.The last question (14 marks) will be short note type containing four options out of
which any twooptionsare requiredtobeattempted.
Sessionals:ClassTest/Quizzes(averageof2bestoutof3)Writeup,PresentationandParticipation 30
TotalMarks 100
SE4iivsem-iv
MB FO 43 INTERNATIONALACCOUNTINGANDFINANCIALREPORTING
CourseObjective: TotalPeriods:40(4Credits)
To Understand and explain the structure of the international professional and conceptual framework
of accounting&Apply relevant financial reporting standards to key elements of financial reports .To
Identify and apply disclosurerequirements for companies relating to the presentation of financial
reports and notes .Prepare financial statements ofsingle entities and account for their key elements
complying with specified International FinancialReporting Standardsand
otherrelatedpronouncements
CourseStructure:
Introduction–Causesofinternationaldifferences–somemajordifferencesinfinancialreporting.
Internationalclassificationoffinancialreporting–internationalharmonizationofaccounting–
therequirementsofinternationalaccountingstandards.
FinancialreportinginUSA,UK,AustraliaandFrance.
FinancialreportinginGermany,Netherlands,JapanandThirdworldcountrieswithspecialemphasisonlegalissues,accountingstandar
dsandconsolidationofaccounts.
IssuesinInternationalaccounting–Consolidation–foreigncurrencytranslation–
segmentalreporting–foreignexchangeriskmanagement.
HarmonizationinFinancialreporting–StandardizationandHarmonization–
roleofinternationalaccountingbodies(IASC)inharmonization.
MultinationalTransferPricing–Objectivesoftransferpricing–selectingatransferprice–
internalrevenuecodeandtransferpricing.
Ethicalissuesininternationalaccounting–Incidenceandimplicationsofwindowdressing(cases).
REFERENCE
1. T.Doupnik&H.Perera :InternationalAccounting,McGrawHillInternational
2. C.Nobes&RHParker :ComparativeInternationalAccounting,Pearson/PHI
3. FrederickDSChoi :InternationalFinance&AccountingHandbook–JohnWiley
4. JamesASchweikart :InternationalAccounting:ACaseApproach–McGrawHill
5. KwabenaAnyane-Ntow :InternationalHandbookofAccountingEducation&Certification,PergamonPub.
6. PaulEHolt :InternationalAccounting,DamePublications
PATTERNOFEXAMINATION: Marks
The Theory paper will consist of one short answer type question containing seven True or
False statements(carrying 14 marks), which are to be explained with reasons in not more
Than 50 words. In addition, 70
therewillbefouralternatesetsofquestions,outofwhichonesetwillbelonganswertypeandtwowillh
Ave
twopartsA&B.Thelastquestion(14marks)willbeshortnotetypecontainingfouroptionsou
tofwhichanytwo optionsarerequiredtobeattempted.
Sessionals:ClassTest/Quizzes(averageof2bestoutof3)Writeup,PresentationandParticipation 30
TotalMarks 100
SE4iivsem-iv
MB FO 44 FINANCIALDERIVATIVES
CourseObjective: TotalPeriods:40(4Credits)
Theobjectiveofthiscourseistoexposethestudentstotheconcept,toolandtechniqueapplicableinthefield
ofDerivativesasa toolofinvestment andDerivative analysis.
CourseStructure:
Derivative-
Introductiontoderivatives,meaning,Classification,type,anduses.Theneedforderivativemarket,chara
cteristics of forward transaction, characteristics of derivative market instrument, right and
obligations of buyersand sellers. Hedgingand risksharing,
Effectsofderivativesmarketsonthefinancialsystem.
Futures-Futures market, future prices, future contracts and characteristic of future contract, forward prices,
characteristicofforwardcontract,interestrate ofstandardization.
Swaps and Options-Evolution of swaps, its economic Rationale, types of swaps, the basic structure of swaps.
Basicusesof swaps, interest rate swaps, option markets, characteristic of option, factors affecting option prices,
option tradingstrategies.
Derivative pricing methodologies-Objective of risk management, spectrum of risk management strategies, risk
increditderivatives, credit market, credit derivative, characteristic and its types, uses of pricing derivatives disasters.
Theblack-scholes analysis: options onstockindexes; currencies andfuturecontracts:general approach
topricingderivative,market riskmanagement.
Derivative in India-Prospects and policies. Commodity trading in India. Reasons for slow growth of derivative
inIndia,usesanditsmisusesofderivatives.
REFERENCE
1. RajeevP.V&MathurH.P.:Fundamentalofderivatives&CommoditiesDerivatives,VijayPrakashanMandir
2. PVijayBhasker&B.Mahapatra:DerivativesSimplified,SagePublications
3. A.V.Rajwade :CurrencyExposureandDerivatives,McGrawHill
4. A.V.Rajwade :HandbookofdebtSecuritiesandInterestRateDerivative,McGrawHillPub
PATTERNOFEXAMINATION: Marks
The Theory paper will consist of one short answer type question containing seven True or
False statements(carrying14 marks), whichare to be explained withreasons innot more than
50 words. Inaddition, 70
therewillbefouralternatesetsofquestions,outofwhichonesetwillbelonganswertypeandtwowillh
ave
twopartsA&B.Thelastquestion(14marks)willbeshortnotetypecontainingfouroptionsou
tofwhichanytwo optionsarerequiredtobeattempted.
Sessionals:ClassTest/Quizzes(averageof2bestoutof3)Writeup,PresentationandParticipation 30
TotalMarks 100
SE4iivsem-iv
MB FO 45 INSURANCEANDRISKMANAGEMENT
CourseObjective: TotalPeriods:40(4Credits)
TomakethebuddingfinsnceprofessionalsunderstandthefundamentalsofInsuranceandRiskManagementinord
ertoenhancetheir knowledgeand decision-makingskillsrequired for thisspecialtysector.
CourseStructure:
➥Risk–Conceptual Framework-Meaningof risk, Risk versus Uncertainty. Risk distinguishedfrom
peril andhazards. Classification of Risk – Financial and Non-financial Risks & Static and
Dynamic Risk. Scope of of
Riskmanagement,Process,IdentificationandRiskControl.RiskRetentionandTransfer,Alternativestob
uyingcommercialI nsurance.
REFERENCE
1. JamesS.Reichmann,RobertHoyt:RiskManagementandInsurance,South-
Western,&DavidSommerCollegePub
2. KPSingh,MCGarg,BSBodlaInsurance:Fundamentals,EnvironmentandProceduresDeep&DeepPublicatio
Ns
3. PSPalande :InsuranceinIndia,SagePublicationsIndia
4. PravaNaliniTripathy&PrabirPal :Insurance–TheoryandPracticePHILearning
5. AjayKumar,,D.P.Chatterjee,C.ChandrasekharD.G.PatwardhanAjayKumar:RiskManagement,Macmillan
India
6. MrinalChandraSengupta& MrinalChandraSengupta:InsuranceFinanceProgressivePublishers
7. JuliaHolyoake :Insurance,CharteredInstituteofBankers
8. PKGupta :InsuranceandRiskManagement,Himalaya
PATTERNOFEXAMINATION: Marks
The Theory paper will consist of one short answer type question containing seven True or
False statements(carrying 14 marks), which are to be explained with reasons in not more
than 50 words. In addition, therewillbe four alternate sets of questions, out of which one 70
setwill be long answertype andtwowill have
twopartsA&B.Thelastquestion(14marks)willbeshortnotetypecontainingfouroptionsou
tofwhichanytwo optionsarerequiredtobeattempted.
Sessionals:ClassTest/Quizzes(averageof2bestoutof3)Writeup,PresentationandParticipation 30
TotalMarks 100
SE4iivsem-iv
MB FO 46 CORPORATEVALUATIONANDMERGERS
CourseObjective: TotalPeriods:40(4Credits)
Tofamiliarizestudentswithvarioustechniquesofcorporaterestructuring,andvaluationmethodsusedb
ycorporate
inreallifeanddevelopanUnderstandingofMergerassignificanteconomicactivitytakingplaceintoday’s
economy.
CourseStructure:
➥CorporateValuation-
Meaning,approaches,Principlesandtechniquesofvaluation,Assetvaluation,Earningsvaluation, Cash
flow valuation, other valuation basis, Efficient market hypothesis, Impact of changing
capitalstructureonthemarketvalue
ofthecompany,Prioritiesofdifferentstakeholdersintermsofbusinessvaluation.
➥Mergers-
NatureandprocessofMerger,acquisitionsandamalgamations,typesofmergers,motivesbehindmergers
,theoriesofmergers,Mergerasastrategicperspective-
industrylifecycleandproductlifecycleanalysisin M&Adecision,strategicapproachestoM&A-
SWOTanalysis, BCGmatrix, Porter’sFiveforcesmodel.
➥ValuationinMergers-Valuationapproaches–
discountedcashflowvaluation,relativevaluation,valuingoperatingand financial synergy, valuing
corporate control, valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers – cash offer, shareexchange
ratio – mergers as a capital budgeting decision Assets and cash flows, Selection of appropriate
cost ofcapital for valuation, Forms of consideration and terms of acquisitions, Implications of
regulations for businesscombinations.
➥LegalandregulatoryframeworkofM&A-
provisionsofcompaniesact1956,IndianIncomeTaxact1961,SEBI takeover
code,ProvisionsofCompetition Act,CaseStudiesonMergers.
REFERENCE
1. FredWeston,KwangSChung,SusanEHoa:Mergers,nRestructuringandCorporateControl,PearsonEducati
on
2. ThomasE.CopelandValuation :MeasuringandManagingthevalueofCompanies,Wiley
3. RavindharVadapalli :MergersacquisitionsandBusinessValuation,ExcelBooks,
4. K.G.Palupu,PM.Healy&V.L.Bernard:BusinessAnalysisandValuation;UsingFinancialStateme
ntsTextandCases, South-WesternPub
5. AshwathDamodaran :CorporateFinance-TheoryAndPracticeJohnWiley&Sons
6. Shukla&Grewal :AdvancedAccounts,S.Chand&Sons
7. SudiSudarsanam :ValueCreationFromMergersandAcquisitions,PearsonEducation,
8. Arzak :ValuationformergersBuyouts&Restructuring,Wiley(India(P)Ltd.
9. C.KrishnaMurthy&Vishwanath :MergerAcquisitions&CorporateRestructuring,SagePublication
10. Weston,MitchelandMulherin
:Takeovers,RestructuringandCorporateGovernance,PearsonEducatio
n,
11. Machiraju :MergersAndAcquisitions,NewAgePublishers)
PATTERNOFEXAMINATION: Marks
SE4iivsem-iv
MB FO 46 CORPORATEVALUATIONANDMERGERS
CourseObjective: TotalPeriods:40(4Credits)
The Theory paper will consist of one short answer type question containing seven True or
False statements(carrying14 marks), whichare to be explained withreasons innot more than
50 words. Inaddition, there 70
willbefouralternatesetsofquestions,outofwhichonesetwillbelonganswertypeandtwowillhavet
WopartsA
& B.The last question (14 marks) will be short note type containing four options out of
which any twooptionsare requiredtobeattempted.
Sessionals:ClassTest/Quizzes(averageof2bestoutof3)Writeup,PresentationandParticipation 30
TotalMarks 100
MB HO 46 INTERNATIONALLABOURORGANIZATIONANDINTERNATIONALLABOURLAWS
CourseObjective: TotalPeriods:40(4Credits)
The present course aims at familiarizing the studentswith various aspects of International Labour
organisation It
aimsatprovidingthecontemporaryknowledgeaboutinternationallabourstandardsintheformofConventionsan
d
Recommendations.
CourseStructure:
➥InternationalLabourOrganisation–
Introduction,Conventions,fundamentalprinciplesandrightsatwork,internation
al
policies and programmes aimed at promoting fundamental human rights, improving living and
workingconditionsanddevelopingemploymentopportunities.
➥International Labour Standards- aims at directing national action towards the implementation
offundamentalprinciples and rights at work .Labour and employment intensive programmes forinfrastructural
development,Promotion of Social Security and Mutual Health Insurance Schemes, Poverty eradication through
employmentprogrammes, Small and micro-enterprise development ,Skills development and strengthening of
vocational traininginstitutions.Elimination of child labour, Promotion of Social Security and Mutual
HealthInsurance Schemes,Poverty eradication through employment programmes, Small and micro-enterprise
development ,Skillsdevelopmentandstrengtheningofvocationaltraininginstitutions.
➥LabourlawsandLegislation-TripartismandSocialdialogue
,Capacitybuildingforlabourrelationsinstitutions ,opportunitiesforwomenandmentosecuredecentemploymentandincome,effectivenessofsocialprotection
forall
➥InternationalProgrammeontheEliminationofChildLabour(IPEC)-
nationalinitiativesonchildlabour,withprioritygivento theurgenteliminationoftheworstformsofchild
labour.
REFRENCE
1. Jean-MichelServais :InternationalLabourLaw,KluwerLawInternational
2. R.B.,Jean,C.J.,Jean&MichelServais:InternationalLabourandSocialSecurityLawKluwerLawInternational
3. LauraAlper :ILOmanualforlabourinformationcentres,InternationalLabourOffice,
4. TheI.L.O.year-book :Business&Economics
SE4iivsem-iv
PATTERNOFEXAMINATION: Marks
The Theory paper will consist of one short answer type question containing seven True or
False statements(carrying14 marks), whichare to be explained withreasons innot more than
50 words. Inaddition, 70
therewillbefouralternatesetsofquestions,outofwhichonesetwillbelonganswertypeandtwow
illh ave
twopartsA&B.Thelastquestion(14marks)willbeshortnotetypecontainingfouroption
sou tofwhichanytwo optionsarerequiredtobeattempted.
Sessionals:ClassTest/Quizzes(averageof2bestoutof3) Writeup,PresentationandParticipation
30 TotalMarks 100
Unit2.ComponentsofSHRM: Lectures8
Human Capital management, Valuation of human resources in a strategic level, HR
cost,Investments in HR, Formulation of HR strategies, Strategic HR vs traditional HR. HRM
inknowledge economy, Challenges and issues in implementation of HR strategies in
Indiancontext.
Unit4.SpecificHRstrategies:
Lectures7
Talent Management strategies, Career Planning and succession planning. Compensation
andrewardstrategies,Employeeengagementstrategies.
ReferenceBooks:
NiraliPublication–Dr. ShalakaParker/Mr. ViralAhireEdition:June2020
SE4iivsem-iv
SE4iivsem-iv
COURSECODE:MBAHR302
HROperations
Unit1. HumanResourceAdministration:
Lecture-6
Definition, nature, scope, objective, structure of personnel department, personnel policy andits types,
maintenance of personnel files and records, Drafting communication in personneldepartment –
Appointment, promotion, transfer, deployment, appreciation letter, notices andcirculars.
Unit2. CommunicationsaboutDisciplinaryMeasures:
Lecture-6
Drafting of memos, warnings, show cause, charge sheet, suspension, Inquiry
procedurecorrespondence,terminationanddismissal,andreinstatementinservice.
Unit3.Computation underSocialSecurityLaws:
Lecture-10
The Employee’s Provident Fund and Miscellaneous Provisions Act, 1952 – Contribution,online
procedure for opening of account and required documents, rate of contribution ofEmployer and
Employee, administrative charges, interests and penalties, PF calculations andForms, Amendments till
date, The Employee’s State Insurance Act, 1948 – Contributions, all6 benefits, and calculations related
to benefits, calculations for payment of compensation,applicability,Amendments tilldate.
Unit4. CompensationandLabourWelfare:
Lecture-10
TheWorkmen’sCompensationAct1923,Definition,Permanent,Partial,andTotalDisablement arising out of
and in the course of employment, theory of notional extension,calculation of compensation in case of
death and disability, Amendments till date. • ThePayment of Bonus Act, 1965 – Definition of Bonus,
applicability, eligibility, minimum,maximum,Set-onandSet-
off,disqualificationofbonus,Amendmentstilldate.•ThePayment of Gratuity Act 1972 – Definition of
Gratuity, applicability, eligibility, minimumservice condition, maximum limit, calculation of gratuity in
case of retirement, resignation,deathanddisablement.Amendments todate.
Unit5.ComponentsofPayrollSystem:
Lecture-10
Maintenance of Statutory Returns – TDS, Profession tax, Form – 16 A and B, Form 26 AS,PF, ESI,
CalculationofCTCanddesigningsalarystructureIncomefromsalaries, deductionsfrom salaries, the meaning
of salary for different purposes, perquisites, the value of rent-freeaccommodation.
ReferenceBooks:
Nirali Publication – Dr. Shalaka Parker / Mr. Viral Ahire / Ms. Sonali JoshiEdition-June2020
SE4iivsem-iv
MBA303 LABOURANDEMPLOYMENTLAWSININDIA
CourseObjective: TotalPeriods:40(4Credits)
TheCourseintendstoeducateandcreateawarenessamongthestudentsaboutvariousaspectsofLabourandEmploy
mentLawandth usequipthemtohandlethisdelicatesubjectwithmaturity,objectivityandunderstandings.
CourseStructure:
ThecourseconsistsofvariousActsrelatedtoLabourandEmploymentLawsinIndiawithrespecttotheirenactm
ent, definitionsanddifferentprovisions.TheActsareasfollows:
TheFactoriesAct,1948
TheWorkmen’sCompensationsAct,1923
TheEmployeesStateInsuranceAct,1948
TheEmployees’ProvidentFundandMiscellaneousProvisionsAct,1952
ThePaymentofgratuityAct,1972
TheMaternityBenefitAct,1961
TheMinimumWagesact,1948
TheIndustrialEmployment(StandingOrders)Act,1946
ThePaymentofBonusAct,1966
TheApprenticesAct,1969
TheEmploymentExchange(CompulsoryNotificationofVacancies)Act,1959
REFERENCE
1. S.NMishra :LabourLaws,Deep&DeepPublications
2. S.CSrivastava :SocialSecurityandLabourLaws,UniversalDelhi
3. MadhavanPillai :LabourandIndustrialLaws,JainBookDepot
4. V. VGiri :LabourproblemsinIndianIndustry,AsiaPub.House
5. N.D.Kapoor :ElementsofMercantileLaw,SultanChandandSons
PATTERNOFEXAMINATION: Marks
The Theory paper will consist of one short answer type question containing seven True or
False statements(carrying14 marks), whichare to be explained withreasons innot more than
70
50 words. Inaddition, therewillbe four alternate sets of questions, out of which one setwill be long
answertype andtwowill have
twopartsA&B.Thelastquestion(14marks)willbeshortnotetypecontainingfouroptionsou
tofwhichanytwo optionsarerequiredtobeattempted.
Sessionals:ClassTest/Quizzes(averageof2bestoutof3)Writeup,PresentationandParticipation 30
TotalMarks 100
SE4iivsem-iv
MBA304 INDUSTRIALRELATIONS
CourseObjective: TotalPeriods:40(4Credits)
In this course, the students are to be acquaintedwith the Industrial relations framework in our
country, the importanceofthe maintenance of Industrial peace and efforts to reduce the incidence of
Strikes and Lockout and Industrial Strike are
tobeemphasised.Further,thestudentsaretobeacquaintedwithSocialSecurityFrame-
workprevailinginourCountry.Itisnecessarytoknowtheconceptofsocialsecurity,itsimportanceandalsocons
titutional basisforthesameinIndia.
CourseStructure:
Introduction to Industrial Relation-Concept, evolution,
characteristics, scope, components, factors
affectingindustrialrelations,approachestoIR,IRinIndia,prerequisitesofsuccessfulindustrialrelationp
rogramme.
Industrial Conflicts/Disputes- Meaning, essentials, classification,
recognition of disputes, impact of
industrialdisputes,factorsofindustrialdisputes/conflicts,Strikes-forms,preventionofstrikes,lock-
outs,gheraos,
Waystoachievingindustrialpeace,Codeofdisciplineinindustry.
GrievancesHandling-meaning,nature,causesofgrievances,procedureforredressal.
CollectiveBargaining-meaning,principles,contents,forms,processand
levelsofcollectivebargaining,formatsof agreements, Typologies, productivity bargaining, pre-
requisite of effective collective bargaining, collectivebargaininginIndia.
Workers’ Education-content, significance, rationale behind workers’ education, workers’
education scheme inIndia- objectives,functionsandproblems.
Workers’ParticipationinManagement:concept,determinants,formandlevelsofparticipation,schemesofw
orkers’participationinmanagementinIndia.
Trade Union: concept, purpose, functions, types, trade union and politics, trade union in India,major
all-Indiatrade unions, employers’ organizations, Trade Union Act, 1926- major
definitions, registration, rights, privileges,obligationsandliabilitiesofa registeredtradeunion.
SettlementMachinery-MediationandConciliation-
function,process,conciliationmachinery,Arbitration-advantages,
disadvantages,types,qualification of arbitration,procedureofinvestigation,submission of
award,Adjudication-
importance,typesandthree-tieradjudication,labourcourt,industrialtribunals.
IndustrialDisputeAct,1947:Causesofdisputes,AuthoritiesundertheAct,ProcedureandPowerofAuth
orities,Awardand Settlement ofindustrialdispute.
REFERENCE
1. Owen,W.V.&Finston,H.V :IndustrialRelations,Appleton-Century-Crofts
2. I.I.P.M. :PersonnelManagementinIndia
3. Heckman,I.L.&Hunuyager,S.C:ManagementofPersonnelFunction,London:BusinessPublicationLtd
4. Mehrotra,S.N. :LabourProblemsinIndia.
5. Sen,Ratna :IndustrialRelationsinIndia,MacmillanPublishersIndia
6. Memoria,C.B. :IndustrialRelations,HimalayaPublication
7. Chhabara,T.N.andR.K.Suri:IndustrialRelations-ConceptsandIssues,Dhanpatria&Co
8. AnybookconcernedwithLabourActsandIndustrialLaw
PATTERNOFEXAMINATION: Marks
The Theory paper will consist of one short answer type question containing seven True or
False statements(carrying14 marks), whichare to be explained withreasons innot more than
70
50 words. Inaddition,
therewillbefouralternatesetsofquestions,outofwhichonesetwillbelonganswertypeandtwowillh
SE4iivsem-iv
MB HC 32 INDUSTRIALRELATIONS
CourseObjective: TotalPeriods:40(4Credits)
ave
twopartsA&B.Thelastquestion(14marks)willbeshortnotetypecontainingfouroptionsou
tofwhichanytwo optionsarerequiredtobeattempted.
Sessionals:ClassTest/Quizzes(averageof2bestoutof3)Writeup,PresentationandParticipation 30
TotalMarks 100
SE4iivsem-iv
MB HC 305 ORGANIZATIONDEVELOPMENT
CourseObjective: TotalPeriods:40(4Credits)
Theobjectiveistogainfamiliaritywiththeconceptandskillstomanageandimproveorganizationalculturecollabor
atively.Itseekst oeducatehoworganizationalgoalsareattainedbyfurtheringthe humanvaluesinindividuals.
CourseStructure:
UnderstandingtheConceptofIntervention-
Nature,scopeanddefinitionofOrganizationalDevelopment;achievingorganizationalimprovementwithOrganizationalDe
velopment;OrganizationalDevelopmentvs.thetraditionalinterventions;briefoverviewofLaboratory–
trainingandsurveyresearch&feedbackmethodology
Underlying Assumptions about People as Individuals-about people in groups and about people in
organizationalsystems;assumptionsrelatingtovaluesinthe clientorganization;valuesandbeliefsystemsofChange
agents,ConceptofSystem&Organizational Development
ODInterventions-overview, team building interventions and their rationales; Intergroup team building
andtheorganization mirror intervention; personal, interpersonal and group process interventions; nature of
comprehensiveODinterventions;structuralinterventions&OD, conditionsimportantforsuccessfulODefforts
REFERENCE
1. WendellL.Freanch&CecilH.BellJr :OrganizationalDevelopment,PHI,NewDelhi
2. Management&OrganizationalDevelopment :ThePathfromXAtoYBNewYorkMcGrawhill
3. OrganizationalRenewal :GordonL.LippitNewYork,CenturyCrofts
PATTERNOFEXAMINATION: Marks
The Theory paper will consist of one short answer type question containing seven True or
False statements(carrying14 marks), whichare to be explained withreasons innot more than
70
50 words. Inaddition, therewillbe four alternate sets of questions, out of which one setwill be long
answertype andtwowill have
twopartsA&B.Thelastquestion(14marks)willbeshortnotetypecontainingfouroptionsou
tofwhichanytwo optionsarerequiredtobeattempted.
Sessionals:ClassTest/Quizzes(averageof2bestoutof3)Writeup,PresentationandParticipation 30
TotalMarks 100
SE4iivsem-iv
SEM-IV
COURSECODE:MBAHR401
Organizational Diagnosis & Development
Unit1.OrganisationalDevelopment
Definition of Organisational Development,Evolution:RobertTannenbaum,KurtLewin,McGregor, Herbert Shepard, Robert Blake,
Foundation of OD- T-Group, System’s theory,Parallellearningstructure,doublelooplearning, ActionResearch.
Unit2.OrganisationalDiagnosis
Six Box model and the Martin Weisbord’s questionnaire, Porter’s five forces model,
PESTEL(Political,Economic,Social,Technological,Environmental,Legal)analysisofmacro-environment.
Unit3.TeamInterventionsandIntergroupInterventions
Conceptofintervention,typesofinterventions(team,intergroup,comprehensive,structural),TeamInterventions:Formalgroupdiagnostic
meeting,formalgroupteambuildingmeeting,process consultation, gestalt approach, Role analysis technique,role
negotiation,interdependencyexercise,appreciationsandconcerns,responsibilitycharting.Intergroupandthirdpartypeace-
makinginterventionsWalton’sapproach,organisationmirror,partnering.
Unit4.ComprehensiveInterventionsandStructuralInterventions
Comprehensiveinterventions:Beckhard’sconfrontationmeeting,surveyfeedback,appreciativeinquiry,GridOD.Structuralinterventions-
socio-technicalsystems,workredesign,qualitycircles,re-engineering.
Unit 5.ODConsultant
Meaning,roleandresponsibilities,importanceofanODconsultant.Clientconsultantrelationshipprocessandmajorchallenges.
ReferenceBook-
NiraliPrakashan –Dr.ShalakaParker,Mrs.ViralS.AhireEdition-June2020
SE4iivsem-iv
Course Code:MBAHR402
CurrentTrends&CasesinHumanResourceManagement
CourseObjective: TotalPeriods:40(4Credits)
frompromotingunderstandingoflegalissuesintheadministrationofcompensation,welfareandsocialsecurity .
CourseStructure:
CompensationManagement-
Compensationmanagementprocess,Basisofcompensationmanagement,motivationand financial
and non -financial compensation, compensation philosophies of compensation process, Assessing
jobvalues&relativities;Paystructures;Paying for performance,skillsand competence.
EmployeeBenefits-
Employeebenefitsandtotalremuneration,Specialaspectsofcompensationmergersandacquisitionsandc
ompensationpolic
iesfornewandstartuporganization,Provisionsgoverningdifferentcomponentsofcompensation
andworkingofdiffe
rent institutions
Legal Aspects of Compensation-Objectives, structure and provisions of legislations on wagesand
bonus i.e. theminimum wages Act, 1948, the Payment of wages Act, 1936: The Payment of
Bonus Act, 1976. Determination ofwages D.A. and other monetary benefits through Industrial
Tribunals, Case law, recent trends, and working of theselaws
RecentDevelopmentsinCompensationManagement-
InnovationsintheareaofcompensationmanagementinIndianandMNCsoperatinginIndiaandabroad
REFERENCE
1. S.NMishra :LabourLaws,JainBookAgency
2. S.CSrivastava :SocialSecurityandLabourLaws,EasternBookCompany
3. MadhavanPillai :LabourandIndustrialLaws,JainBookAgency
4. V. VGiri :LabourproblemsinIndianIndustry,IndiaAsiaPublishingHouse
5. N. D.Kapoor :ElementsofMercantileLaw,SultanChandandSons
PATTERNOFEXAMINATION: Marks
The Theory paper will consist of one short answer type question containing seven True or
False statements(carrying14 marks), whichare to be explained withreasons innot more than
50 words. Inaddition, there 70
willbefouralternatesetsofquestions,outofwhichonesetwillbelonganswertypeandtwowillhavet
wopartsA
& B.The last question (14 marks) will be short note type containing four options out of
which any twooptionsare requiredtobeattempted.
Sessionals:ClassTest/Quizzes(averageof2bestoutof3)Writeup,PresentationandParticipation30
TotalMarks 100
SE4iivsem-iv
MB HO 404 PERFORMANCEMANAGEMENT
CourseObjective: TotalPeriods:40(4Credits)
ThecoursehasbeendesignedforpresentinggivingHumanResourcepractitionersanideaofPerformanceAp
praisal,Demandsofthe organizationandhowthe Environmentalfactorsaffect performance.
CourseStructure:
Introduction-Understanding Performance Management, Nature and scope of Performance
Management
System,ProcessandelementsofPerformanceManagement,EffectivenessinPerformanceManagement,
Relationshipbetwe
enOrganizationalStructureandPerformance;Importanceofdocumentingemployeeperformance
EnvironmentalInfluencesandPerformancemanagement-
InfluenceofLabourforcetrends,Technology,Globalizationand Ethics on performance
management, Employee perceptions of the Performance Managementsystem, employee
reactionstosurveillanceandmonitoring.
REFERENCE
1. PerformanceManagement :HermanAguinisPretinceHallNewDelhi
2. PerformanceManagementSystem&Strategies:DipakBhattacharyyaPearsonEducationND
3. PerformanceManagement :RobertBascalMcGrawHill
4. StrategiesforPerformanceManagement:ExcelBooksNewDelhi
5. HumanResourceManagement:GarryDessler,PearsonEducation,NewDelhi
6. HumanResourceManagement:DavidLepak&MaryGowan,PearsonEducation,NewDelhi
PATTERNOFEXAMINATION: Marks
The Theory paper will consist of one short answer type question containing seven True or
False statements(carrying14 marks), whichare to be explained withreasons innot more than
70
50 words. Inaddition, therewillbe four alternate sets of questions, out of which one setwill be long
answertype andtwowill have
twopartsA&B.Thelastquestion(14marks)willbeshortnotetypecontainingfouroptionsou
tofwhichanytwo optionsarerequiredtobeattempted.
Sessionals:ClassTest/Quizzes(averageof2bestoutof3)Writeup,PresentationandParticipation 30
TotalMarks 100
SE4iivsem-iv
MB HO 405 HUMANRERSOURCEINFORMATIONMANAGEMENTSYSTEM(HRIMS)
CourseObjective: TotalPeriods:40(4Credits)
The course will critically explore how human resource information systems are applied in
organizations to supportorganizational strategy, improve efficiency and flexibility, increase
productivity and performance, and ensure compliancewith employment law. The focus will be on
merging computer technology with a strategic human resource managementperspectiveinorderto
maximize the performanceofbusiness.
CourseStructure:
Introduction-
Informationandmanagement,Characteristics,typesandattributesofinformation,Traditionalstructure
of an organization, Business systems, Interdependence between organizations and information
systems,Data &Information needs for HR Manager; Sources of Data; Role of ITES in HRM; IT
for HR Managers; Concept,Structure,& Mechanics of HRIS; Programming
Dimensions&HRManagerwithnotechnology background;Survey of software packages for
HumanResourceInformation System including ERP Softwaresuch as SAP,OraclesFinancialsand
Ramco’sMarshal [onlydata input, output&screens];
FundamentalsofHumanResourceInformationSystems(MIS)-HRIS-
HRISBasics,Humanresourcepoliciesand practices enabled by HRIS, Applications of HRIS:Data
Management for HRIS: Data Formats, Entry Procedure& Process; Data Storage & Retrieval;
Transaction Processing, Office Automation and Information Processing&Control Functions;
Design of HRIS: Relevance of Decision Making Concepts for Information System Design;
HRMNeedsAnalysis-Concept &Mechanics;StandardSoftware andCustomizedSoftware;HRIS–
AnInvestment;
HRDL Cycle–Human Information systems development, Methodologies, Approaches to
systemsdevelopment,StagesoftheSDLC,Prototyping,HRresponsibilityineachphaseofHRISdevelopmen
t,Prei mplementationsta
geof HRIS, HRIS planning, HRIS expectation, Productivity through HRIS , HRIS cost-benefit
value analysis. HRManagement Process & HRIS: Modules on MPP, Recruitment, Selection,
Placement; Module on PA System; T& DModule; Module on Pay & related dimensions;
Planning & Control; Information System’s support for Planning &Control
HRI Systems-Systems for leave accounting, Payroll, ICT, Incentives, Performance
appraisal,Group DecisionSupport Systems (GDSS) in HRIS, Enterprise Resource Planning
(ERP).
Emerging Trends in HRIS – OrganizationStructure&RelatedManagement
Processes including
authority
&Responsibility,Flows,andCommunicationProcess; Organization Culture and Power – Data
Capturing for Monitoring & Review; Behavioral Patterns of HR &other Managersandtheir place
ininformationprocessing fordecision making
Requirementanalysisandtasksforrequirementsanalysis-
OverviewofdesignofanHumanResourceInformation System, Gathering, Roles of people in
software, Systems analysts, General model of MIS, Systemdevelopment, Model, Role of System
Analyst and Business Analyst.Data Collection Methods - Obtaining data formarketing decisions,
Collecting data, Types of data, Primary research methods, Types of research, Additional
datacollectionmethods,
Database,Databaselifecycle(DBLC),Conceptofdatabasemanagementsystem REFERENCE
1. K.C.LaudonandJ.P.Laudon:ManagementInformationSystems–
ManagingtheDigitalFirm,Prentice-HallIndia,NewDelhi,2006
2. JamesAO’Brien&GeorgeMMarakas:ManagementInformationSystems,McGraw-Hill,ND,2007
3. VincentR.CerielloandChristineFreeman:HumanResourceManagementSystems:Strategies,Tactics,a
ndTechniques,JohnWiley&Son s,NewYork,1998
4. MichaelJ.Kavanagh&MohanThite:HumanResourceInformationSystems:Basics,Applications,&Future
Direction,Sage,UK,2008
5. TeresaTorres-
SE4iivsem-iv
MB HO 405 HUMANRERSOURCEINFORMATIONMANAGEMENTSYSTEM(HRIMS)
CourseObjective: TotalPeriods:40(4Credits)
CoronasandMarioArias:EncyclopediaofHumanResourcesInformationSystems:Ch
allengesinE- HRM,OlivaideaGroupInc(IGI),UK,2008
6. HenryC.Lucas:TheAnalysis,DesignandImplementationofInformationSystems,McGraw-
Hill,NewDelhi,1991
7. MichaelArmstrong:AHandbookofHumanResourceManagementPractice,KoganPageElizabethHo
uldsworthandDilumJirasinghe: ManagingandMeasuring
8. EmployeePerformance:UnderstandingPractice,KoganPage.JackJPhillips:Accountabili
tyinHumanResource Management,GulfProfessional Publishing.
PATTERNOFEXAMINATION: Marks
The Theorypaperwillconsist ofone short answer typequestioncontainingsevenTrueor
Falsestatements(carrying 14 marks), which are to be explainedwithreasons in not more
than50words. In addition, there will be fouralternate sets of questions, out of which one set 70
will be long answer type and two will have two parts A & B.The
lastquestion(14marks)willbeshortnotetypecontainingfouroptionsoutofwhichanytwooptionsarer
Equiredtobe
attempted.
Sessionals:ClassTest/Quizzes(averageof2bestoutof3)Writeup,PresentationandParticipation 30
TotalMarks 100
SE4iivsem-iv
MB HO 41 MANAGEMENTOFCHANGE
CourseObjective: TotalPeriods:40(4Credits)
The course intends to develop an orientation towards the change. It shall coach the students to be
proactive towards aplanned change. It details the relevant aspects of change that help the students
understand the importance of managingchange.
CourseStructure:
➥Introduction-Overview of change, Importance and impact of change, Origins of change- Institutional
&Structural,Technological, Social, Behavioural. Development of strategy, role of human resource strategies in
implementingchange
➥Organizational Structure, Culture and Change-The significance of structure for change, HR implications
ofstructuralchoice andchange.Organizationalculture –integration, differentiation
andfragmentation;LinkingOrganizationalcultural throughHRchange interventions.
➥HRProcesses&Change:
(A) Relevance&developmentofrecruitment&selectionprocessesforplannedandunplannedchange;performancemanag
ementandorganizationalchange;HRD&organizationalchange.
➥EvaluatingandPromotingChange-
approachestoevaluatechange;fromevaluatingtopromotingchange;clarityofpurposeandstrategies;datacollectionforanaly
sis;analysisand feedback.
REFERENCE
1. A.Thornhill,P.Lewis,Mikemillmore,&M.Saunders:Managin
gChange:A
Human,ResourcesStrategyApproach,PearsonEducation
2. Basil&Cook :TheManagementofChange,McGrawHill
3. RobertA.Paton:ChangeManagement:AGuidetoEffective,ImplementationSage,SouthAsiaEdition
4. K.Harigopal:ManagementofOrganizationalChange:LeveragingTransformation,ResponseBooks
5. V.Nilakant&S.Ramnarayan:ChangeManagement,ResponseBooks
PATTERNOFEXAMINATION: Marks
The Theory paper will consist of one short answer type question containing seven True or
False statements(carrying 14 marks), which are to be explained with reasons in not more
than 50 words. In addition, there 70
willbefouralternatesetsofquestions,outofwhichonesetwillbelonganswertypeandtwowillhavet
wopartsA
& B.The last question (14 marks) will be short note type containing four options out of
which any twooptionsare requiredtobeattempted.
Sessionals:ClassTest/Quizzes(averageof2bestoutof3)Writeup,PresentationandParticipation30
TotalMarks 100
SE4iivsem-iv
MB HO 42 STRESSMANAGEMENT
CourseObjective: TotalPeriods:40(4Credits)
Tofamiliarizestudentswiththenatureofstress,andtherelationshipbetweenstressandmanagerialproblems&toex
aminethevarious methodsofassessingpersonalandorganizationalstressandindicatingwaysofcopingwithstress
CourseStructure:
➥Introduction-MeaningandTypesofstress,NatureofStress—ConstructsandProblems,Occupational
Stressors,RoleStress.
➥StressFramework-SourcesofManagerialStress,StressandThoughtProcesses—
Learning,StressandPersonality-BehaviouralandSituationalModifiers,StressandMotivation.
REFERENCE
1.JerroldGreenberg :ComprehensiveStressManagement,McGraw-Hill
2. V.J.Sutherland&C.L.Cooper:StrategicStressManagement:AnOrganizationalApproach,MacmillanBusiness
3. EmmaShort:StrategicStressManagement:AnOrganizationalApproach:,EmeraldGroupPublishingLimited
4. CarolTurkington :StressManagementforBusyPeople:McGraw-Hill
5. J.Cranwell,Ward&A.Abbey:OrganizationalStress:PalgraveMacmillan
PATTERNOFEXAMINATION: Marks
The Theory paper will consist of one short answer type question containing seven True or
False statements(carrying14 marks), whichare to be explained withreasons innot more than
50 words. Inaddition, 70
therewillbefouralternatesetsofquestions,outofwhichonesetwillbelonganswertypeandtwowillh
ave
twopartsA&B.Thelastquestion(14marks)willbeshortnotetypecontainingfouroptionsou
tofwhichanytwo optionsarerequiredtobeattempted.
Sessionals:ClassTest/Quizzes(averageof2bestoutof3)Writeup,PresentationandParticipation 30
TotalMarks 100
SE4iivsem-iv
MB HO 43 CROSSCULTURALMANAGEMENT
CourseObjective: TotalPeriods:40(4Credits)
Present course Aims at developing the understanding of cross cultural issues, its economical
relevance for business andhelps them to become familiar with ways to effectively understand,
anticipate and address the impacts of cross- culturaldifferenceson variousmanagementfunctionsto
ensuretheorganizationaland individualsuccess.
CourseStructure
➥Introduction-
Thegenesisandconceptsofculture,DimensionsanddeterminantsoforganizationalCulture,Importanceof
crosscultralmana grment in globalizedbusinessenvironment.
➥ImplicationsofCross-CulturalManagement-
inGlobalization,Diversity,cultureshock,Technology,Organizational change,mergers
and acquisitions and Quality management system (BPR, TQM, Lean and Sixsigma.).
➥Trainingofthespecificskills–
Crossculturaldecisionmaking,staffing,expatriationandrepatriation;communication and
cooperation in an international team, Managing culturally appropriate
leadershipstyle,Designingresultorientedmotivationaltools,Interculturalnegotiationandconflictsmana
gement.
➥EthicalIssuesandValuesinCross CulturalManagement-
Culturalclusteringofindividualcountries,CaseStudies. REFERENCE
1. DipakKumarBhattacharya :Crosscultralmanagrment,Textandcases,PHILearningPrivateLimited
2. G.Hofstede,Culturesandorganizations:Softwareofthemind,McGraw-Hill
3. Gallois,C,Callan,V.J.,Communicationandculture:aguideforpractice,Wiley
5. Puffer,S.
:ManagementAcrossCultures.InsightsfromFiction&Practice,Blackw
ellBusi
ness
6. Schneider,S.C,Barsoux,J. :Managingacrosscultures,PrenticeHall/FinancialTimes,
7. Mc.Farlin,D.B.,Sweeney,P.D.:InternationalManagement.StrategicOpportunities&Cultura
lChallenges, XlibrisCorporation
8. DereskyHelen:InternationalManagement;ManagingAcrossBordersandCultures,PearsonEducationIndia
PATTERNOFEXAMINATION: Marks
The Theory paper will consist of one short answer type question containing seven True or
False statements(carrying14 marks), whichare to be explained withreasons innot more than
50 words. Inaddition, 70
therewillbefouralternatesetsofquestions,outofwhichonesetwillbelonganswertypeandtwowillh
ave
twopartsA&B.Thelastquestion(14marks)willbeshortnotetypecontainingfouroptionsou
tofwhichanytwo optionsarerequiredtobeattempted.
Sessionals:ClassTest/Quizzes(averageof2bestoutof3)Writeup,PresentationandParticipation 30
TotalMarks 100
SE4iivsem-iv
MB HO 44 GROUPDYNAMICS
CourseObjective: TotalPeriods:40(4Credits)
To familiarize the students with the meaning, scope andsignificance of group and group dynamics, to
examine thefactors and issues that influence group performance and group effectiveness, to identify
causes of intra-group and inter-group conflict and ways and means of resolving the conflict and to
cultivate skills for group decision-making andteambuilding.
CourseStructure:
➥Introduction-Nature of groups and Group dynamics–Studying groups–Measurement in Group
dynamics;Groupformation–valueofgroups–interpersonalattraction– FIRO-B.
➥GroupDevelopmentandSocialization-Groupdevelopment–Groupsocialization;GroupStructure –roles–authority –
attraction – communication networks – Conformity and influence – Power; Environmental Processes – territoriality–
spatial behaviour –environmental stress.
➥GroupDecisionMaking-Anatomy–groupthink–grouppolarization–Methodsofgroupdecision-making.
➥CrowdsandCollectiveBehavior-Crowdsandcollectives–Theoreticalviewpoints–Deindividuationtheory.
➥GroupsandChange-TheGroupasanagentofchange–Theeffectivenesscontroversy–SourcesofChangeingroups
REFERENCE
1. Forsyth,D.R. :GroupDynamics,Addison-Wesley,
2. Zander,A. :MakingGroupsEffective,Jossey-Bass
3. Davis :GroupPerformances,Addison-WesleyPublishingCo
4. Dyer :TeamBuilding:IssuesandAlternatives,Addison-WesleyPublishing
PATTERNOFEXAMINATION: Marks
The Theory paper will consist of one short answer type question containing seven True or
False statements(carrying14 marks), whichare to be explained withreasons innot more than
50 words. Inaddition, 70
therewillbefouralternatesetsofquestions,outofwhichonesetwillbelonganswertypeandtwowillh
ave
twopartsA&B.Thelastquestion(14marks)willbeshortnotetypecontainingfouroptionsou
tofwhichanytwo optionsarerequiredtobeattempted.
Sessionals:ClassTest/Quizzes(averageof2bestoutof3)Writeup,PresentationandParticipation 30
TotalMarks 100
SE4iivsem-iv
MB HO 45 SOCIALAUDIT
CourseObjective: TotalPeriods:40(4Credits)
The present course aims at familiarizing the participants with the skills related to basic principles,
tools and techniques ofinternational social audit which would help them to identify, measure, assess
and report on the social performance of thevariousorganisations.
CourseStructure:
➥Introductionto Social Audit, History of Social Audit, Social Audit Vs Other Audits ,Principles of
SocialAudit,Usesand FunctionsofSocial Audit, Dimensionsofsocialaudit. Domesticvsinternationalsocialaudit.
➥Key steps for Designing Social Audit for an international firm, The Social Audit Flowchart,
Identifyingandselecting the indicators of social audit- Traditional Social Indicators , Core valuesandperformance
indicators,Planning the Data Collection , Designing Questionnaire, Guidelines forUndertakingSurvey, Group
Exercise,Budgeting forsocialaudit,Prerequisitefor Social Audit.
➥Social Auditing and Performance Evaluation, Good Governance and Social Audit, Stakeholders and Social Audit-
IdentificationofStakeholders, Needs and Methods of involving Stakeholders inSocial Audit, Social Audit andSocial
Capital, Benefits of Social Auditing for Government Departments, community organizations and civil societygroup.
➥PreparingtheFinalReport,TheFollow-
upactionplanforSocialAudit,SocialAuditandDissemination,FeedbackandInstitutionalizationofSocial
Audit,AccountabilityMechanisms: Cases fromIndiaandabroad.
REFERENCE
1. RaymondA.B.,DanH.F. :Thecorporatesocialaudit,RussellSageFoundation
2. DavidH.B.,WilliamC.F.,MildredS.M.:Socialauditing:evaluatingtheimpactof
CorporatePrograms, Business&Economics
3. SujathaB:SocialAudit-ConceptsandPractices,ICFAIUniversityPress
PATTERNOFEXAMINATION: Marks
The Theory paper will consist of one short answer type question containing seven True or
False statements(carrying14 marks), whichare to be explained withreasons innot more than
70
50 words. Inaddition, therewillbe four alternate sets of questions, out of which one setwill be long
answertype andtwowill have
twopartsA&B.Thelastquestion(14marks)willbeshortnotetypecontainingfouroptionsou
tofwhichanytwo optionsarerequiredtobeattempted.
Sessionals:ClassTest/Quizzes(averageof2bestoutof3)Writeup,PresentationandParticipation 30
TotalMarks 100
SE4iivsem-iv
Reference Books:
CollegeHandbook
SE4iivsem-iv
Unit2 Lecture 06
MeaningofRisk,Businessrisk,auditrisk,security risk,andcontinuity
risk.SEIriskstatement(twothingsneededtoexpressriskclearly)Componentsofrisk:threat,vulnerability,exposure,impact,consequenceRi
skresponseoptions:manage,reduce,transfer, ignore, monitor Threat classes: natural, accidental and unintentional,
intentional,politicalunrest,Threat agents,threat agentmotives,Fourbasicstepsto arisk assessment.
Unit3 Lecture 06
Information security programs- Relative importance of people, policy, and technology,
Legal,EthicalandProfessionalIssuesinInformationSecurityProgramfoundation:policy,education,ownership,definedresponsibilitiesRo
leofriskmanagementininformationsecurity programs Information Security Management- Supporting role and purpose of:
policy,training,culture,baselines,systemacquisitionanddevelopment,changemanagement,configurationmanagement,monitoring,pers
onnelpolicies,assessments,metrics,andevaluationIncidentresponseandbasicsteps:identification,containment,collection,recovery,anal
ysisCyberfrauds,cyberattacks,impactofcyberfraudsonenterprise,techniquestocommitcyberfrauds
Unit4 Lecture 06
Software/SystemDevelopmentLifeCycle-FourbasicstepsinSDLC:analysis,development, testing, implementation General sense for
SDLC risks , Differences betweenpre-andpostimplementationauditsPre-implementationandPost-implementation:approaches,role
ofauditor,advantages,disadvantages(inbothphases)
Unit5 Lecture 06
Auditsoftware,Codereview,testdata,andcodecomparison,Concurrentauditingtechniques,Interview,questionnaires,andcontrolflowcha
rts,Performancemeasurementtools.EvaluatingAssetSafeguardingandData Integrity Introduction,measuresof assetsafeguarding and
data integrity, Nature of the global evaluation decision, Determinants ofjudgment performance, Audit technology to assist the
evaluation decision, Cost-effectivenessconsiderations,Overviewoftheefficiencyevaluationprocess,Performanceindices,Workload
models, System models, combining workload and system models, Overview of theeffectiveness evaluation process, A model of
Information System effectiveness, Evaluatingsystem quality, Evaluating information quality, Evaluating perceived usefulness,
Evaluatingperceived easeofuse,Evaluating computerself-efficacy,EvaluatingInformationSystemuse,
SE4iivsem-iv
Evaluatingindividualimpact,EvaluatingInformationSystemsatisfaction,Evaluatingorganizationalimpact.
Unit6 Lecture
06
Audit planning - Scope, objectives, Audits vs. assessments Need for business
continuitymanagement,BusinessContinuitypolicyandPlanning,objectivesGoals,plan,implementation,
testing, Types of Back up, Disaster recovery plan, Audit of BCP and DRPNew trends- cloud computing,
security issues, mobile computing, BYOD(bring your owndevice) threats of BYOD, web 2.0, social media
and network – social network threats , GreenITsecurityserviceandchallenges
Reference Book:
CollegeHandbook
SE4iivsem-iv
MB IC 303 DATABASEMANAGEMENTSYSTEM
CourseObjective: TotalPeriods:40(4Credits)
The course has been designed to introduce the students with the applications of systems designed to
manage the dataresources of organizations. It provides the students an opportunity to study the
hands-on implementation of adatabase incorporateenvironment.
CourseStructure:
TheFoundation of Database Management System-DataProcessingConcepts; Data Structures;
FileProcessingandAccessMethods;TaxonomyofDataManagementSystems;VariousDataBaseManagementModels;Eva
luat ion of Commercially Available Software, Systems with Managerial Emphasis on Tradeoffs among
Cost,CapacityandResponsiveness.
Contemporary Issues in SCM-The content of the unit depends upon the recent developments in the field
ofDBMSsuch as Cloud Computing etc, which would be specifically declared by the respective faculty during the
coverage ofsyllabus.
REFERENCE
1. Coad,Peter&EdwardY. :ObjectOrientedAnalysis,EnglewoodCliffs
2. Kroenke,DavidM. :DatabaseProcessing:FundamentalDesignImplementation,MacMillanPress
3. McFaden,FredR.&HofferJ.A.:DatabaseManagement,Benjamin/CummingsPub.Co
4. Listofcasesandspecificreferencesincludingresearchpapers,articlesandbookswillbeannouncedintheclass.
PATTERNOFEXAMINATION: Marks
The Theory paper will consist of one short answer type question containing seven True or
False statements(carrying14 marks), whichare to be explained withreasons in not more than
70
50 words. Inaddition, therewillbe four alternate sets of questions, out of which one setwill be long
answertype andtwowill have
twopartsA&B.Thelastquestion(14marks)willbeshortnotetypecontainingfouroptionsou
tofwhichanytwo optionsarerequiredtobeattempted.
Sessionals:ClassTest/Quizzes(averageof2bestoutof3)Writeup,PresentationandParticipation 30
TotalMarks 100
SE4iivsem-iv
MB IC 304 BUSINESSINTELLIGENCEANDDATAMINING
CourseObjective: TotalPeriods:40(4Credits)
CourseStructure:
IntroductiontodataMining-
Overview,goalsofdatamining,Mythsaboutdatamining,TheDataMiningprocess
DataExtraction and
Manipulation-
theRelationalDataModelandRelationalDBMS,EnterpriseReporting,RelationalAlgebra,SQL:
TheRelational QueryLanguage
OLAP and Multidimensional Data Analysis-Datawarehousing and Multidimensional
Databases,Data Quality,SummarizationandData Cubes, OLAPToolsandPivotTables
REFERENCE
1. AliABMShawkatandWasimiSalehA:DataMining;MethodandTechnique,CengagePublication
2. L.T.,Moss,S.Atre,A.Wesley:BusinessIntelligenceRoadmap:TheCompleteProjectLifecy
cleforDecision- SupportApplications,Information,TechnologySeries.
3. RalphHughes:AgileDataWarehousing;DeliveringWorld-
ClassBusinessIntelligenceSystemsUsingScrumandXP, CeregenicsInc.
4. S.Rizzi&M.Golfarelli:DataWarehouseDesign;ModernPrinciplesandMethodologies,TataMcGraw-
HillEducation.
PATTERNOFEXAMINATION: Marks
The Theory paper will consist of one short answer type question containing seven True or
False statements(carrying 14 marks), which are to be explained with reasons in not more
than 50 words. In addition, 70
therewillbefouralternatesetsofquestions,outofwhichonesetwillbelonganswertypeandtwowillh
ave
twopartsA&B.Thelastquestion(14marks)willbeshortnotetypecontainingfouroptionsou
tofwhichanytwo optionsarerequiredtobeattempted.
Sessionals:ClassTest/Quizzes(averageof2bestoutof3)Writeup,PresentationandParticipation 30
TotalMarks 100
SE4iivsem-iv
MB IC 305 ENTERPRISERESOURCEPLANNING
CourseObjective: TotalPeriods:40(4Credits)
Theobjectiveofthecourseistointroducestudentstoenterprisesystemapplicationsappropriateforknowledg
emanagement, a strategicresource allocation process,involving transactions,interactions and
relationships among dataand people withglobal, complexbusinessorganizations.
CourseStructure
IntroductiontoERP-OverviewandEvolutionofERP-IIthroughMRP,MRP-
II&ERP;OpportunitiesandProblemsofERP;IdentifyingBenefitsofERP;Conceptual
ModelofERP;E
RP andtheCompetitive Advantage.
Understanding Business Processes-Concept of Business Process; Rethinking of the
Processes;Emergence of Re- engineering Concept; Identification of Re-engineering Needs;
Preparing and Conducting Business Process Re- engineering
The ERP Market-Issue of Standard Vs. Customized ERP Solution; ERP Packages at Market–
Introduction to SAPAG, Baan Company, Oracle Corporation, People Soft, JD Edwards World
Solutions Company, System SoftwareAssociates,Inc.
(SSA),QADetc.;AComparativeAssessmentandSelectionofERP PackagesandModules.
ContemporaryIssuesinERP-Thecontentoftheunitdependsupontherecentdevelopmentsinthefieldof
ERP,whichwouldbespecificallydeclaredbytherespectivefacultyduringthecoverageofsyllabus.
REFERENCE
1. AlexisLeon :ERPDemystified,TataMcGrawHill,NewDelhi
2. GargV.K.&VenkitakrishnanNK :EnterpriseResourcePlanning–Concepts&Practice”,PHI,NewDelhi
3. RahulVAltekar,P. :EnterpriseResourcePlanning,TheoryandPractice,PrenticeHallofIndia
4. Applegate,L.M.,Austin,R.D.&McFarlan,F.W.:CreatingBusinessAdvantageintheInformationAge,McGraw-Hill
5. Monk,E.&Wagner,B. :ConceptsinEnterpriseResourcePlanning,ThomsonCourseTechnology
6. Olson,D.L. :ManagerialIssuesofEnterpriseResourcePlanningSystems,McGraw-Hill
7. Sandoe,K.,Corbitt,G.&Boykin,R. :EnterpriseIntegration,JohnWiley&Sons,Inc.
8. JohnAntonio :TheSAP/3Handbook,TataMcGrawHill,NewDelhi
PATTERNOFEXAMINATION: Marks
SE4iivsem-iv
MB IC 33 ENTERPRISERESOURCEPLANNING
CourseObjective: TotalPeriods:40(4Credits)
The Theory paper will consist of one short answer type question containing seven True or
False statements(carrying14 marks), whichare to be explained withreasons innot more than
50 words. Inaddition, 70
therewillbefouralternatesetsofquestions,outofwhichonesetwillbelonganswertypeandtwowillh
ave
twopartsA&B.Thelastquestion(14marks)willbeshortnotetypecontainingfouroptionsou
tofwhichanytwo optionsarerequiredtobeattempted.
Sessionals:ClassTest/Quizzes(averageof2bestoutof3)Writeup,PresentationandParticipation 30
TotalMarks 100
SE4iivsem-iv
MB IO 306 SOFTWAREPROJECTMANAGEMENT
CourseObjective: TotalPeriods:40(4Credits)
TheaimofthispaperistoacquaintthestudentsofMBAProgramspecializinginInformationtechnologywithvari
ousaspectsofSoftware Project Management
CourseStructure:
Introduction-
FundamentalsofSoftwareProjectManagement(SPM),NeedIdentification.VisionandScopeDocument,Pro
jectManagem entCycle, SPM Objectives, ManagementSpectrumSPM Framework
SoftwareProjectPlanning-
StepsinProjectPlanning,SoftwareProjectPlanning,PlanningObjectives,TypesofProjectPlans,Projection
andEstimation,SoftwareProjectManagementPlan,CreatingtheWorkBreakdownStructure.
IdentifyingtheTasksandActivities,EstimatingDurationandCost,ManpowerPlanning,ProjectQualityPla
nning,
ProjectOrganization-
SoftwareDevelopmentProcess,AssigningResources,ChoosinganOrganizationalFormSoftwareArchitectu
re,ManagementStrategiesand Techniques
ProjectScheduling-
ActivitySequencing,NetworkDiagram,ScheduleDevelopment.ScheduleCompressionTechniques.
SoftwareProjectSchedulingTools
ProjectMonitoringandControl-
SoftwareMetrics,SoftwareTesting,SoftwareQualityAssurance,SoftwareConfigurationManagement,Me
asureProductiv ity,TakingcorrectiveActions,SeniorManagementReviewMeetings, ProjectsAudit
andReview,
ProjectRisk-RiskAssessment,Riskanalysis-
QualitativeandQuantitative,PrioritizationofRisksRiskResponsePlanningMonitoringtheRisk
CaseStudiesREFERENCE
1. R.T.Futrell,D.F.Shafer,&L.I.Shafer:QualitySoftwareProjectManagement,PearsonEducationLtd.
2. P.Jalote:SoftwareProjectManagementinPractice,PearsonEducationAsiaLimited&TsinghuaUniversityPress
3. R.B.Kelsey:SoftwareProjectManagement:MeasuresforImprovingPerformance,ManagementConceptsPub.
4.SoftwareProjectManagement :FromConceptstoDevelopment,CoriolisGroup
5.B.B.Agarwal,S.Dhall,S.P.Tayal :SoftwareProjectManagement,UniversitySciencePress
6.A.SinghandK.K.Singh :SoftwareProjectManagement,UmeshPublications
7.G.P.Sudhakar :ElementsofSoftwareProjectmanagement,PHI
PATTERNOFEXAMINATION: Marks
The Theory paper will consist of one short answer type question containing seven True or
False statements(carrying14 marks), whichare to be explained withreasons innot more than
50 words. Inaddition, 70
therewillbefouralternatesetsofquestions,outofwhichonesetwillbelonganswertypeandtwowillh
ave
twopartsA&B.Thelastquestion(14marks)willbeshortnotetypecontainingfouroptionsou
tofwhichanytwo optionsarerequiredtobeattempted.
Sessionals:ClassTest/Quizzes(averageof2bestoutof3) Writeup,PresentationandParticipation 30
TotalMarks 100
SE4iivsem-iv
MB IO 307 E-GOVERNANCE
CourseObjective: TotalPeriods:40(4Credits)
CourseStructure:
Introduction-Overviewofe-Governmentande-Governance,Stagesofe-Governance,NationalE-
GovernancePlan(NeGP), MissionMode Projectsandtheirimplementationstatus
e-GovernanceSystems-e-
GovernanceSystemsDevelopmentPractices,BusinessProcessReengineeringinGovernment,e-
Governance successstoriesand implementationchallenges
e-GovernancePractices-e-GovernanceProjectManagementPractices,Modelsofe-
GovernanceProjects,SecuritythreatsandCyberForensics
CyberSecurity-
SymmetricandAsymmetriccryptography(includingCreditCard/Electronicdatacapture),Establishing
securitynormsincy berspace[ISO270001],Cybersecurityandcyberauditimplicationsfore-governance
ContemporaryIssues-ChangeManagementIssues,ITAct2000andtherelatedcasesinIndia
REFERENCE
1. Gupta,M.P.(ed.) :Promiseofe-Governance,TataMcGrawHill,
2. BhattacharyaJ.(ed.) :TechnologyinGovernment,GIFTPublishing,
3. Bagga,R.K.andGuptaP.(ed.):TransformingGover
nment:e-
GovernanceInitiativesinIndia,ICFAIPress,Hyder
abad,
4. B.A.Forouzan :CryptographyAndNetworkSecurity,TataMcGrawHill,
5. Gupta,M.P.,KumarP.,&Bhattacharya,J.:GovernmentOnline,TataMcGraw-Hill,
6. H.Richard :ImplementingandManaginge-Government,SagePublications,
7. V.Sharma :HandbookofCyberLaws,MacmillanIndiaLtd.
PATTERNOFEXAMINATION: Marks
The Theory paper will consist of one short answer type question containing seven True or
False statements(carrying14 marks), which are to be explained withreasons innot more than
70
50 words. Inaddition,
therewillbefouralternatesetsofquestions,outofwhichonesetwillbelonganswertypeandtwowillh ave
twopartsA&B.Thelastquestion(14marks)willbeshortnotetypecontainingfouroptionsou
tofwhichanytwo optionsarerequiredtobeattempted.
Sessionals:ClassTest/Quizzes(averageof2bestoutof3) Writeup,PresentationandParticipation 30
TotalMarks 100
SE4iivsem-iv
Unit3:Queries Lecture06
Unit4:Joins Lecture06
Unit5:Table Lecture06
Course Code:MBAIT402
EnterpriseBusinessApplication
Unit 1:Introduction(EnterpriseResourcePlanning): Lecture08
EvolutionofERP-MRPandMRPII.IntroductiontoERP.BasicERPconcepts.BenefitsofERP.
Unit2:ERPandRelatedTechnologies: Lecture08
BusinessIntelligence,E-commerce&e-Business,BusinessProcessReengineering,DataWarehousing& Data Mining,On Line
Analytical Processing(OLAP), Product Life cycleManagement,SupplyChainManagement,CustomerRelationshipManagement
MB IO 403 DIGITALINCLUSIONFORDEVELOPMENT
CourseObjective: TotalPeriods:40(4Credits)
TheaimofthispaperistoacquaintthestudentsofMBAprogramspecializinginInformationTechnologywithdigita
linclusionproje
ctsindevelopingcountriesand,inparticularfocusesonprocessesofinstitutionalizationofsuchprojects.
CourseStructure:
Introduction-
MeaningofDigitalInclusion,BridgingtheDigitalDivide,ConnectingPeopleinRuralCommunities
Meansofdigitalinclusion-RuralKiosksinIndia,ModelsofCommunitye-
PromotingCommunitye-centers,DigitalInclusion:PublicPrivatePartnership
CentersforthePoor,ConduciveEnvironmentfor
CasestudiesREFERENCE
1. S.KrishnaandS.Madon(Ed.):TheDigitalChallengeAshgatePublishingLtd.,
2. C.Avegeron :InformationSystemsandglobalDiversity,OxfordUniversityPress
3. M.Castells :EndofMillennium,Blackwell,Publishing
4. O.Manzer:DigitalInclusionforDevelopment:SouthAsia’sBeste-contents,DigitalEmpowermentfoundation
5. Buildinge-CommunityCentersforRuraldevelopment:ReportoftheRegionalWorkshop,Bali,Indonesia,8-
14December, 2004
PATTERNOFEXAMINATION: Marks
The Theory paper will consist of one short answer type question containing seven True or
False statements(carrying 14 marks), which are to be explained with reasons in not more
70
than 50 words. In addition,
therewillbefouralternatesetsofquestions,outofwhichonesetwillbelonganswertypeandtwowillh ave
twopartsA&B.Thelastquestion(14marks)willbeshortnotetypecontainingfouroptionsou
tofwhichanytwo optionsarerequiredtobeattempted.
Sessionals:ClassTest/Quizzes(averageof2bestoutof3)Writeup,PresentationandParticipation 30
TotalMarks 100
SE4iivsem-iv
MB IO 41 INFORMATIONSECURITYANDCYBERLAWSINBUSINESS
CourseObjective: TotalPeriods:40(4Credits)
This course will assist students in their career preparation as information system security managers.
The course wouldenable the students to articulate current and developing legal issues in the
information assurance field, Analyze
andinterprethowrelevantcaseandstatutorylawhasbeenappliedtolegalproblemsininformationassurance;als
o,toidentifyandarti
culatelegalissuesinthedisciplinenotadequatelycoveredbycurrentlaw.Topicswillincludesuchissues as
Indian and international jurisdiction, computer security, intellectual property, electronic commerce,
informationprivacy, freedomofexpression,andcyber crime.
CourseStructure:
➥IntroductiontoInformationSecurity-
BasicsofInformationTechnology,BasicsofIndianLegalSystem,Overview of
IT
Law,CyberLawinIndia,I.TAct,2000-Introductionanditsapplication,Relevantamendments
inallotherlaw,ConstitutionalprotectionunderCyberlaw,Freedomofspeechandexpression,HumanRigh
tsviolations, Revisitingindustrial and LabourLaws, E-Media and PrintMedia
➥e-Contract-
TheLawofContract,ConstructionofElectroniccontracts,Issuesofsecurity,EmploymentContracts,Consu
ltantAgreements,andDigitalSignature
➥CyberCrimes&Intermediaries-Crime:Meaning&Concept,Rightsandliability-
Civil,Criminalandtortuous,Offences-conceptandLegalparameters,underI.TLaw,Offences-
detectionandinvestigation,Offencesandpunishments-
globalscenario,Rights&liabilitiesofIntermediaries, OverlappingbetweenIPC&ITA
➥IPRregimeandCyberLaws-
UnderstandingCopyrightininformation,Technology,LegalissuesinInternetandSoftwareCopyright,Pate
nts,Trade Marks&Data Base
➥Jurisdiction&FuturePerspectiveofCyberLaw-
ConceptofJurisdiction,IndiancontextofJurisdiction,InformationTechnology
Amendment
Bill,
2006,InformationTechnologyRules
REFERENCE
1. RahejaR.&AhmedS.S.:AhandbookonInformationtechnology;Cyberlaw&E-
Commerce,CapitalLawHouse
2. RodneyDRyder
:BusinessProcessOutsourcing,DateProtectionandInformationSecurity,Wadhwa&Co
.
3. JohnVacca :ComputerForensic:ComputerCrimeSceneInvestigation,CharlesRiver
4. YatindraSingh :CyberLawsJustice,UniversalPublisher
5. RanabirSingh&GhanaSyamSingh:CyberSpace&TheLawIssues&Challenges,NalsarUniversity
6. P.N.BaxiandR.K.Suri:CyberandE-Commercelaws,BharatPubHouse,
7. S.V.Jozgaao :ComputerContractsandInformationTechnologyLaw,Wadhawa&Co.
8. VakulSharma :ITLaw&PracticeDelhiLawHouse.
9. NandanKamath :LawrelatingtoComputers,Internet&E-Commerce,Universal
NationalLegislations
SE4iivsem-iv
MB IO 41 INFORMATIONSECURITYANDCYBERLAWSINBUSINESS
CourseObjective: TotalPeriods:40(4Credits)
1. TheInformationTechnologyAct,200 17. TheInformationTechnology(UseofElectron
0icRecord&Digital
TheIndianPenalCode,186018. Signatures)Rules,2004
TheIndianEvidenceAct,187219. TheInformationTechnology(SecurityProc
TheReserveBankofIndiaAct,1934essor)Rules20042.3.4.
5. TheIndianContractAct,1872 InternationalLegislations:
6. TheConstitutionofIndia,1950
1. TheDigitalSignatureAct,1999
7. TheIndianCompaniesAct,1956
TheDataBaseProtectionAct,1998 2. UNCITRALModelLaw
8.
3. WIPOCopyrightTreaty
9. TheIncomeTaxAct,1961
4. TRIPS
10. TheCopyRightAct,1957
5. U.K.PatentsAct
11. TheTradeMarkAct,1999
6. UniversalDeclarationofHumanRight
12. TheDesignsAct,2000 s,1948
13. TheTelecomRegulatoryAuthorityofIndi
aAct,1997 7. InternationalCovenants
14. TheIndianPatentAct,1970 8. CaliforniaDatabaseProtectionAct,2
15. TheConsumerProtectionAct,1986 004
16. TheInformationTechnology(CertifyingAuth
orities)Rules,2000
PATTERNOFEXAMINATION: Marks
The Theory paper will consist of one short answer type question containing seven True or
False statements (carrying 14 marks), whicharetobe 70
explainedwithreasonsinnotmorethan50words.Inaddition,therewillbefouralternate
setsofquestions,outof whichone set
willbelonganswertypeandtwowillhavetwopartsA&B.Thelastquestion(14marks)willbeshortnot
etypecontainingfouroptionsoutofwhichanytwooptionsarerequiredtobeattempted.
Sessionals:ClassTest/Quizzes(averageof2bestoutof3)Writeup,PresentationandParticipation 30
TotalMarks 100
SE4iivsem-iv
MB IO 42 ARTIFICIALINTELLIGENCEFORBUSINESSAPPLICATIONS
CourseObjective: TotalPeriods:40(4Credits)
The course intends to introduce the concept of Artificial Intelligence to the students of MBA
program specializing inInformation Technology with the application of artificial intelligence in
business. The business world has becomeinterested in artificial intelligence both as a new ways of
approaching old problems, and as a tool for doingthings thatcould not beendone before.
CourseStructure:
➥Introduction-
ArtificialIntelligence,theconceptandnecessity,timingwhenwillComputersbecometrulyintelligent,wor
kingofArtificialI
ntelligence,usersofartificialIntelligence,BasicsofArtificialIntelligent.ComponentsofAIImportanceof
AIEmergence inBusiness
➥Neuralnetwork-
DefinitionandBasicConceptofNeuralNetwork.PropertiesofaSingleNeuron.SynapticIntegration
and Neuron Models. Essential Vector Operations. Early Networked Models: Perception.
RepresentationofInformationApplicationofNeural NetworkinBusinessandCommerce
➥ApplicationofAIINManagementandFinance-
ArtificialIntelligenceinInvestmentManagement.Portfolio-
SelectionSystemIssues.KnowledgerepresentationandInference.HandlingInvestmentUncertainties.
KnowledgeAcquisition,Integration,andMaintenance.IntegratingKnowledgewithPortfolioOptimization.
IntegratingKn owledgewithDatabase .
REFERENCE
1. WalterReitman :ArtificialIntelligenceApplicationsorBusinessEditor,AblexPublishingCorporation
2. DerekandK.M.Hussain
:ArtificialIntelligenceandBusinessManagement,AblexPublishingCorporatio
n
3. JoelG.SiegelandJaeK.Shim:TheArtificialIntelligenceHandbook:BusinessApplic
ationsin Accounting,Banking, Finance,Management,
Marketing,Thomson/South–Western
4. StuartJ.RussellandPeterNorvig:ArtificialIntelligence:AModernApproach,PrenticeHall
5. StephenJ.Andriole :ApplicationsinArtificialIntelligence,PetrocelliBooks
6. C.D.ManningandH.Schutze:FoundationsofStatisticalNaturalLanguageProcessing,Massachus
ettsInstitute ofTechnology
7. JamesA.Anderson :AnIntroductiontoNeuralNetworks,MassachusettsInstituteofTechnology
SE4iivsem-iv
MB IO 42 ARTIFICIALINTELLIGENCEFORBUSINESSAPPLICATIONS
CourseObjective: TotalPeriods:40(4Credits)
8. RobertR.TrippiandJaeK.Lee:ArtificialIntelligenceinFinanceandInvesting-
Stateofthe
ArtTechnologiesforSecuritySelectionandPortfolioManagement,IrwinProfessi
onalBookTeam
9. S.N.SivanandamandS.N.Deepa:IntroductiontoGeneticAlgorithm,Springer
PATTERNOFEXAMINATION: Marks
The Theory paper will consist of one short answer type question containing seven True or
False statements(carrying14 marks), whichare to be explained withreasons innot more than
50 words. Inaddition, there 70
willbefouralternatesetsofquestions,outofwhichonesetwillbelonganswertypeandtwowillhavet
wopartsA
& B.The last question (14 marks) will be short note type containing four options out of
which any twooptionsare requiredtobeattempted.
Sessionals:ClassTest/Quizzes(averageof2bestoutof3)Writeup,PresentationandParticipation 30
TotalMarks 100
SE4iivsem-iv
MB IO 43 e-BUSINESS
CourseObjective: TotalPeriods:40(4Credits)
Thecourseone-
BusinessisdesignedtobeingthemanagementgraduatesintermswiththerisingemergenceofInformation
and CommunicationTechnology(ICT) inalmostallaspectsofbusinessand tradetransactions.
CourseStructure:
➥IntroductiontotheBasicConcepts-Internet,Intranet,Extranet,Definition,Goalsofe-
➥BankingTransactions-InterBanking,IntraBanking,ElectronicPayments,(Payment–GatewayExample),Securitiesine-
banking(SSL,DigitalSignatures–
Examples),ServicesProvided:ATM,SmartCard,ECS(ElectronicClearingSystem),Telephone, ElectricityBills
➥WebBasedBusinessModels- e-Commerce,B2BModel,B2BTools,B2CModel,EDI
➥ElectronicPaymentandSecuritySystems-BasicRequirementsforsafee-Transactions,ElectronicMarket/e-
Shops,Introductionto NetworkSecurity, TypesofSecurity,Firewalls
➥ContemporaryIssuesinE-BusinessandCasesREFERENCE
1. MilindOka :e–Commerce,EverestPublishingHouse
2. C.V.S.Murty :e–Commerce:,HimalayaPublishingHouse
3. Joshph :e-Commerce.AnIndianPerspective,PHI
4. SamanthaShurely :e-BusinesswithNet-Commerce:,PHI
5. W.Cheswick,Stevens,&AvielRubin:FireWallandInternetSecurity:,Addison-WesleyProfessional
7. RaviKalakola&AndrewB.Whinston:FrontiersofElectronicCommerce:
PATTERNOFEXAMINATION: Marks
The Theory paper will consist of one short answer type question containing seven True or
False statements(carrying14 marks), whichare to be explained withreasons innot more than
50 words. Inaddition, there 70
willbefouralternatesetsofquestions,outofwhichonesetwillbelonganswertypeandtwowillhavet
wopartsA
& B.The last question (14 marks) will be short note type containing four options out of
which any twooptionsare requiredtobeattempted.
Sessionals:ClassTest/Quizzes(averageof2bestoutof3)Writeup,PresentationandParticipation30
TotalMarks 100
SE4iivsem-iv
MB IO 44 ITINFRASRUCTUREMANAGEMENT
CourseObjective: TotalPeriods:40(4Credits)
ThiscourseaimstoacquaintthestudentsMBSprogramspecializinginInformationTechnologywiththenuancesof
managingthe ITinfrastructureofanyorganization.
CourseStructure:
➥ServiceSupportProcess-ConfigurationManagement.IncidentManagement.ProblemManagement.ChangeManagement.
ReleaseManagement.
➥StorageManagement-IntroductiontoStorage.BackupandStorage.ArchiveandRetrieve.DisasterRecovery.
SpaceManagementDatabaseandApplicationProtection.BareMachineRecovery.DataRetention.
➥SecurityManagement-Introduction.ComputerSecurity.InternetSecurity.Physicalsecurity.IdentityManagement.
AccessControlSystem.IntrusionDetection.
➥ITEthics-Introduction.IntellectualProperty.PrivacyLaw.ComputerForensics.EthicsandInternet.CyberCrimes.
➥TechnicalSupport-Introduction.BasicConcept.Goal,ScopeandObjective.Benefits,Costs,andPossibleProblems. The
TechnicalsupportProcesses.ImpactofInternetonTechnicalSupport
REFERENCE
1. BestpracticeforICTInfrastructureManagementbyOfficeofGovernmentcommerce(OGC),TSOUK.
2. PhalguniGupta,SuryaPrakash,andUmaraniJayaraman:ITInfrastructureandIt’sManagement,Tata
McGrawHill
PATTERNOFEXAMINATION: Marks
The Theory paper will consist of one short answer type question containing seven True or
False statements(carrying14 marks), whichare to be explained withreasons innot more than
70
50 words. Inaddition, therewillbe four alternate sets of questions, out of which one setwill be long
answertype andtwowill have
twopartsA&B.Thelastquestion(14marks)willbeshortnotetypecontainingfouroptionsou
tofwhichanytwo optionsarerequiredtobeattempted.
Sessionals:ClassTest/Quizzes(averageof2bestoutof3)Writeup,PresentationandParticipation 30
TotalMarks 100
SE4iivsem-iv
MB IO 45 INFORMATIONSYSTEMSANALYSISANDDESIGN
CourseObjective: TotalPeriods:40(4Credits)
Thiscourseisfor thestudentsofMBAprogram,whoarespecializinginInformationTechnology.Itaimsat
acquaintingthesestudentswithtoolstechniquesofplanning,analyzing,designing,implementingandmaintaini ng
Informationsystem.
CourseStructure:
➥InformationandManagement-TypesofInformation.NeedforaComputer-basedInformationSystem.
ManagementStructure.ManagementandInformationRequirements.QualitiesofInformation.
➥SystemsConcepts-Introduction.ClassificationofSystems.AttributesandConcepts.SystemandItsParts.
TheSystemDevelopmentLifeCycle.
➥SystemsPlanning-PlayersintheSystemGame–
InformationWorkersandSystemsAnalyst.AccessingtheRequirements.
InformationSystemBuildingBlocks-
DataBuildingBlock,ProcessBuildingBlock,andInterfaceBuildingBlock
TheProcessofSystemsDevelopment-
TheCapabilityMaturityModelandUnderlyingPrinciplesforSystems
Development.ASystemDevelopmentMethodology–ProjectIdentification,ProjectPhases,andCross
LifeActivities.AlternativeRoutesandMethods-
ModelDrivenRoute,RapidApplicationDevelopmentRoute,Commercial Off-the ShelfPackage
Route, Hybrid Approaches, and The maintenance and Reengineering Route.Automated Tools
and Technology-CASE (Computer Aided System Engineering) and Application
DevelopmentEnvironment
➥SystemsAnalysis-ConceptofSystemAnalysis?SystemAnalysisapproaches-ModelDrivenanalysis
approaches,AcceleratedanalysisApproaches,RequirementsdiscoverymethodsEASTSystemsAnalysisStr
ategies.ThePr
eliminaryInvestigationPhase.TheproblemAnalysisPhase.TheeRequirementAnalysisphase.The
decisionAnalysisPhase.DataModelingandAnalysis.ProcessModeling.FeasibilityAnalysisandtheSystem
Proposal
➥SystemDesign-ConceptofSystemDesign?SystemDesignApproaches-
ModelDrivenapproaches,RapidApplicationDevelopment(RAD),FASTSystemsDesignStrategies.Datab
asedesign.Out putDesignandPrototyping..InputDesignand Prototyping.
UserInterfaceDesign.LogicalDesign.PhysicalDesign
➥SystemImplementation-
DocumentingtheSystem.TrainingandSupportingUsers.OrganizationalIssuesinSystemsImplementation.
MaintainingInformationSystems.ReviewofSystemPerformance(Systemaudit)
➥SystemSupportandSecurity-
DefinitionofSystemsOperationsandSupport.TechnicalSupportDataSecurityandReliabilityConsiderationsinD
esigninga System
REFERENCE
1. V.Rajaraman :AnalysisandDesignofInformationSystem,PHI
2. ArthurM.Langer :AnalysisandDesignofInformationSystems,Springer
3. G.B.Shelly,H.J.Rosenblatt:SystemAnalysisandDesign,CengageLearning
4. J.B.DixitandRajKumar:StructuredSystemanalysisandDesign,LaxmiPublications(P)Ltd.
5. J.L.Whitten,L.D.Bentley&K.C.Dittman:SystemsAnalysisanddesignMethods,TataMcGrawPublishingCompanyLimited
SE4iivsem-iv
MB IO 45 INFORMATIONSYSTEMSANALYSISANDDESIGN
CourseObjective: TotalPeriods:40(4Credits)
ThiscourseisforthestudentsofMBAprogram,whoarespecializinginInformationTechnology.Itaimsat
PATTERNOFEXAMINATION: Marks
The Theory paper will consist of one short answer type question containing seven True or
False statements(carrying 14 marks), which are to be explained with reasons in not more
70
than 50 words. In addition, therewillbe four alternate sets of questions, out of which one
setwill be long answertype andtwowill have
twopartsA&B.Thelastquestion(14marks)willbeshortnotetypecontainingfouroptionsou
tofwhichanytwo optionsarerequiredtobeattempted.
Sessionals:ClassTest/Quizzes(averageof2bestoutof3)Writeup,PresentationandParticipation 30
TotalMarks 100
SE4iivsem-iv
MB IO 46 MANAGINGIT-ENABLEDSERVICES
CourseObjective: TotalPeriods:40(4Credits)
Thiscourseisfor thestudentsofMBAprogram,whoarespecializinginInformationTechnology.Itaimsat
acquaintingthesestudentswithtools&techniquesofplanning,analyzing,designing,implementingandmaintai
ning InformationTechnologybasedservices.
CourseStructure:
➥TheIT/ITESEnabled Revolution Challenges
andBusinessTransformation.OpportunitiesandStrategiesinITEnabledServices.TheEnablingEnvironmentforITES
and Opportunities-
ITEnabledDevelopment,Innovation
➥EnabledOut-SourcingServices-ExtendedEnterprise.OutsourcingContext.IT-
EnabledOutsourcingServiceSegments.DevelopmentoftheeServicesCapabilityModel.AnAnalysisofQualityModelsandt
heirApplicabilityto ITenabledOutsourcingServices.
➥InternationalTradeNegotiationsandItesExportDevelopment-
TheICRevolution.PromotingEx[ortdevelopment.BarrierstoTradeinITES.RoleofInternationalBodies(WTO&UNCT
AD)infacilitatingTradeinITEST/ITES
➥CasestudiesREFERENCE
1. NikhilTreebhoohun(Ed.), :PromotingITEnabledServicesCommonwealthSecretariat
2. E.B.Hyder,M.C.Paulk,K.M.Histon&B.Hefley:eSourcingCapabilityModelforserviceprovidersVanHarenPublishing
PATTERNOFEXAMINATION: Marks
The Theory paper will consist of one short answer type question containing seven True or
False statements(carrying 14 marks), which are to be explained with reasons in not more
than 50 words. In addition, there 70
willbefouralternatesetsofquestions,outofwhichonesetwillbelonganswertypeandtwowillhavet
wopartsA
& B.The last question (14 marks) will be short note type containing four options out of
which any twooptionsare requiredtobeattempted.
Sessionals:ClassTest/Quizzes(averageof2bestoutof3) Writeup,PresentationandParticipation30
TotalMarks 100
SE4iivsem-iv
Unit5.SocialMediaMarketing(SMM),BtoCPerspective,BtoBPerspective (5)
5.1 Introduction to Social Media, Advantages Over Online Marketing, Social Media
Strategy.UnderstandingWebandMobileMarketingPerspective.5.2FacebookMarketing:Understanding of Facebook
Marketing, Types of Facebook Advertising, Creating first ad onFacebook, Setting Campaign and Optimization,
Facebook Power Editor, Facebook VideoMarketing, Facebook App and Shopping Marketing, Facebook ad
Library, Traffic and LeadsGeneration.5.3TwitterAdvertising:TwitterAdvertising,Typesof
TwitterAdvertising,Creating First Ad-On Twitter Setting Campaign and Optimization, Create Conversion
Code,Twitter App Advertising, Twitter Video Advertising Leads and Traffic Advertising IncreaseFollowers,
Twitter Marketing, Strategy and Planning, Tracking and Conversion. 5.4 YoutubeMarketing: YouTube
Marketing Strategy, Find Video Ideas with Competitor Analysis, FindVideo Ideas with Keyword Research, Find
Video Ideas with Keyword Research,
YouTubeAccountSetup(CreateBusinessAccountwithPersonalAccount),YouTubeAccountOptimization, YouTube
Banner, YouTube Channel Tags, YouTube SEO, Enable CustomThumbnails, Manage Multiple YouTube
Accounts, YouTube Monetization, YouTube
Ads,YouTubeAnalytics.5.5PinterestMarketing:WhymarketyourBusinessonPinterest,PinterestAccountSetting,Pint
erestAccounttofollow,PinterestAccountOptimization,AccountVerification,PinterestBoard,PinterestFollower,Pinte
restGraphics,PinterestChrome Extension. 5.6 Instagram Marketing: Instagram Business Account Setup,
FollowTheseInstagramAccounts,InstagramProfileImage,InstagramBio,InstagramContentCreation, Instagram
Reposting, Instagram Followers Hack, Instagram Hashtags, InstagramStories, Instagram Spam (Reduce Spam),
Instagram Analytics. 5.7 LinkedIn Advertising:WhatisLinkedInAdvertising?
CreatingFirstadonLinkedIn,SettingCampaignandoptimization,Createconversioncode,TypesLinkedInAdvertising,
LinkedInNewfeedAdvertising,LinkedInMessageAdvertising,TrafficandLeadsGeneration,BillingandReport.
ReferenceBooks:
NiraliPublication–Dr.ShilpaKulkarni/Dr. AbhaySKinikar/PramodjejurikarPrakashB.Narke
/DeepakV.Majgaonkar
Edition:June2019
CourseCodeMBAMK302
SALESANDDISTRIBUTIONMANAGEMENT
UNITI:OverviewofSalesManagement Lecture08
1.1 Introduction to Sales1.2 Sales Management1.3 Evolution of Sales Management1.4
NatureofSalesManagement1.5ImportanceofSalesManagement1.6ObjectivesofSalesManagement1.7 Functions of Sales
Management1.8 Careers in Sales Management1.9 SkillsRequired for Sales Manager1.10 Emerging Trends in Sales
ManagementMobile1.12 MajorTechnological Advancements in Sales-ERP, Social Platforms,1.11 Impact of Technology
onSalesTechnology,SFA,BigData,CRM1.13Strategic SalesManagement.
MB MC 303 CONSUMERBEHAVIOR
CourseObjective: ` TotalPeriods:40(4Credits)
CourseStructure:
UnderstandingConsumerBehavior-
IntroductiontoConsumerBehavior;ConsumerBehaviorandtheMarketingConcepts;FactorsinfluencingConsumerBehavior
ConsumerDecisionmakingprocess-
ConceptofConsumerDecision;LevelsofConsumerDecisionMaking;AModelofConsumerDecisionMaking
ConsumerMotivation-
Theconceptsofmotivation;Maslow’sTheoryofMotivation;RoleofMotivesinGuidingBehavior;InvolvementofConsumer
ConsumerLearningandExperience-IntroductionstoConsumerLearning;LearningTheories;BrandEquityandBrandLoyalty
GroupInfluenceonConsumption-
Roleofreferencegroups;Effectofreferencegroupsonconsumerdecisionmaking;Examplesofendorsementbycelebrities
InfluenceofCultureonConsumerBehavior-ConceptofCulture;ThemeasurementofCulture;IndianCoreValues;Cultural
aspectsofemergingmarkets
Values,Lifestyles,andPsychographics-
ImpactofValues,LifestylesandPsychographicsonbuyingbehavior;Demographics,LifestylesandPsychographics;Values
and Value Systems
OrganizationalBuyingBehavior-
DifferencebetweenConsumerandorganizationalbuying;CharacteristicsofOrganizationalBuying;
FactorsaffectingOrganizational Buying
e-ConsumerBehavior-e-Business;ApplicationstoConsumerBehavior;TheComputerAge.
ChangingIndianConsumerBehavior-
DriversofChange;ChangingConsumerTrends;RuralConsumerBehavior;NewConsumptionPatrons
REFERENCE
1. D.L.Loudon,J.AlbertDellaBitta
:ConsumerBehavior;ConceptsandApplications,TataMcGrawHillPublishingCompanyLimited
2. D.I.Hawkins,R.J.Best,andK.A.Coney:ConsumerBehhavior:BuildingMarketingStrateg
y,TataMcGraw- HillPublishingCompanyLimited.
3. F.R.Kardes
:ConsumerBehaviorandManagerialDecisionMaking,PrenticeHallofIndiaPrivateLim
ited
4. HenryA. :ConsumerBehaviorandMarketingAction,ThomsonAsiaPteLtd.
5. K.K.Srivastava,S.Khandai :ConsumerBehaviorinIndianContext,GalgotiaPublishingCompany.
6. L.G.Schiffman,L.L.Kanuk,&S.R.Kumar:ConsumerBehavior,PearsonEducationInc.
7. M.Evans,A.Jamal,&G.Foxall:ConsumerBehavior,JohnWiley&SonsLTD.
8. M.Khan :ConsumerBehavior,NewAgeInternationalPublishers.
9. M.R.Solomon :ConsumerBehaviorBuying,HavingandBeing,PHILearningPrivateLimited
10. R.Majumdar:ConsumerBehavior:InsightsfromIndianMarket,PHILearningPrivateLimited.
11. R.D.Blackwell,P.W.Miniard,&J.F.Engel:ConsumerBehavior,CengageLearningIndiaPrivateLimited.
12. S.R.Nair :ConsumerBehaviorConsumerBehavior&MarketingResearch,HimalayaPub.House.
13. W.D.Hoyer&D.J.Maclnnis:ConsumerBehavior,HoughtonMifflinCo.USA.
PATTERNOFEXAMINATION: Marks
SE4iivsem-iv
SE4iivsem-iv
MB MC 31 CONSUMERBEHAVIOR
CourseObjective: ` TotalPeriods:40(4Credits)
The Theory paper will consist of one short answer type question containing seven True or
False statements(carrying14 marks), whichare to be explained withreasons innot more than
50 words. Inaddition, 70
therewillbefouralternatesetsofquestions,outofwhichonesetwillbelonganswertypeandtwowillh
Ave
twopartsA&B.Thelastquestion(14marks)willbeshortnotetypecontainingfouroptionsou
tofwhichanytwo optionsarerequiredtobeattempted.
Sessionals:ClassTest/Quizzes(averageof2bestoutof3)Writeup,PresentationandParticipation 30
TotalMarks 100
SE4iivsem-iv
MB MC 304 INTEGRATEDMARKETINGCOMMUNICATION
CourseObjective: TotalPeriods:40(4Credits)
To familiarize the students with the different elements of Integrated marketing communications, so
that they can look atmarketing communications with a holistic approach. The course is designed to
enable the students to learn the basics ofmarketingcommunications.
CourseStructure:
Introduction:ConceptofIntegratedMarketingCommunications(IMC),ProcessandRoleofIMCin
Marketing,Promotionmix-
Advertising(Classificationofadvertising,types,advertisingappropriation,advertisingcampaigns),Sale
sPromotion(Differ enttypesofSalesPromotion,relationshipbetweenSalespromotionandadvertising)
,Publicity (Types of
Publicity,
relationshipbetweenadvertisingandpublicity),PersonalSelling,Directmarketinganddirectresponse
methods, Interactive/InternetMarketing
Objectivesfor
IMCPrograms:DeterminingPromotionalObjectives,DAGMARap
proach,establishing andallocatingpromotional budget
IMC Message Design-The Creative concept development; the creative processes of the
differentforms of IMC;AIDA model Considerations for creative idea Visualization. (Creative
planning, creative strategy development,Communications appeals and execution, Message
strategy design
considerations, Source of the message,
Messageintegration,AdvertorialsandInfomercials,ClientEvaluationandapprovalofCreativeStrategy
/work.
Media Management-Media Types and their characteristics; Setting Media objectives;
Considering key mediaconcepts;Mediaplanning;MediaStrategy;Mediabuying;Cross
mediaconcept;andmediaresearch.
FacilitatorsinIMC-AdvertisingAgencies–
theirrole,functions,organisation,Remuneration,clientagencyrelationship,
account Planning;HoardingContractors;Printers,etc.
EthicsandsocialresponsibilityinIMCcampaigns
EmergingConceptsandIssuesMarketing
CommunicationsREFERENCE
1. Aaker&Myers :AdvertisingManagement,PrenticeHallInc.
2. Borden&Marshall:AdvertisingManagement;MVTaraporevalaSons’CoPvt.Ltd,RichardDIrwinInc.Homewood,Illinois.
4. CopleyPaul:MarketingCommunicationsManagementConcepts&theories, CasesandPractices;Butterworth-
HeinemannPublication
5. Duncon :IntegratedMarketingCommunications,TMH
6. KennethClow&DonaldBaack:IntegratedAdvertising,Promotion,&MarketingCommunications,PearsonEducation,Limited
7. OttoKelppner :AdvertisingProcedure;PrenticeHallInc.
8. Rathore :AdvertisingManagement;HimalayaPublishingHouse
9. RahtzDonR :IntegratedMarketingCommunication;CengageLearning
10. Sandage,Fryburger&Rotzoll :AdvertisingTheory&Practices;RichardDIrwinInc.,Homewood,Illinois
11. SirajMJoseph &RahtzDonR :IntegratedMarketingCommunication–AStrategicApproach,CengageLearning
12. Wells,Burnett&Mariarity :AdvertisingPrinciples&Practices;PrenticeHallofIndia
13.Wright,Warner,Winter&Zeigler:Advertising,McGrawHillEducation
SE4iivsem-iv
MB MC 32 INTEGRATEDMARKETINGCOMMUNICATION
CourseObjective: TotalPeriods:40(4Credits)
PATTERNOFEXAMINATION: Marks
The Theory paper will consist of one short answer type question containing seven True or
False statements(carrying14 marks), whichare to be explained withreasons innot more than
50 words. Inaddition, 70
therewillbefouralternatesetsofquestions,outofwhichonesetwillbelonganswertypeandtwowillh
Ave
twopartsA&B.Thelastquestion(14marks)willbeshortnotetypecontainingfouroptionsou
tofwhichanytwo optionsarerequiredtobeattempted.
Sessionals:ClassTest/Quizzes(averageof2bestoutof3)Writeup,PresentationandParticipation 30
TotalMarks 100
SE4iivsem-iv
MB MO 307 SERVICESMARKETING
CourseObjective: TotalPeriods:40(4Credits)
The objective of this course is to develop insights into emerging trends in the service sector in a
developing economy
likeIndia.Further,thecourseinServicesMarketingisintendedtobroadenstudents’viewofmarketingtogivean
understandingofho wmarketingispractisedinserviceorganizationsandhowit willbemanagedinthefuture.
CourseStructure:
IntroductiontoServicesMarketing-
EmergenceofServicesEconomy;NatureandDefinitionsofServices;Classification of Different,
Types of Services; Differences in Goods versus Services Marketing; Services
MarketingMix;TrendsinServicesMarketing
Understanding Consumers’ Behavior for Services-Consumer Purchase Behavior in
services;Consumer DecisionMaking Process; Meaning and Types of Service Expectations;
Services Encounters and Consumer Satisfaction;Segmenting, TargetingandPositioningofServices.
Services Marketing Mix-New Service Development and Blueprint; Services Product Strategies;
Approaches
toPricingServicesandPricingStrategies;DesigningtheServiceCommunicationMix;BrandingofService
s;DistributingSer vices–ContextandOptions;Physical EvidenceofaService.
EffectiveServiceDeliveryProcess-
UnderstandingCapacityConstraintsandDemandPatterns;StrategiesforMatching
CapacityandDemand;WaitingLineStrategies;DesigningandManagingServiceProcesses;Employee
s’and Customers’Role inService Delivery
Implementing Service Marketing-Service Quality Measurement and Improvement of
ServiceQuality; ConsumerComplaint Behavior; Consumer Response to Effective Service
Recovery; Principles of Service Recovery; CRM inServices
ContemporaryIssuesinServicesMarketing-
Thecontentoftheunitdependsupontherecentdevelopmentsin thefieldofservices marketing,
whichwouldbedeclaredbythe respectivefacultyduringthecoverageofsyllabus.
REFERENCE
1. Lovelock,ChristopherH. :ServicesMarketing,PearsonEducation,NewDelhi
2. ZeithamlV.A.&BitnerM.J.:ServicesMarketing,TataMcGrawHill,NewDelhi
3. VermaH.V. :MarketingofServices,GlobalBusinessPress,NewDelhi
4. K.EClow&DavidLKurtz :ServicesMarketing,Biztantra
5. Govind Apte :ServicesMarketing,OxfordPublications
6. Swartz&Iacobucci :HandbookofServicesMarketing&Management,SagePublications.
7. Hoffman&Bateson :ServicesMarketing,CengageLearning,NewDelhi
PATTERNOFEXAMINATION: Marks
The Theory paper will consist of one short answer type question containing seven True or
False statements(carrying14 marks), whichare to be explained withreasons innot more than
70
50 words. Inaddition, there
willbefouralternatesetsofquestions,outofwhichonesetwillbelonganswertypeandtwowillhavet
wopartsA
& B.The last question (14 marks) will be short note type containing four options out of
SE4iivsem-iv
MB MO 31 SERVICESMARKETING
CourseObjective: TotalPeriods:40(4Credits)
which any twooptionsare requiredtobeattempted.
Sessionals:ClassTest/Quizzes(averageof2bestoutof3) Writeup,PresentationandParticipation 30
TotalMarks 100
SE4iivsem-iv
SEM-IV
Course Code:MBAMK401
PRODUCTANDBRANDMANAGEMENT
Unit2.ProductStrategy Lecture05
Elementsofaproductstrategy,DefiningCompetitiveset,CategoryAttractivenessAnalysis,CompetitorAnalysis,CustomerAnalysis,settin
gobjectives,selectionofstrategicalternatives
–increasingsales,market share,profitability,NewProduct failure.
Unit3BrandManagementandBrandEquityLecture07
Definition of brand, Challenges in Branding, Strategic brand management process, BrandEquityModels–
BrandAssetValuation,AakerModel,BRANDZ,BrandResonance,CustomerbasedBrandequity,Brandknowledge,SourcesofBrandequit
y–BrandAwareness,BrandImage.
Unit4.PlanningandImplementingBrandMarketingProgrammes Lecture08
The four steps of brand building, creating customer value, identifying and establishing brandpositioning, Positioning guidelines,
Choosing brand elements to build brand equity, Optionsand tactics for Brand, New perspectives on marketing, integrating
marketing communicationtobuildBrandEquity,ConceptualizingtheLeveragingProcess,Co-branding,CelebrityEndorsement, Brand
Marketing Strategies For Leaders, Challengers, Followers and NicheStrategies.
Unit5. GrowingandSustainingBrandEquity
TheBrandValueChain,BrandAudit,DesigningBrandTrackingStudies,CapturingCustomermindsetthroughquantitativeandqualitativere
searchtechniques,BrandArchitecture, Brand Hierarchy, Designing Brand Strategy, New Products, Brand extensions –advantage and
disadvantage, Reinforcing brands, Revitalizing brands, Rejuvenating FailedBrands.
Referencebook–
NiraliPrakashan– AmeyaPatil,Edition– June2019
SE4iivsem-iv
COURSECODE:MBAMK402
CustomerRelationshipManagement
Unit3.CRMMechanics Lecture-8
3.1Maintainingcustomerdatabase,Desirabledatabaseattributes,Datamarts,Datawarehousing,Dataintegration,DataminingandPrivacyis
sues.3.2CustomerPortfolioManagement - Concept and basic disciplines, Market segmentation - sales forecasting
andCPM,CPMinB2B,andSevencorecustomermanagementstrategies.3.3CRMandCustomerExperienceManagement:ConceptofCusto
merExperience,experimentalmarketing strategiesandTactics,customerexperience andRole ofCRM.
Unit5.ImplementationofCRMandFutureTrendsinCRM Lecture-8
5.1CRMImplementationProcess,EvaluationofCRMprocess,ChallengesinCRMimplementation,CustomerCareManagementthroughIn
formationTechnologyTools-Electronic Point of Sales (ePOS), Sales Force Automation. 5.2 Emerging trends in CRM,SocialCRM,e-
CRM,ChallengesinvolvedinformulatingandImplementinge-CRM
SE4iivsem-iv
strategies,MultichannelCRM,RoleofsocialmediainCRM,SixEsofe-CRM,MobileCRM,ArtificialIntelligence
(AI)withCRMSystem
ReferenceBook–
NiraliPrakashan– VitthalD.Pandhare,Edition-June2
SE4iivsem-iv
MB MO 403 INTERNATIONALMARKETINGMANAGEMENT
CourseObjective: TotalPeriods:40(4Credits)
This paper deals with a broad conceptual focus on the marketing management problems, techniques
and strategiesnecessary to incorporate the marketing concept into the framework of the world market
place.The present courseexploresthose aspectsofmarketing whichareunique to international business.
CourseStructure:
ImportanceandChallengeofInternationalMarketing-
DefinitionofInternationalMarketing:DomesticMarketing Vs. International Marketing; Categories
of International marketing Involvements; International MarketingTask;Nature
ofInternationalMarketingManagement;
Analysis of International Marketing Environment and Identifying Foreign Markets -
Political Considerationsand
GovernmentalInfluences;CulturalandSocialDynamics;EconomicDevelopmentandGeographical
Conditions;CompetitiveConditions;LegalandFinancialInfluences.
International Marketing Intelligence and Research - Analysis of World Market; Market
analysis; Purposes andMethods;MarketingIntelligence;International MarketingResearch.
Planning Entry andOperations Strategies-Export; Franchise, Joint Ventures;Direct Investment;
MultinationalOperations.
InternationalProductPolicies-StrategicConsiderationsinMakingMultinationalProductDecisions;
AlternativeStrategiesinMulti-
nationalProductPlanning;MethodologyinMakingMultinationalproductDecisions.
InternationalPricingDecisions-
PriceEscalation;InternationalTransferPricing;PricingStrategy;FactorsinfluencingtheEstablishmentofInt
ernationalPric es;ExportPricing;DifferentialPricing.
InternationalDistributionSystemandLogistics-
InternationalMarketingChannelDecisions;ImportanceandScope of Channel Decisions; Channels
between Nations; International Physical Distribution Decisions; Nature
ofPhysicalDistribution;TheSystems
Concept;TradeTerms;StructureofInternationalPhysicalDistribution.
InternationalMarketingCommunication-
CommunicationwithForeignBuyers;PlanningandPreparingInternationalPromotionalProgrammes;Medi
aStructure;Pla nningMediaStrategy; Cooperative Advertising.
EmergingIssuesandDevelopmentsinInternationalMarketing-
Tobeannouncedatthebeginningofthesession.
REFERENCE
1. SakOnkvisitandJohnShaw :InternationalMarketing-AnalysisandStrategy,Taylor&Francis
2. Varshney&Bhattacharya :InternationalMarketingManagement,SultanChand&Sons
3. S.C.Jain :InternationalMarketingManagement,Boston:KentPublishing
4. S.Hollensen,A.Thornhill,P.Lewis :GlobalMarketing-ADecisionOrientedApproach,PearsonEdu.Limited
5. WarrenJ.Keegan :GlobalMarketingManagement,PearsonEducationIndia
6. M.R.Czinkota&I.A.Ronkainen :InternationalMarketing,CengageLearning
7. Fayerweather,John :InternationalMarketing,PrenticeHallInc
8. Sarathy,RandV.Terpstra :InternationalMarketing,DrydenPress
PATTERNOFEXAMINATION: Marks
The Theory paper will consist of one short answer type question containing seven True or
False statements(carrying14 marks), whichare to be explained withreasons innot more than
70
50 words. Inaddition, therewillbe four alternate sets of questions, out of which one setwill be long
answertype andtwowill have
SE4iivsem-iv
twopartsA&B.Thelastquestion(14marks)willbeshortnotetypecontainingfouroptionsou
tofwhichanytwo optionsarerequiredtobeattempted.
SE4iivsem-iv
MB MO 32 INTERNATIONALMARKETINGMANAGEMENT
CourseObjective: TotalPeriods:40(4Credits)
Sessionals:ClassTest/Quizzes(averageof2bestoutof3)Writeup,PresentationandParticipation 30
TotalMarks 100
SE4iivsem-iv
MB MO 404 RURALMARKETING
CourseObjective: TotalPeriods:40(4Credits)
TheobjectiveofthecourseistofamiliarizetheparticipantswithconceptualunderstandingofRuralMarketingpr
acticesinIndianco ntext.
CourseStructure:
Introduction:RuralMarketing–
Concept&Scope,Attractiveness&ChallengesofRuralMarkets,Ruralvs.UrbanMarkets.
RuralMarketingEnvironment-
RuralMarketinIndia,SizeandScope,EnvironmentandEmergingProfileofRuralMarketsinIndia
RuralConsumerBehavior-RuralConsumersDimensions-
BuyingDecisionProcess,MarketingMixforRuralMarketing,
ResearchingRuralMarket-
Researchapproach,RuralMarketingInformationSystem,DiffusionofInnovation
RuralMarketingStrategies:
RuralMarketSegmentation-BasisandStrategies,PositioningStrategiesforRuralMarket.
ProductStrategy-
ProductPlanning&StrategiesforRuralMarkets,NewProductDevelopment:ConsumerAdoptionProces
s,ProductMix.
PricingStrategiesforRuralMarkets-PricingPolices,InnovationinPricingoftheProducts.
Communication Strategy-Challenges in Rural Communication, Advertising and
SalesPromotion for RuralMarkets, Setting Communication Objectives, Rural Media: Media
Innovation, Branding in Rural India, BrandLoyaltyVsStickiness, Fake Brands-Strategiesto
CounterFakesBrands.
Distribution Strategy-Issues in Rural Distribution Channels, Tapping the Rural
Markets,Rural DistributionStrategies,RuralRetailing,Haats/Shandies,Vans&Mobile
Stores,InnovationinRuralDistributionSystem.
REFERENCE
1. P.Kashyap&S.Raut :RuralMarketing,Biztantra
2. T.P.GopalSwamy :RuralMarketing,VikasPublishingHouse
3. B.Dogra&K.Ghuman :RuralMarketing,TMH
4. S.K.Velayudhan :RuralMarketing,SAGEPublication
5. U.C.Mathur :RuralMarketing,ExcelBooks,
6. CGKrishnamacharyulu,L.Ramakrishnan:RuralMarketing,PearsonEducation
7. HabeebUrRahman :RuralMarketing,HPH,
8. SukhpalSingh :RuralMarketing,VikasPublishers
9. MinoutiKamat&R.Krishnamoorthy :RuralMarketing,HPH,Agricultural
PATTERNOFEXAMINATION: Marks
The Theory paper will consist of one short answer type question containing seven True or
False statements(carrying 14 marks), which are to be explained with reasons in not more
than 50 words. In addition, therewillbe four alternate sets of questions, out of which one 70
setwill be long answertype andtwowill have
twopartsA&B.Thelastquestion(14marks)willbeshortnotetypecontainingfouroptionsou
tofwhichanytwo optionsarerequiredtobeattempted.
Sessionals:ClassTest/Quizzes(averageof2bestoutof3)Writeup,PresentationandParticipation 30
TotalMarks 100
SE4iivsem-iv
MB MO 43 e-MARKETING
CourseObjective: TotalPeriods:40(4Credits)
Itwillacquaintthestudentswiththebasicsofe-marketing,enhancinge-
marketingperformance,enhancingcustomerexperience,
evaluatingandmeasuringe-marketingcampaigns.
CourseStructure:
➥Frameworkfore-marketing-
Evolution,CommercialbeginningsoftheWeb,Characteristics,Driversof
InternetEconomy;InternetBusinessmodelsandStrategies;e-
marketingPlan,Internetasamarketingplatform:opportunities, challenges,barriersandbenefitsofe-
marketing
➥ApplicationsofWeb2.0-
inMarketing,toolsofweb2.0,Blogs,Applicationsofweb2.0inIndia,Internetcommunitiesandmarketing:the
creationandtra nsferofvaluewithincommunities,OverviewofGlobalEmarketing, Future ofe-Marketing
➥Marketing Environment -Ethical, legal, Social and regulatory issues in e-Marketing, Internet asa
direct ResponseMedium, Understanding the e-Consumer, e-Consumer Behavior, Internet User
Segments, Internet,Building e-Brands, Interactive Brand Building,Recent Trendsine-branding
➥DifferentiationandPositioning-Strategiesine-marketing,Distributionine-marketing,e-
marketingCommunication-
OnlineAdvertising,SearchEmail,andothermarketingtools,CustomerRelationshipine-
Marketing,CustomerServiceand Supportin web space, RecentTrendsine-customer service.
➥CaseStudiesinEmarketingREFERENCE
1. Mohammed,Fisher,JaworskiandCahill:InternetMarketing–
BuildingAdvantageinanetworkedeconomyTatMcGraw- Hill
2. StraussandFrost :E-Marketing,Prentice-Hall
3. MaryRoberts :InternetMarketing,CengageLearning
4. Vassos :StrategicInternetMarketing–Practicale-commerceandbrandingTactics,QueBooks
5. Chaffey,Meyer,JohnstonandEllis–Chadwick:InternetMarketing,Prentice-Hall/FinancialTimes
PATTERNOFEXAMINATION: Marks
The Theory paper will consist of one short answer type question containing seven True or
False statements(carrying 14 marks), which are to be explained with reasons in not more
than 50 words. In addition, therewillbe four alternate sets of questions, out of which one 70
setwill be long answertype andtwowill have
twopartsA&B.Thelastquestion(14marks)willbeshortnotetypecontainingfouroptionsou
tofwhichanytwo optionsarerequiredtobeattempted.
Sessionals:ClassTest/Quizzes(averageof2bestoutof3)Writeup,PresentationandParticipation 30
TotalMarks 100
SE4iivsem-iv
MB MO 44 RETAILMANAGEMENT
CourseObjective: TotalPeriods:40(4Credits)
The present course aims at familiarizing the participants with the global dynamism of retail practices and
provides aspecializeplatformfordevelopingcuttingedge
skillsinretails.Italsofacilitatesanunderstandingofsynergiescreated
byintegrationofretailconceptsandpractices.Classparticipationwillbefundamentaltothedevelopmentofthes
eskills.
CourseStructure:
➥OverviewofRetailing-
RetailingDefined,FunctionsofRetailing,RetailTheories,Models,&Formats,GlobalRetailIndustry,Drivers
andChallengesfo rIndianRetail Industry.
➥RetailingStrategy-FactorsInfluencingtheRetailShoppers,BrandingStrategy,PricingStrategy,SCMStrategy
➥RetailLocation-LevelsofLocationDecision,Trading-Areaanalysis,FactorsAffectingtheAttractivenessofaSite
➥StoreLayout,DesignandVisualMerchandising-
ImportanceofDesign,ObjectiveofStoreLayout,TypesofStoreLayout,SpaceManagement,Fixtures,
Flooring&Ceiling,Lighting, Color,Signage, Music,Scent.
➥MerchandiseAssortment-ConceptofthePrivateLabel,CategoryManagement–
Concept,RoleoftheCategoryCaptain,CategoryManagementBusinessProcess, Assortment PlanningProcess.
REFERENCE
1. BermanBandEvansJR :RetailManagement,PrenticeHall
2. MichaelLervyMandWeitzBW :RetailingManagement,TataMcGraw-Hill
3. NewmanAJandCullenP-Retailing :EnvironmentandOperations,HarcourtPublishersLtd
4. VarleyRandRafiqM :PrinciplesofRetailManagement,PalgraveMacmillan,Basingstoke
5. A.J.Lamba :TheArtofRetailing,McGrawHill
6. SwapnaPradhan :RetailingManagement–Text&Cases,McGraw-Hill
7. SujaNair :RetailManagement,HimalayaPublication
8. RogerCox&PaulBrittain :Retailing–AnIntroduction,FinancialTimesPrenticeHall
9. P.K.Sinha&D.P.Uniyal :ManagingRetailing,OxfordUniversityPress.
PATTERNOFEXAMINATION: Marks
TheTheorypaperwillconsistofoneshortanswertypequestioncontainingsevenTrueorFalsestatem
ents(carrying 70
14marks),whicharetobeexplainedwithreasonsinnotmorethan50words.Inaddition,therewillbefo
uralternatesets
ofquestions,outofwhichonesetwillbelonganswertypeandtwowillhavetwopartsA&B.Thelastque
stion(14marks) willbeshortnotetypecontainingfouroptionsoutofwhich anytwo optionsarerequired
tobeattempted.
Sessionals:ClassTest/Quizzes(averageof2bestoutof3)Writeup,PresentationandParticipation 30
TotalMarks 100
SE4iivsem-iv
MB MO 45 STRATEGICMARKETING
CourseObjective: TotalPeriods:40(4Credits)
The objective of the presentcourse is to develop analytical skillsfor the formulation and
implementation of marketdriven strategies. It also aims at recognizing, embracing, and managing
change by focusing on higher-level strategicissues and decision making to deliver superior value to
customers in global market and competitive situations.Classparticipationthroughcasediscussion will
befundamentaltothedevelopmentoftheseskills.
CourseStructure:
➥Introduction-An Introduction to Strategic Marketing: The Changing Role of Marketing–
st
Marketing in 21 century,Factors responsible for the change and their impact, Dimensions of
Strategic Marketing, Challenges of StrategicMarketing. Market Driven Strategy – Identifying
Distinctive Capabilities, Creating Value for Customer,
EstablishingStrategicFocus,SettingMarketingObjectives.
➥ProductStrategy-ProductStrategies-ProductStrategyIssues&Challenges,ProductLife-
CycleStrategies,StrategiesNewProduct, BrandingStrategies,Packaging Strategies
➥PricingStrategies–
AnalyzingCustomerPriceSensitivityandCompetitors’Response,Legal&EthicalIssues inPricing, Price
Positioning, PricingStrategies&Pricingmodels
➥DistributionStrategy-
ChannelObjectives,RolePerformedbyDistributionSystem,StrategiesatdifferentChannelLevels,
ImplementationStrategies
➥SuggestedCaseReadings-StateBankofIndiaCompetitiveStrategiesofaMarketLeader;SonyEricsson's
MobileMusic Strategy; Monster Inc. Strategic Growth in India; Starbucks : Selling Experience; Bausch & Lomb
EffectivePositioning; Horlicks'& Cadbury’s Repositioning Strategies; The Nirma Story; Pepsico's 'Focus' Strategy;
Launch ofAmaron Automotive Batteries; Hindustan Times Vs Times Of India; Promotional Strategies of Cellular
ServiceProviders in India; Cox and Kings Service with a Difference; Social Marketing Lessons from CRY in India;
Dell’sDistributionsSystem.
REFERENCE
1. CarolH. Anderson :StrategicMarketing,HoughtonMifflinHarcourt
2. D. W. Cravens&N. F.Piercy :StrategicMarketing,McGrawHill/Irwin
3. O.C.Ferrell,MichaelD.Hartline :StrategicMarketing,South-WesternCengage
4. BoyodWlker,MullinsLarrech :MarketingStrategy,McGrawHill
5. Colin,DavidJ.:StrategicMarketingManagement;Planning,Implementation&Control:PearsonRichardM.
S.Wilson;Gilligan, Oxford,Butterworth-Heinemann
6. Aaker,David :StrategicMarketing,Wiley-India
7. GeorgeS. :MarketDrivenStrategyDay;ProcessofCreatingValue,FreePress
8. J.P.Guiltinan,G.W.Paul,T. J.Madden :MarketingManagementStrategiesandPrograms,McGraw-HillCompanies
9. Jain,Subhash :Marketing;PlanningandStrategy,South-WesternCollegePub
10. KerinRoger,PetersonRobert :StrategicMarketingManagement,AllynandBacon
11. P.Baines,R.Brennan&PGarneau :ContemporaryStrategicMarketing,Palgrave
PATTERNOFEXAMINATION: Marks
TheTheorypaperwillconsistofoneshortanswertypequestioncontainingsevenTrueorFalsestatem
ents(carrying 70
14marks),whicharetobeexplainedwithreasonsinnotmorethan50words.Inaddition,therewillbefo
SE4iivsem-iv
MB MO 45 STRATEGICMARKETING
CourseObjective: TotalPeriods:40(4Credits)
uralternatesets
ofquestions,outofwhichonesetwillbelonganswertypeandtwowillhavetwopartsA&B.Thelastque
stion(14marks) willbeshortnotetypecontainingfouroptionsoutofwhich anytwo optionsarerequired
tobeattempted.
Sessionals:ClassTest/Quizzes(averageof2bestoutof3)Writeup,PresentationandParticipation 30
TotalMarks 100
SE4iivsem-iv
MB MO 46 ADVANCEDMARKETINGRESEARCH
CourseObjective: TotalPeriods:40(4Credits)
The course aims to start a discussion on the challenges of marketing research and analyzing
consumer behavior in thedynamically developing global environment. Relevant advanced marketing
research approaches, concepts and tools arebeingpresented,discussedand appliedbystudentswithina
courseproject.
CourseStructure:
➥IntroductiontoMarketingResearch-
NatureandScopeofMarketingResearch;RoleofMarketingResearchin
theDesigningandImplementationofMarketingPrograms;theMarketingResearchProcess;MarketingResea
rchDesigns
➥TheSource&CollectionofData-
ObservationalMethods;AttitudeMeasurementTechniques;MotivationalResearchTechniques;
AdministrationofSurveys–Methods&Techniques,UseofQuestionnaire&Schedules.
➥IntroductiontoMarketingDataAnalysis-
ReviewofBasicDescriptiveStatistics;IntroductiontoSPSS;DataReading&Coding; SimpleInferential
StatisticalAnalysisTools
BasicPrinciplesandApplicationinMarketing,DataCollectionMethods,DeterminingProximity,TheMD
SAlgorithm,Num ber ofDimensionsand their Interpretation,Assessing ReliabilityandValidity.
➥MarketingResearchProject-
researchprojectoftheirinterestareawithsubmissionofresearchprojectreportandclasspresentationofthesame.
Thestudentorgroupofstudentsneedstoapplythiscourselearninginarealmarketing
REFERENCE
1. MalhotraN.K. :MarketingResearch–AnAppliedOrientation,PearsonEducation,NewDelhi
2. WilliamG.Zikmund :BusinessResearchMethods,CengageLearning,NewDelhi
3. Tull&HawkinsBeriG.C :MarketingResearch,PrenticeHallofIndia,Delhi
4. Karlinger,FredN. :MarketingResearch,TataMcGrawHill,
5. Aaker,Kumar,andDay :FoundationsofBehaviouralResearch.
6. ChurchillandIaccubucci :MarketingResearch,JohnWilley
7. :MarketingResearch:MethodologicalFoundations,CengageLearning
8. Coakes,SheridanandClaraOng:SPSS
Version18.0forWindows:AnalysiswithoutAnguish,JohnWiley&Sons,Inc.Listofcasesandspecific
referencesincludingresearchpapers,articlesandbookswillbeannouncedintheclass.
PATTERNOFEXAMINATION: Marks
SE4iivsem-iv
MB MO 46 ADVANCEDMARKETINGRESEARCH
CourseObjective: TotalPeriods:40(4Credits)
The Theory paper will consist of one short answer type question containing seven True or
False statements(carrying 14 marks), which are to be explained with reasons in not more
than 50 words. In addition, 70
therewillbefouralternatesetsofquestions,outofwhichonesetwillbelonganswertypeandtwowillh
ave
twopartsA&B.Thelastquestion(14marks)willbeshortnotetypecontainingfouroptionsou
tofwhichanytwo optionsarerequiredtobeattempted.
Sessionals:ClassTest/Quizzes(averageof2bestoutof3)Writeup,PresentationandParticipation 30
TotalMarks 100
SE4iivsem-iv
Unit1: Lecture 10
Understanding the supply chain. What is a supply chain? Decision phases in a supplychain. Evolution of SCM, SCM integration,
Linkages and Decisions in SCM. Difference ofSupply Chains in Product (Mfg.) Industry and Service-based Industry. Supply Chain
andDemand chain, Value creation. Delivery and Value addition through supply chain. Processview of a supply chain. The
importance of supply chain flows. Competitive Supply ChainStrategies. Achievingstrategicfit.Lectureanddiscussion.
UnderstandingofSupplychain.
Logistics Competitive advantage and three C. Competitive advantage through logistics.Logistics-
Asystemconcept,Customervaluechain,Logisticsfunctions.LogisticsMission,Objectives,Goals,Decisions.ReverseLogistics.Lecturean
ddiscussion.UnderstandingofLogistics concept.
Warehousing and Distribution Role of warehouse in Logistics, Lecture
anddiscussion.UnderstandingofWarehousingfunctionSNoContentActivityLearningoutcomesWarehousingfunctions.Typesofwareho
uses,Warehousesiteselection,Layoutdesign,Warehouse Decision model, Warehouse automation, strategies, performance,
costing.Distribution, Role. Importance. Levels, Channels, Structure, Functions.
Channelpartners,functions,Tasks,Flows,Strategy.Freetradezonesandspecialeconomiczonesanddistributionchannel.
OrderProcessingandLogisticsInformationsystemOrderPreparation,Transmittal.Orderentry. Order filling. Order status reporting
Industrial order processing and Retail
orderprocessing.Webbasedorderprocessing.Processingpriorities.Lectureanddiscussion.Understanding ofWarehouse
processandlogisticsinformationsystem.
PerformanceMeasurementandControlsinSupplyChainManagementPre-transaction.Transaction. Post-transaction elements, Service
attributes Value added customerservice,Importance of Logistics Customer service Sales and Service relationship, Cost
andServicerelationship.Objective,Levels,Parametersofperformancemeasures-Cycletime,Fill Rate. Inventory Turnover, On-time
Shipping and Delivery, Perfect Order, Stock
out.Transportationmeasurements,Customerperceptionmeasure,Audit.GapAnalysisConceptofBenchmarking.BenchmarkingforBestPr
acticesSCORandDCORLectureanddiscussion.Understanding ofcustomerservice andperformancemeasurement.
Unit2: Lecture 8
Transportation Infrastructure, road, rail, air water, pipeline. Freight Management, Freightcost. Transportation Network Route
planning, Containerization, Packing. Effective / CostOptimizing Distribution strategies Direct shipment, Cross-docking, Milk run,
transshipment.Lecture and discussion. Understanding of Transportation modes S. No. ContentActivityLearningoutcomes.
Designing Logistics and distribution network in a supply chain. Applications to OnlineSales Network Design in the SC the role of
distribution in the supply chain. Importance ofSmart Transportation Distribution Center Concept, Modern DC, Robotics Usage for
pick andpack.Factors influencingdistribution network design.Supply Chain,Integration Designoption for a distribution network.
Distribution network in practice. Lecture and discussion.Understandingvarious distributionnetworks.
The value of the Information Bullwhip effect. Effective forecasts. Information for
thecoordinationofsystems.CollaborativePlanningForecastingReplenishment(CPRF)concept.Locating desired products. Lead time
reduction. Information and supply chain trade-off.
SE4iivsem-iv
Unit3: Lecture 6
Strategic Alliances A framework for strategic alliances. Third party/fourth party
logistics.Whatare3PL/4PL,advantagesanddisadvantagesof3PL,3PLissuesandrequirements?
Retailersupplierpartnership.TypesofRSP,RequirementsofRSPInventoryownershipinRSP,IssuesandstepsinRSPimplementationAdva
ntagesanddisadvantagesofRSP.Distribution Integration.Typesof
andissuesinDistributionintegration.CustomerValueLectureanddiscussion.UnderstandingofvariousoutsourcingactivitiesandRSP.
E-procurementandoutsourcing.Outsourcingbenefitsandrisks.AframeworkforBuy/MakedecisionsE-procurement.AframeworkofE-
Lectureanddiscussion.UnderstandingprocurementthroughtheInternetandimpact.S.No.ContentActivityLearning
outcomesprocurement.Impact ofInternetonsupplychainstrategies(F-business).
Unit4: Lecture 6
Designing Global Supply Chain Networks Global market / Technological/ Cost Politicaland Economic Forces. Risks and
advantages of the international supply chain. Internationalversus Regional products. Local autonomy versus central control.
Regional differences inLogistics-Culturaldifferences/infrastructure/performanceexpectationandevaluationInformation systems
availability, human resources. Global business logistics. Lecture
anddiscussion.Understandingvariousinternationalissuesandchallenges.
Performance Measurement and Controls in Supply Chain Management Measurement of
aRobustSupplyChain.Cost/Quality/ServiceMeasurementIntroductionandconceptofBenchmarking. Gap Analysis. Key actions in
benchmarking for best practices. Overview ofSupply Chain Operations Reference (SCOR) Modeling. Balance scorecard for SCM.
LeanManufacturingandMassCustomisationLectureanddiscussion.Understandingvariousperformancemeasurementstoolsinsupplycha
in.
Unit5: Lecture 5
Ethical issues in SCM Supply chain vulnerability. Conformance to applicable laws suchas contract and commercial laws, trade
regulation, Government procurement
regulations,patentscopyrights,trademarklaws,transportationandlogisticslawsandregulationsEnvironmentallaws.Internationalpractice
s.Confidentialityandproprietaryinformation.Lectureanddiscussion.Understandingvariousethics, rulesandregulations insupplychain.
CurrentTrendsinSupplyChainGoldrattSupply
ChainsSustainableSupplyChainResilientsupplychainsGreenSupplychainLeansupplychainLectureanddiscussion.Understandingrecen
ttrendsinsupplychain.
ReferenceBook–SultanChandandsons-Sitakumari. V. ,S.Purshothamam
SE4iivsem-iv
Unit1: Lectures06
FoundationsofQualityManagement
1.FundamentalsofQuality,2.WEdwardsDemingsTheoryofManagement,3.FundamentalsofStatisticalStudies,4.DefiningandDocument
ingaProcess.
Unit2: Lectures06
ToolsandMethodsforAnalyticStudies
5.BasicProbabilityandStatistics,6.StabilizingandImprovingaProcesswithControlCharts,7.AttributeControlCharts,8.VariablesControl
Charts,
Unit3: Lectures06
9.Out-of-Control Patterns, 10.Diagnosing a Process, 11. Process Capability and
ImprovementStudies,12.DesignofExperiments,13.InspectionPolicy
Unit4: Lectures06
AdministrativeSystemsforQualityManagement
14.The Fork Model for Quality Management: The Handle, or Transformation, 15. The ForkModel for Quality Management: The
Neck, or Management Education, 16. The Fork Modelfor Quality Management: Prong 1, or Daily Management, 17. The Fork
Model for QualityManagement: Prong 2, or Cross-Functional Management, 18. The Fork Model for QualityManagement: Prong 3,
or Policy Management, 19. Resource Requirements of the DetailedForkModel.
Unit5: Lectures06
CurrentThinkingaboutStatisticalPractice.
Six Sigma Management. Appendices - A. Documentation of Minitab Data Files, B. Tables,BookEndCases.
ReferenceBook–HowardGitlow,RosaOppenheim,AlanOppenheim-TataMcgrawHillPublication,3rdEdition.
SE4iivsem-iv
Course Objective :
The course will critically explore the various dimensions of planning that are needed for Operations and Production Management.
Operations Management has been an indispensable component of all manufacturing and service organizations. The focus of the
paper will be to acquaint learners with the various planning dimensions and areas that are the basis of an effective operations
strategy.
Course Structure:
Introduction - Explaining the relationship of operations management to other aspects of the organization’s operations.
1. An overview of operations strategy and its importance to the firm. ⮩ Design of products/services and processes and how this
relates to operations and supply.
2. The concept of sustainability in operations management.
3. Operations Management as a strategic process.
4. Processes in Operations Management; Role and Relevance of Planning Function in Operations Management.
Application:
1. Systems used in operations management: Manufacturing Resource Planning II (MRPII); Optimized Production Techniques
(OPT) and Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP).
2. Different methods of quality measurement (e.g. Servqual).
3. Demand Management (The Made-to-stock, the Assemble-to-order, make to order environment, sales and
operations planning, master production scheduling, dealing with customers on a day-to-day basis, Information use in Demand
Management, monitoring customer relationship management, outbound product flow, CANBAN)
4. External quality standards (e.g. for Vendors, Suppliers, Dealers, Agents)
5. Use of process maps to present the flow of information and products in: a) Manufacturing, b) Service industries.
6. Process Automation (Simulation, Automation, Robots, Group technology, Flexible Manufacturing Systems).
7. Methods of managing operational capacity in product and service delivery (e.g. use of queuing theory, forecasting, flexible
manufacturing systems).
8. Application of lean techniques to services; The characteristics of lean production; Criticisms and limitations of
lean production.
9. Practices of continuous improvement (e.g. Quality circles, Kaizen, 5S, 6 Sigma).
10. Developing relationships with suppliers, including the use of supply portfolios.
11. Contemporary issues and practices in Operations Planning (other Production Systems, Economic Considerations, lean current
and re-engineering).
REFERENCE
1. Stevenson, J. William : Operations Management, McGraw-Hill Irwin
2. Plossl, G. W. : Production and Inventory Control; Principles and Techniques, Englewood Cliffs, NJ, Prentice-Hall 3. Phillip F.
Ostwald and Jairo Munoz : Manufacturing Processes and Systems; Wiley India
4. Jay Heizer and Barry Render : Operations Management; Prentice Hall
5. Monks, Joseph G., : Operations Management; Theory and Problems, McGraw-Hill
6. Mikell P. Groover, : Fundamentals of Modern Manufacturing; Wiley India
Course Objective:
This Course Intends To Develop The Basic Concepts, Principles, Problems, And Procedures In Inventory Management And
Provide The Student An Appreciation Of The Crucial Role Of Inventory And Materials Management In The Efficiency,
Competitiveness, And Profitability Of A Business Organization. Further It Will Also Help In The Formulation And Application Of
Methods And Models For Inventory Management.
Course Structure:
➥ Inventory Concept - Importance & Scope Of Inventory Control, Types Of Inventory, Functions, Use; Dependent And
Independent Demand Of Inventory, Costs Associated With Inventory, Selective Inventory Control, Classification Of Items, And
Inventory Control With Deterministic And Stochastic Demands With And Without Lead Time. Understanding Lead Time. Internal
And External Lead Time. Cumulative Lead Time.
➥ Strategic Inventory Management - Objectives And Importance Of The Inventory Management Function In Reference To
Profitability, Strategy, Customer Satisfaction, And Competitive Advantage. Competitive Inventory Management, Reduce Inventory
SE4iivsem-iv
Costs Through Inventory Strategies: Benchmarking, Streamline Process, Know Your Vendors, Establish A Vendor Scorecard,
Manage Your Vendors, Negotiate Terms, Provide Limitless Access To Information Systems, Invest In Systems, Invest In Inventory
Control Staff, Consistent Forecasting Philosophy, Review, Recite, And Retain Key Data, Clear A Day’s Work In A Day,
Liquidation, Inbound Freight, Importing.
➥ Inventory Classification - Its Use In Controlling Inventory, Setup Time And Inventory Control, Safety Stock Determination
Considering Service Level. Strategies To Increase Inventory Turns, Reduce Throughput Time, Reduce WIP, Eliminate Waste, And
Reduce Inventory Level In Service And Manufacturing Organizations.
➥ Inventory Models - Fixed Order Versus Fixed Interval Systems – Developing Special Quantity Discount Models – Inventory
Model For Manufactured Items – Economic Lot Size When Stock Replenishment Is Instantaneous. Perishable Inventories,
Allocation And Distribution Model For Perishable Products, Continuously Deteriorating Inventory Models, Age-Dependent Perish
ability, Periodic Review Models With Stochastic Demand, Single Period (Newsboy) Models, Dynamic Inventory Models With
Stochastic Demand ➥ Material Requirement Planning Systems (MRP) - Meaning, Purpose And Advantage Of MRP, Data
Requirements And Management – Bill Of Materials, Master Production Schedules, The Process Of MRP, Output Of MRP. Make
Or Buy Decisions: Concept Of Outsourcing, Factors Influencing Make Or Buy Decisions, Trends In Make Or Buy Decisions In
Context Of Core Competency.
➥ Materials Management - MM In JIT Environment: Zero Inventory Concept, Excess Inventory: Roadblock To World-Class
Manufacturing, Materials Management In JIT Environment, Vendor Managed Inventory, Vendor Relationship In JIT Context.
REFERENCE
1. E.L. Porteus: Foundations Of Stochastic Inventory Theory, Stanford Univ. Press,
2. P.H. Zipkin: Foundations Of Inventory Management, Irwin/Mcgraw-Hill,
3. I Sahin: Regenerative Inventory Systems, Springerverlag,
4. Zipkin: Foundations Of Inventory Management – Mcgraw Hill.
5. Seetharama L Narsimhan, Dennis W Mcleavy& Peter J Billington: Production Planning And Inventory Control - Prenticehall Of
India Pvt Ltd
6. J.R. Tony Arnold & Stephen N. Chapman: Introduction To Materials Management, - Prenticehall
7. Richard J. Tersine: Principles Of Inventory And Materials Management - Prenticehallptr
8. Max Muller: Essentials Of Inventory Management - AMACOM/American Management Association
9. J H Greene: Production And Inventory Control - Homewood III: Richard D Irwin
10. Silver, E. & Peterson R.: Decision Systems For Inventory Management And Production Control, Wiley,
Course Code: MBAOS 305
SCM for Services Marketing
Course Objective:
To Relate The Strategy In Supply Chain Management For A Seamless Integration Of The Distribution Channels.
To Explain How Technology Can Ease The Cost And Efficiency Of The SCM Of Services.
To Realize The Importance Of Distribution In The Services Marketing.
Course Outcomes:
At The End Of The Course, The Students Will Be Able To:
Co–1 : Differentiate The Difference Between Goods And Services.
Co–2 : Plan The SCM Aspects With Reference To Non-Profit Organization And Profit Organization.
Co–3 : Explain The Importance Of Channel Members.
Co–4 : Explain The Logistical And Facilitating Functions Of The Intermediaries.
Co–5 : Eliminate The Vertical And Horizontal Conflicts In Channel.
Co–6 : Explain The Reach The Consumers Effectively.
Co–7 : Explain The Use Of Technology In The Distribution Chain.
Co–8 : Create A Cost-Effective Integration Of Channel Partners.
Co–9 : Make Use Of The Contemporary Techniques In Service Marketing.
Co–10 : Explain The Trends In Service Marketing.
Technology, Measurement, Relationship & Material Integration-Distribution Cost-Efficient Integration Of The Distribution Chain
Unit V Latest Trends
Latest Trends In SCM For Services Marketing, Contemporary Techniques For Service Marketing Total: 45 Hours
Textbooks:
1. Robert Monczka, Robert Handfield, Larry Giunipero, James Patterson, Purchasing And Supply Chain Management, Mcgraw
Hill, 6th Edition 2015.
2. Alan Harrison And Rem Kovanhoek, Logistics Management And Strategy: Competing Through The Supply Chain, Mcgraw
Hill, 5th 2015.
3. David Simchi-Levi, Philip Kaminsky, Designing And Managing The Supply Chain, Edith Simchi-Levi, 2002.
Reference Books:
1. Sunil Chopra And Peter Meindl, Supply Chain Management: Strategy, Planning, And Operation, McGraw Hill, 7th Edition
2018.
2. Martin Christopher Logistics And Supply Chain Management 5th Edition 2016.
3. F. Robert Jacobs, William Berry, D. Clay Whybark, Manufacturing Planning And Control For Supply Chain Management,
Thomas Vollmann, 6th Edition 2010.
4. Arjan J. Van Weele, Purchasing And Supply Chain Management: Analysis, Strategy, Planning And Practice, Nichole, 6th
Edition 2012
5. Shoshanah Cohen And Joseph Roussel, Strategic Supply Chain Management: The Five Core Disciplines For Top performance,
2nd Edition 2013
Course Code:MBAOS401
WorldClassManufacturingPractices
Unit1:IntroductiontoWorldClassManufacturing(WCM)
World Classmanufacturing; Concept,Imperatives for success –
Technology,systemsapproachandchangeinthemindset.
Unit 2:PlanningforManufacturingSystem
Strategicdecisionsinmanufacturingmanagement;choiceoftechnology;capacity;Layout;Aggregate
PlanningandMasterproductionscheduling.
Unit3:MaterialsPlanning
Resourcesplanning-MaterialsRequirementplanning(MRP).ManufacturingResourcesplanning(MRP-II)Enterprise
ResourcesPlanning(ERP).
Unit4:JustinTime(JIT)
Just-In-Time(JIT)-Concept,Advantages,TechniquesofJIT,JITLayout,Kanbansystem,JITPurchasing.
Unit5:WorldClassManufacturingdevelopmentTools
TotalemployeeInvolvementandsmallgroupactivities5-
SConcept,TotalProductiveMaintenance,Automationindesignandmanufacturing,AutomatedMaterialHandlingequipment’s,Product
andProcessDesign Tools,BarCode Systems.
Unit6:RecentTrendsinWorldClassManufacturing
Role of IT in World ClassManufacturing, Flexible Manufacturing Systems (FMS), GroupTechnology,SixSigma.
ReferenceBook– CollegeHandbook
SE4iivsem-iv
CourseCode:MBAOS402
BusinessProcessRe- engineering
UnitIntroductiontobusinessprocesses
Definition of business process, Dimension of business process, Common business
processesinanorganization,Definitionofbusinessprocessredesign,Definitionsofvariousmanagement-related terms, Overview of
business process reengineering, Business processesimprovement.
UnitIIntroductiontoBusinessProcessReengineering(BPR)
Definition of business processes – Concept of BPR - Definition of business process redesign,BPR - Evolution, Definition, Need for
reengineering, Benefits, Role of leader &manager,Breakthrough reengineering model, BPR guiding principles, Business process
reengineering& performance improvement, Key targets of BPR, Myths about BPR , What
reengineeringisn’t,BPRandothermanagementconcepts:TQM,Qualityfunctiondeployment,ISOstandards,ERP.BPRand
ProcessSimplification,BPRand ContinuousImprovement.
Unit IIIEnablersofBPR
EnablersofBPRinmanufacturing–AgileManufacturing,LeanManufacturing,JIT,Collaborative Manufacturing, Intelligent
Manufacturing, Production Planning, Product design& development. Relationship between BPR and information technology, Role
of informationtechnologyinreengineering,CriticalityofITinbusiness process.
UnitIVBPR&InformationTechnology
Introduction,Relationshipbetween BPR& Information Technology,Roleof InformationTechnology in reengineering,Role of ITin
BPR (with practical examples),Criticality of ITin business process, BPR tools & techniques, Enablers of process reengineering,
Tools tosupportBPR,FutureroleofITinreengineering.
UnitVBPRimplementationmethodology
Reasons of implementation of BPR, Necessary attributes, BPR team characteristics,
KeyconceptsofBPR,BPRmethodology,DifferentphasesofBPR,BPRmodel,BPRmethodologyselectionguidelines,Commonstepsto
betaken forBPRimplementation
UnitVI
The Power of Habit in organizations, Planned changes in business re-engineering
projects;Factorsrelatingtochangemanagementsystemsandculture,Committedandstrongleadership,Factorsrelatingtoorganizationalstru
cture,FactorsrelatedtoBPRprogrammanagement, Factors related to IT infrastructure, Factors Relating to BPR Failure, Problemsin
communication and organizational resistance, Lack of organizational readiness for change,Problems related to creating a culture for
change, Lack of training and education,
Factorsrelatedtomanagementsupport,IneffectiveBPRteams,Aframeworkforbarriermanagement. Success factors of BPR:
Reengineering success factors, Critical success factorsofBPR.
ReferenceBook– CollegeHandbook
SE4iivsem-iv
CourseCode:MBAOS403
Work System Analysis and Design
Course Objective:
This course intends to analyze manufacturing service process for methods improvement, to learn the techniques and procedure of
methods, study and work measurement including setting of time standard, to develop competence in applying methodology of work
study and value engineering to design of work systems.
Course Structure:
➥ Productivity - Introduction, Productivity Index, Measurement of Individual worker’s productivity, Productivity of Capital,
Motion and Time Study and Productivity
➥ Definition, Scope and History of Motion and Time Study - Definition of Motion and Time Study, Work Methods Design, Work
Measurement, Scope, Non-manufacturing Activities, Taylor’s use of Time Study, Taylor’s Investigation of Shoveling, Motion
Study as it was developed by the Gilbreths, Micro-motion Study, The Cycle Graph and the Chrono-cycle Graph.
➥ The General Problem Solving Process - Problem Definition, Analysis of Problem, Search for Possible Solutions, Evaluation of
Alternatives, Recommendations for action.
➥ Work Methods Design - Procedure, Selection, Recording Techniques, Process analysis, Setting up Time Reduction Techniques,
Fundamental Hand Motions, Motion Study and Micro-motion Study, Equipments making the Motion Pictures, Film Analysis, The
use of Fundamental Hand Motions, Principles of Motion Economy as related to the use of the Human Body, Workplace and Design
of Tools & Equipment.
➥ Time Study - Equipments, Process, Determining the Rating Factor, Allowances, Time Standard from Standard Data and
Formulas, Computer Aided Time Study, Computerized Machine and Equipment Downtime Monitoring and Reporting,
Predetermined Time Systems: The Work Factor System, Methods-Time Measurement, Work Sampling.
➥ Wage Payment - The Relation of Motion and Time Study to Wage Incentives, Multi-factor Wage Incentive Plans.
➥ Advance Work Study - Synthetic Time Standards and Introduction to Predetermined Motion Time Systems and Standards,
Business Process Analysis and Mapping, Basic Work System, Physical and Cognitive Task Analysis, Office Planning and Design,
Value Engineering Concepts, Methods of Function Analysis and Creative idea generation.
REFERENCE
1. Niebel B.W. &FreivaldsA : Methods, Standards and Work Design, McGraw Hill
2. ILO : Introduction to Work Study, Universal Publishing Corporation.
3. Barnes RM : Motion and Time Study: Design and Measurement of Work, John Wiley & Sons
4. Meyers F.E. and Stewart J.R.: Motion and Time Study, Prentice Hall.
5.Mundel M.E. : Motion and Time Study: Improving Productivity, Prentice Hall
6. Richard Park : Value Engineering; A Plan for Innovation, Boca Raton, St. Lucie Press.
7. Babbage, Charles : On the Economy of Machinery & Manufacturers, Charles Knight, Pall Mall, East, London.
8. Gilbreth, F.B. and L.M. : Fatigue Study, Macmillan Co., New York
SE4iivsem-iv
CourseCode:MBAOS404
Course Objective:
The objective of the course is to make the learner familiar with the advanced operations research techniques and their applications
in managerial decision making.
Course Structure:
➥ Allocation - Introduction, general Linear Programming problems, Transportation Problems, Assignment Problems, Solution of
Linear Programming, Transportation and Assignment Problems by computer package.
➥ Theory of Games - Introduction, Assumptions, Definitions and Classification of Games, Two Person Zero Sum Games, Pure
Strategies and Saddle Point, Mixed Strategies, Shortcut method for finding optimum mixed strategies, Solution of Games by
Dominance, Graphical Solution of Games, Solution by Linear Programming, Solution by Computer package.
➥ Queuing Theory - Introduction, Queuing and Cost Behavior, Definitions for Queuing Systems, Single Channel, Single Server
Queuing Model (M/M/1), Economic Aspects of Queuing Solution by Computer package.
➥ Simulation - Introduction, Steps involved in Monte Carlo Simulation, Application of Simulation Method, Advantages and
Disadvantages of Simulation.
➥ Market Analysis - Introduction, Markov Process, Transition Matrix, and Prediction of Market Shares for Future Periods, Steady
State Conditions, Absorbing Chains, and Solution by Computer package.
➥ Replacement Models - Introduction, Replacement of Equipment which deteriorates with time, Replacement of items that Fail
Completely, Staffing Problems, Solution with the help of computer, individual and Group Replacement.
REFERENCE
1. Harvey J. Greenberg, Frederic H. Murphy, Susan H. Shaw: Advanced Techniques in the Practice of Operations Research,
North Holland
2. Quantitative Analysis for Business Decision : H. Bierman, C. P. Bonini, & W. H. Houseman, Richard D. Irwin Inc.
3. F. S. Hiller & G. J. Lieberman : Introduction to Operations Research.
SE4iivsem-iv
CourseCode:MBAOS405
WarehousingandDistributionFacilitiesManagement
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
To help the students in explaining the significance of Warehousing. To provide timely customer service, To keep track of items so
they can be found readily & correctly To minimize the total physical effort and minimize the cost of moving goods.
COURSE OUTCOMES: At the end of the course, the students will be able to:
CO–1 : Explain the basics of warehousing.
CO–2 : Explain about the various warehouse operations.
CO–3 : Explain the various warehousing decisions.
CO–4 : Explain about the various types of warehouses.
CO–5 : Explain the various costs involved in a warehouse.
CO–6 : Explain about the storage systems used in a warehouse.
CO–7 : Explain about the various types of warehouses.
CO–8 : Explain about inventory management in the supply chain.
CO–9 : Explain the various inventory control techniques.
CO–10 : Explain the use of warehouse management systems manage warehouse operations.
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Frazelle, World Class Warehousing & Material Handling, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2nd edition 2015.
2. Vinod.V. Sople, Logistics Management, Pearson Education, 3rd edition 2012.
3. Arnold, Introduction Materials Management, Pearson Education, 7th edition 2011.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Frazelle, World Class Warehousing & Material Handling, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2nd edition 2015.
2. Satish K. Kapoor and PurvaKansal, Basics of Distribution Management - A Logistical Approach, Prentice Hall, 1st Edition 2004
3. Satish K. Kapoor and PurvaKansal Marketing, Logistics - A Supply Chain Approach, Pearson Education, 2003
BLOCK1:IntroductiontoCargo&Logistics
UNIT1:History& Evolution ofCargo& Logistics
1.0LearningObjectives1.1Introduction1.2 HistoricDevelopmentinCargo&Logistic
1.2.1 Historical Development in Indian Logistic Industry. 1.2.2. Improvement in Cargo &Logistic after Global Pandemic - 2020
(Corona Virus Pandemic)1.3 Importance of CargoTrading & Business1.3.1 The Role of Logistic in International Business 1.4 The
SE4iivsem-iv
Importanceof Air Cargo to the Global Economy 1.5 Cargo by Different Means of Transportation 1.5.1Freight by Land 1.5.2 Cargo
by Sea1.5.3 Cargo by Air 1.6 Difference between Fright&Logistics Management 1.7 Advantages & Disadvantages of Air Cargo
1.8 Let Us Sum Up 1.9Answer for Check your Progress1.10 Glossary 1.11 Assignment 1.12 Activities 1.13
CaseStudy1.14FurtherReading
UNIT2:RegulatingBodies&GroundHandling:
2.0LearningObjectives2.1Introduction2.2.TheRegulatingBodiesinIndian2.2.1Directorate General of Civil Aviation (DGCA) 2.2.2
Airport Authority of India (AAI)2.2.3.Air Cargo Agents Association of India (ACAAI)2.3 International Regulatory Bodies
2.3.1InternationalAirTransportAssociation2.3.2InternationalCivilAviationOrganization
2.3.3. World Customs Organization 2.3.4 International Federation of Asia - Pacific Air -
CargoAssociations2.4FreedomoftheAir2.5ImportanceofRegulation2.6GroundHandling 2.7 Operational Issues & Modern Trends2.8
Let Us Sum Up 2.9 Answer for Checkyour Progress2.10 Glossary 2.11 Assignment 2.12 Activities 2.13 Case Study 2.14
FurtherReading
UNIT3:Meaning&SignificanceofLogistics:
3.0 Learning Objective 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Meaning & Definition of Logistics 3.3
LogisticsSystems&Infrastructure3.4WorkingofLogisticsSystems3.4.1OrderProcessing&Management3.4.2.InventoryManagement3.
4.3Freight/CargoTransportation3.5Significance of Logistics 3.6 Do's & Don's in Air Logistics 3.6.1 Do's3.6.2 Don's3.7 Let
UsSumUp3.8AnswerforCheckyourProgress3.9Glossary3.10Assignment3.11Activities
1.13CaseStudy1.14FurtherReading
UNIT4:ComponentsofLogisticManagement
4.0LeaningObjective4.1Introduction4.2Stakeholders4.2.1Customers4.2.2PolicyMakers
4.2.3 Infrastructure Services Providers4.2.4Terminal Infrastructure Providers 4.2.5
LogisticsServiceProviders4.3LogisticsComponents4.3.1Planning4.3.2Packaging&Unitization
4.3.3 Inventory Control 4.3.4 Transportation 4.3.5 Information & Control 4.4 Advantages ofLogistics Services4.5 Types of
Logistic4.5.1 Forward Logistics 4.5.2 Reverse Logistics4.6Let Us Sum Up 4.7 Answer for Check your Progress4. 8 Glossary 4.9
Assignment 4.10Activities4.11CaseStudy4.12FurtherReading
SE4iivsem-iv
Course Code:MBAAT302
TourismPrinciples&Practices
Unit5:PassengerTransportBusiness
Introduction
ImportanceofTransportServices5.3EssentialsofTransport
5.4Development ofMeansofTransport
CaseStudy:IndianAviationMarket-ANewTurnaround
Unit7:TravelAgencyBusinessPerspective
Introduction
EvolutionofTravelAgencyBusiness
SignificanceofTravelAgencyBusiness
TravelTradeNetwork
Skills&CompetenciesforRunningaTravelAgency
TravelAgencyBusiness
SettingUpaTravelAgency
TravelAgencyOrganizationStructure
SourcesofRevenue
ThreatsinTravel Agency
InformationTechnologyinTravelAgencyBusinessCaseStudy:NewBusinessTrendsinTravelAgencyBusinessUnit8: Tour
OperationManagement
Introduction
HistoricalBackgroundofTravelTrade
MeaningofTourOperation
SpecialServicesforCharter Operator
ConceptsofTourPacking
PackageTour&itsIncreasingDemandandValue
RevenuefromTourOperationBusiness
ComponentsofaTourBrochure
TourOperator'sReservationProcedure
SE4iivsem-iv
IntegrationintheTravelIndustry
BusinessConflicts
PackageTourBusinessIssuesinIndia
CodesofConduct
CaseStudy:BalmerLawrieTravel&Tour Ltd- NewAcquisitionPlan
Unit9:AncillaryTourismSector
9.1Introduction9.2AncillaryServices
MeaningandImportanceofAttractions
DestinationandAttractionCompetitiveness9.5InfrastructureandSuperstructure
9.6TravelPublications9.7TravelMarketingConsultants
CaseStudy:IRCTCandIts ManagementofAncillaryServices
Unit10:MeasurementofTourismDemand
Introduction
TourismDemand
ElasticityofDemand
MeasurementofTourismDemand
DemandForecastingMethod
FactorsAffectingDemand
CaseStudy:Jet Airways andItsProjectedAirlineBusiness
Unit11:BasicTourismSupplyComponents
Introduction
TourismSupply
TourismSupplyChainManagement
FacilitiesandAmenities
DestinationAttractions
CoreTourismOperators
CharacteristicsofTourismProducts
HospitalityEducationandTraining
Activity-basedTourism
SE4iivsem-iv
Unit16.E-Tourism
Introduction
ScopeofE-tourism
Typologyof E-tourism
16.9Futureof E-tourism
CaseStudy:AmadeusITGroup-World'sLeadingGDSCompany
Reference Book: Oxford – Tourism Principle and Practices: Sampada Kumar SwainJitendraMohanMishra.
COURSE CODE-MBAAT303
AVIATION SECURITY & SAFETY MANAGEMENT
OBJECTIVE: To enable the Students to learn about the importance of Safety and Security in Air
Transportation, the study of which is of vital importance to Aviation Students, where they will be
learning about the techniques and methodologies used in protecting passengers, crew, baggage, cargo,
mail, ground personnel, aircraft and property of Airports.
UNIT-1: Importance of Air Transportation Safety and Security-Airport- Airways. 12 Hrs Protecting Public
Transportation - Screening- Personnel and Baggage - Metal Detectors-X ray Inspections, Passive and Active,
Millimeters- Trace- Detection Techniques-The way on Drug and Explosives.
UNIT-2: Terrorism 10 Hrs
Terrorism - Introduction- Causes of Terrorism - Rival claim of pales tine- Palestine Liberation Organization -
Nuclear Terrorism - Aircraft as Missiles - 9/1 1 Terrorist Act and its Consequences
Biological &Chemical Warfare - Steps to Combat Terrorism
UNIT-3: Hijacking 12 Hrs
Hijacking - Security measures- Airport Security Programmed a Steps taken to Contend with
Hijacking- Cockpit doors- Sky Marshal Program me -Public Law about Hijacking - Air
Transportation Security Act of 2001 -Crimes against Humanity - The Tokyo Convention and
Summit
UNIT-4: Legislations and Regulations 10 Hrs
ICAO/ECAC -Transportation security administration - International aviation safety assessment
program. -Legislation after 9 Sep 2001 41
UNIT-5: Technological Improvements on Aviation Safety and Security 12 Hrs
Technological Improvements on Aviation Safety and Security
- Introduction- Microwave
Holographic Imaging -Body or Fire Security Scanner -New Generation of video Security
Systems -Biosimmer - Biometric Systems
Reference Books:
1. Aviation in Crisis- Ruwantissa I.R. Abeyratne - Ashgate Publishing
SE4iivsem-iv
OBJECTIVE: To enable the Students to learn the legal background of this Aviation World and all the
Rules and Regulations connected with Air Transportation including the International
Regulations as well as all the relevant State Acts passed in this respect.
UNIT - 1: CIVIL AVIATION REGULATIONS AUTHORITY 10 Hrs
DGCA-Introduction to Directorate General of Civil Aviation- DGCA functions- DGCA
Organization-DGCA as Regulatory Authority
UNIT - 2: AIRCRAFT RULES 6 Hrs
Aircraft Act 1934 -The Aircraft Rules 1937
UNIT - 3: NATIONAL LEGISLATION 16 Hrs
The Air corporations Act, 1953 (27 of 1953) - The Air Corporations (Transfer of Undertakings and
Repeal) Ordinance, 1994(4 of 1994) - The Air Corporations (Transfer of Undertakings and Repeal) Act,
1994 (13 of 1994) - The International Airports Authority of India act, 1971 (43 of
1971) - The National Airports Authority of India, 1985 (64 of 1985) - The Airports Authority of India
Act 1994 (55 of 1994) - The Carriage by Air Act, 1972 (69 of 1972) - The Tokyo Convention Act, 1975
(20 of 1975) - The Anti-hijacking Act, 1982 (65 of 1975) - The suppression of unlawful acts against
safety of Civil Aviation Act, 1982 (66 of 1982)-
UNIT - 4: CIVIL AVIATION REQUIREMENTS (CAR) 12 Hrs
Section 1-General -Section 2-Airworthiness -Section 3-Air Transport -Section 4-Aerodrome standards
and Air Traffie Services - Section 5-Air Safety -Section 6-Design standards and type certification -
Section7-Flight crew standards, training and licensing -Section 8-Aircraft operations
UNIT- 5: INTERNATIONAL CONVENTIONS 12 Hrs
The Chicago conventions, 1944 - The International Air Services Transit Agreement. 1944 -The
International Air Transport Agreement, 1944 - The Warsaw Conventions, 1920 -The Geneva Convention.
1948 - The Rome Convention, 1952 - The Tokyo Convention. 1963
REFERENCES:
Aircraft Manual, C.A.R. Sec. I1
Unit1:IntroductionToOperationsAtAirportStructure
1.0Objectives1.1Introduction1.2Significance ofAirport1.3PhysicalStructureofanAirport
1.4Functionsandoperationsinanairport.1.4.1GroundHandling.1.4.2PassengerHandling1.5 Safety and Security. 1.5.1 Safety Issues
1.5.2 Security concerns 1.6 Let UsSumUp1.7FurtherReadings1.8CluestoAnswers1.9Activity
Unit2AirGeography
2.0Objectives2.1Introduction2.2BasicsofGeography2.3PhysicalGeography2.3.1Continents2.3.2Oceans.2.3.3Hemispheres2.4IATA
WorldTravelGeography
2.4.1 Linkagebetween IATA & World Geography 2.4.2 IATA Areas & Sub-Areas 2.5 LetUsSumUp2.6FurtherReading2.7Clues
toCheckYourProgress 2.8Activities
UNIT3TIMECALCULATION
3.0Objectives 3.1 Introduction3.2 Imaginary lines on World Time Zones3.3 earth 3.3.1
PrimeMeridianandStandardMeridian3.3.2.GreenwichMeanTime/UniversalTimeCoordinated
3.3.3 Standard Clock Time and Daylight-Saving Time 3.4 International Time Calculator 3.4.1Multiple Time Zone countries3.5
Time difference between Two Cities 3.6 International DateLine 3.6.1 Importance of International Date Line3.7 Elapsed Flying
Time 3.7.1 CalculationofElapsedFlyingTime3.7.2Jetlag3.8LetUsSumUp3.9Cluestocheckyourprogress
3.10Activities
UNIT4AIRPORTAUTHORITYOFINDIA(AAI)
4.0Objectives4.1Introduction4.2AirportAuthorityofIndia4.3MissionandVisionofAAI
4.3.1MissionofAAI4.3.2VisionofAAI4.4 Relevance ofAAIinthe AviationSector
SE4iivsem-iv
4.4.1 Revenue for AAI 4.5 Primary Services of Airport Authority of India 4.6 Other Servicesof AAI 4.6.1 Consultancy Services of
AAI 4.6.2 AAI Startup Initiatives 4.6.3 Fire TrainingCenters4.7Letussum
up4.8FutureReadings4.9Cluestocheckyourprogress4.10Activity.
UNIT5: IATA
5.0Objectives5.1Introduction5.2HistoricaldevelopmentofIATA5.2.1HistoricaldevelopmentofIATA$22AimsofIATA5.3IATAMemb
ers5.3.1ClassificationofIATAMembers5.4FunctionsandRolesofIATA5.4.1IATAActivitiesand services
5.4.2Industrycollaboration5.5BillsandSettlementPlan5.5.1SignificanceofBSP5.6RelevanceofIATAinAviationSector5.7LetUsSumU
p5.8FurtherReadings5.9Cluestocheckyourprogress5.10Activity
UNIT6:INTERNATIONALCIVILAVIATIONORGANIZATION-ICAO
6.0 Objectives6.1 Introduction 6.2 History of ICAO 6.2.1ICAOAsiaandPacific(APAC)Office6.3 Strategic Objectives ICAO6.4
Functions and Roles of ICAO6.5 Conventions onInternational civil Aviation6.6 Freedoms of Air6.7 Let us Sum Up6.8 Further
Readings6.9CluestoCheckYourProgressExercises6.10Activities
CrewResourceManagement
Session – 1 IntroductionA Cabin Crew & the Role & Responsibilities of A Cabin Crew?MainResponsibilities
TypicalWorkActivitiesOnceRecruitedAsACabinCrewMember
Session – 4 Exterior of Aircrafts External features & Functions of an Aircraft The descriptionof the important parts of an aircraft
are as follows Phases of flight Critical Phases of flight NocontactperiodPrimarycontrols ofanaircraft.SecondaryControl
Session - 5Interior of Aircraft Definitions. There are two types of Aisles. Aircraft fuselage isdivided into 2 parts separated
by floor Seating Armrest Passenger ServicesUnit Lavatory CabinSystem
Themaincabincontrol&indicatingpanelisonFlightAttendantPanel CommunicationSystemIndicationson ACP Attendant
IndicationPanel Aircraft Communication System Description of Main Door Door Operation in normalcondition EscapeSlide
WindowsGalley FoodCart/TrolleyCabinet/Sliders/CanisterSetsEmergencylightingsystem-inside thecabinthisincludes
Session – 11:Beverages Classification & Service Definition Hot Non- Alcoholic BeveragesCold Non- Alcoholic Beverages. Hot
Alcoholic Beverages Cold Alcoholic Beverages Wines.Wine Services Temperature. Food 7 Wine Cocktails AperitifsEuropean
Cuisines South AsianCuisinesEast&SouthEastAsianCuisines
Session–12:Embarkation&DisembarkationProceduresforPassengersEmbarkationProcedurePassengerTicketInformation
containsthedetailsBoardingCardInformationincludes Embarkation FormDisembarkation Procedure Departments In An Airline
Session -13SpecialHandlings Passengers CategoriesofPassengers
Session - 14Emergencies On BoardEmergencies that Concern Cabin All Emergencies Roleof Cabin Crew in emergencies
Turbulence Causes of Turbulence Whenever turbulence
isencounteredDepressurizationFlightEmergency&SafetyEquipmentCabinattendanceproceduresBOMBonBoardBombScareLARBL
HijackEmergencyEvacuationsUnplanned/UnanticipatedEvacuation.
Session - 15Presentation on Role-play Emergency Equipment Seat Belt Door Harness Slide,Slide/RaftFire ExtinguisherRolls of
Assistant Lavatory Fire Extinguisher Lavatory SmokeDetectorCrew Life VestPowerMegaphone Fire Axe Smoke Hood/ Portable
BreathingEquipment Oxygen Bottle with First - Aid Mask Quick Donning Mask in Cockpit CabinFixed Oxygen system. First -
Aid/ Medical Kit/ Universal Kit Safety Information Card BracePosition
Session-17Marketing&LabelingTypesofMarketingHarmful;Irritant
Session-18AviationSecurityDefinitionAbbreviations
Session - 19Threats & Hijack Introduction Backscatter X-rays Whoare the Terrorists? New& Emerging threats Unlawful Seizure of
Aircraft (Hijacking)Civil Aviation Security set up inIndiaAnnex17PhysicalMeasuresRole ofAirport OperatorRole
ofAirlineOperators
HowtoBecomeCabinCrew
Introduction
AfewThingsYouneed toKnow
ChoosingTheCorrect Airline
WhyDoIWanttoBecomeCabinCrew
WhatDoIExpect to GetoutofMyJob
DoIMindBeingAwayFromHomefor Long PeriodsofTime
TheQualities& AttributesofCabinCrew
TheQualities&AttributesChecklist
TheCabincrewSelectionProcess
TheRoleofCabin Crew
SampleCabinCrewjobdescription
QualitiesofCabinCrew
SE4iivsem-iv
TheTop10InsiderTips&advice
Howto CompletetheApplicationForm
Introduction
FurtherApplicationFormsQuestions
TheAssessmentDay
Introduction
YourIntroduction
Tests
TheTeamAssessments
Howto ScorePositivelyDuring theTeamAssessments
TheCabinCrewInterview
AbouttheCabinCrewInterview
Whatyouknowabouttheirairline
Challenges facedbytheairline
Yourownpersonalqualities &attributes
YourWeakness
Team-workingSkills
Questions
HowtoDealwithComplaints
DealingwithComplaints
ListentotheComplaint
GatherInformation
ReachanAgreement
TakeAction
AirlineContactDetails
AFew FinalWords
TheThree'P's
ReferenceBook– CollegeHandbook
SE4iivsem-iv
Marketing- Airlines, Rails, Cruise & Road Destinations Marketing Seasonal MarketingFamiliarizationTrips CaseStudy-
TourPackage ofkailashMansarovar.
Chapter5:TourismDistribution: Lecture04
Introduction,TourismDistribution,PhysicalMovementofTourists,SellingandDistributingProductsnearTourists'Locations,Distribution
Chain/Channel,ChannelDesign Decisions, National or Regional Tourism Organizations, Tour Operators,
TravelAgents,OnlineTravelCompanies,SpecialtyAgents,GeneralSalesAgents(GSAs),Decisions on Length of Channel, Channels in
India, Managing Channels, Developments inTV.Case Study,TravelAgentsinIndia-RedefinedBusiness.
Chapter6:TourismMarketing andDevelopment: Lecture06
IntroductionTourismMarketing&Development.TourismMarketing&EconomicDevelopment.TourismMarketing&SocialDevelopme
nt.TourismMarketing&Development of Ecology Socially Responsible Marketing.Social Marketing Participantsin Socially
Responsible Marketing & Their Roles Government BodiesNational TourismOffices State Tourism Departments/ Councils/
Corporations / Offices Local Bodies PrivateOrganizationsNon-governmentalOrganizationsCase StudyTourismforWhom?
Case Studies
Reference book-
Manjula Chaudhary (India Institute of Tourism &TravelManagementGwalior
MBAAT403
TRAVEL AND TOURISM MANAGEMENT
OBJECTIVE: To enable the students to learn the basics of Airlines and Introduction to Travel &
Tourism Aspects.
UNIT -1: INTRODUCTION TO AIRLINE TRAVEL 10Hrs
Introduction to Airline Travel - Airline Tourism-Air Taxi Operations- Private
Operation- Airport Handling Functions of IATA-ICAO - Aims and Objectives. IATA
Geography and Global indicators
UNIT -2: AIRLINES TERMINAL MANAGEMENT 14 Hrs
Airline Operational Management- Domestic- International Departure Formalities,
Security Check- In. Hand Baggage Screening, Personal Frisking- Boarding the Plane,
Ground Announcements Handling of Delayed Flight-Disruptive Flights, Ramp
Handling & Ramp Safety- Procedure
UNIT -3:TRAVEL DOCUMENTS 10 Hrs
Passport - Visa- TIM- Currency Regulations-IATA Rate of Exchange Banker 's
Buying Rate-Banker 's selling Rate-Currency Conversion Departure Control System-A
TC
UNIT - 4:TRAVEL AGENT MANAGEMENT 12 Hrs
Travel Partners IATA Approved Travel Agency Appointment and Control Bank
guarantee - IATA Billing and Settlement Plan Credit Period - Customer Service-Service
Provider Training and Development of Travel agent-GDS.
UNIT - 5: TOURISM MANAGEMENT 10 Hrs
Introduction to tourism- airline tourism- Medical Tourism-Eco Tourism- Cultural
Tourism-Adventure Tourism-Business Tourism- Sustainable Tourism- Religious
Tourism-Sports
Tourism
-Types of Domestic and International Tourism-Discover India-Government
Regulations on Tourism Management. Exploring new Destinations-Foreign Currency
Earner.
Reference Book:
2.
IATA Manual on Diploma in Travel & Tourism Management
ICAO Manuals
SE4iivsem-iv
MBAAT404
AIRPORT STRATEGIC PLANNING
Objectives: To enable Students to learn the International standards in Airport System Planning and
Airport Planning and Design which should matchthe continuous innovation taking place in
Aircraft Characteristics and Airline operations
UNIT - 1 INTRODUCTION 12 Hrs
Growth of Air Transport, Airport Organization and Associations, Classification of Airports Airfield
Components, Air Traffic Zones and Approach Areas. Context of Airport System Planning - Development
of Airport Planning Process - Ultimate Consumers - Airline Decision
- Other Airport Operations.
Unit - 2 AIRPORT CHARACTERISTICS RELATED TO AIRPORT DESIGN 12 Hrs
Components Size, Turning Radius, Speed, Airport Characteristics. CAPACITY AND DELAY:
Factors Affecting Capacity, Determination of Runway Capacity related to Delay, Gate Capacity, and
Taxiway Capacity.
Unit - 3 AIRPORT PLANNING AND SURVEYS 10 Hrs
Runway Length and Width, Sight Distances, Longitudinal and Transverse, Runway
Intersections, Taxiways, Clearances, Aprons, Numbering, Holding Apron.
Unit - 4 PLANNING AND DESIGN OF THE TERMINAL AREA 12 Hrs
Operational Concepts, Space Relationships and Area Requirements, Noise Control, Vehicular
Traflic and Parking at Airports.
Unit - 5 AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL AND AIDS 10 Hrs
Runways and Taxiways markings, Day & Night Landing Aids, Airport Lighting and other
Associated Aids.
Book for Reference:
1. Strategic Airport Planning -Robert E.Caves& Geoffrey D.Gosling-Elsevier Science Ltd
2. Airport Marketing - David Jarach -Ashgate Publishing Limited
3. Aviation Safety Programs A Management Hand Book-Richard H. Wood - Jeppesen Sanderson
no.
4. Strategie Management -Gregory G.Dess and Alex Miller -McGraw Hill
5. Strategic Management: An Integrative Perspective-A.C.Hax and NS-Majifu, Prentice Hall.
SE4iivsem-iv
SE4iivsem-iv
Chapter11:Night Audit
Introduction, OrganizationChart,DutiesofaNightAuditor,TaskofaNightAuditor,KeyTerms,ReviewQuiz.
ReferenceBook-McGrawHillEducation, SudhirAndrews.
SE4iivsem-iv
Course Code:MBAHE302
EventPlanningandOperations
Unit1.FinancialManagement 4 Lectures
The BudgetBreak-EvenPoint
Cash-FlowAnalysisProfitandLossStatementBalance Sheet
Unit2.Protocol 4Lectures
Titles
Dress for Formal OccasionsProtocolforSpeakersReligiousandCulturalProtocol
ProtocolforSportingCeremoniesPreparingforDignitaries
RulesofFlagFlying
Unit3.Staging 4Lectures
Choosing the EventSiteDeveloping the ThemeConductingRehearsalsProvidingServicesArrangingCateringOrganizing
AccommodationsManagingtheEnvironment
Unit4. Staffing 4 Lectures
Developing Organization ChartsPreparing Job DescriptionsRecruitmentand SelectionDrawingUpRosters
TrainingBriefingStaff
Managing Legal RequirementsDeveloping Recognition StrategiesManagingVolunteers
Unit5. Leadership 4Lectures
DevelopingLeadershipSkills
Managing Temporary and Diverse TeamsGroupDevelopment
Improving CommunicationTime Management
PlanningandManagingMeetings
Unit 6.OperationsandLogistics 4Lectures
LogisticsPoliciesProcedures
Performance StandardsFunctionalAreas
LeadershipandStaffMotivation
SE4iivsem-iv
Unit7.SafetyandSecurity 4 Lectures
Security
Occupational Safety and HealthIncidentReporting
Unit8. CrowdManagementandEvacuation 4 Lectures
The Crowd Management PlanMajorRisks
Crowd ManagementEmergencyPlanning
ImplementingEmergencyProcedures
Unit 9:Monitoring,Control,and Evaluation 4Lectures
Monitoring and Control SystemsOperational Monitoring and ControlEvaluation
TheBroaderImpact ofEvents
Unit 10:CareersinaChangingEnvironment 4 Lectures
Job OpportunitiesKeeping Up-to-DateEventProposal
ReferenceBook–EventManagement-PearsonPublication-LynnVanDerWagen
SE4iivsem-iv
Course Code:MBAHE303
Accommodation Management
Practical Schedule: • Guest Room Layout • Identification of cleaning agents • Identification of cleaning equipment / cleaning cloths
(types & uses) • Identification of Cleaning Equipments (Manual and Mechanical). • General Cleaning, Polishing. • Handling
various Types of Fabrics • Use of Abrasives, Polishes / Chemical Agents • Room Attendant Trolley / Maid’s Cart • Bed Making •
Forms and Formats.
References:
1. Hotel Hostel and Hospital Housekeeping – Joan C Branson & Margaret Lennox (ELST).
2. Managing Housekeeping Operations – Margaret Kappa &AletaNitschke
3. Hotel House Keeping – Sudhir Andrews (Tata McGraw Hill).
4. The Professional Housekeeper – Tucker Schneider, VNR.
SE4iivsem-iv
Course Code:MBAHE304
Hospitality Law
Part1:IntroductionToTheFoodServiceIndustry
Lesson1:OriginsoftheFoodServiceIndustry,Introduction,Restaurants,FastFoodRestaurants,InstitutionalCatering,KeyTerms,ReviewQ
uiz.
Lesson2:FoodServiceFacilities
ClassificationofFoodandBeverageFacilities,Commercial,Institutional,KeyTerms,Review Quiz.
Lesson3:OrganizationandResponsibilitiesofF&BOperations
Mission and Goals, Structure of the Organization, Corporate Structures, Job
Descriptions,ResponsibilitiesofFoodandBeverageOperations,InfluencesonFoodandBeverageOperations,KeyTerms,ReviewQuiz.
Lesson 4: Associated Departments of Hotel Food ServiceDepartmentsofa Hotel,KeyTerms,Review Quiz.
PART2:TheFoodServiceProfessional
Lesson4:TheNewFoodServiceProfessional
Introduction, Competencies of New Front-Line Food Service Staff, Competencies of the NewBacklineSpecialists,The
NewCorporate Management,KeyTerms,ReviewQuiz.
Lesson5:UnderstandingGuestService
Introduction, Difference between Products and Services, Providing a Good Guest Experience,Understanding Needs and Wants of
Customers, Why do People Dine Out?, How do PeopleChoose aRestaurant?,KeyTerms,Review Quiz.
Lesson6: CompetenciesofaFoodServiceProfessional
Introduction, Grooming and Hygiene, Basic Etiquettes, Hygiene and Sanitation,
Teamwork,Attitude,Discipline,Courtesy,KeyTerms,Review Quiz.
PART3:The Menu
Lesson7:RoleofaMenu,Introduction,AClassicalMenu,ModernMenu,RoleoftheMenuTowardsthe
Establishment&Guests,KeyTerms,Review Quiz.
SE4iivsem-iv
Lesson8: TypesofMenus
Classification of Menus, Key Terms, Review Quiz.Lesson12:MenuPlanning\
Introduction, Catering Policy, Principal Contributors Menu Planning, Pre-Menu Activity,complete Knowledge of the Cuisine, Food
Trials, The Menu, Control Cycle, Wine Lists,DesigningtheMenuCover,EvaluatingtheMenu,Conclusion,KeyTerms,ReviewQuiz.
PART4: FoodService
Lesson 9: TypesofService
Introduction, English Service, French Service, American Service, Silver Service, RussianService, Cafeteria Service, Snack Bar
Service, Grill Room Service,Guéridon Service, BuffetService,BreakfastService,KeyTerms,ReviewQuiz.
Lesson10:RoomService
Introduction, Types of Room Service, Room Service Organization, Room Service Equipmentand Layout, Room Service Workflow,
Room Service Menu, Marketing and Communication,RoomServiceStrategies,KeyTerms,Review Quiz.
SE4iivsem-iv
Lesson11: The Restaurant Service Chain The Service Chain, Payment, Key Terms, ReviewQuiz.
PART9: BanquetsandOutdoorCatering
Lesson12:BanquetsandOutdoorCatering
Banquets, Banquet Organization Structure, Banquet Booking, Banquet Service & LayoutBanquet Beverage Service, Banquet Sales
Kit, Banquet Menus, State Banquet Procedure,FrontOffice ,Food&Beverage,OutdoorCatering,KeyTerms,Review Quiz.
ReferenceBook-McMrawHillEducation (India)Pvt.Ltd-SudhirAndrews
SE4iivsem-iv
Course Code:MBAHE402
HotelHouse KeepingManagement&Operations
LayoutoftheHousekeepingDepartment
LayoutoftheHousekeepingDepartmentKeyTerms
OrganisationoftheHousekeepingDepartmentReview Quiz
Job Descriptions of Housekeeping PersonnelKeyTerms
CompetenciesofaHousekeepingProfessionalReview Quiz149
DutiesofanExecutiveHousekeeper
HousekeepingManpowerPlanningKeyTerms
ReviewQuiz
RecruitmentandSelectionKeyTerms
ReviewsQuiz
AdministrativeDutiesKeyTerms
ReviewQuiz
BusinessCommunicationKeyTerms
ReviewQuiz
Training&DevelopmentKeyTerms
Review Quiz2063.6Leadership and MotivationKeyTerms
SE4iivsem-iv
Dutiesofa RoomAttendant
LayoutofaGuestRoomandquestAmenitiesReview Quiz
RulesonaGuestFloorKeyTermsReview Quiz
TheMaidCartReviewQuiz
Cleaning a RoomReview Quiz
HousekeepingControlDesk
Role ofthe ControlDesk
CoordinationwiththeEngineeringDepartmentTypesofRegistersandFilesmaintained
LostandFound
CoordinationwiththeFrontOfficeHousekeeping Supply RoomHousekeepingFurniture StoreStores Requisition
ReviewQuiz
PublicAreaManagementandServiceIntroductiontoPublicAreas
RoleofaPublicAreaSupervisor
SE4iivsem-iv
PublicAreaCleaningWorkflowReview Quiz
Cleaning-KnowledgeandPracticeCleaningEquipment
Cleaning MethodsCleaningAgentsPestControlControlofOdours
LaundryServices
OrganisationoftheLaundryDepartmentLaundryEquipment
Laundry Process FlowDetergents
Stain RemovalValetService
Course Code:MBAHE403
Hospitality Marketing And Sales
References:
1. Marketing Management – Philip Kotler
2. Hospitality Sales & Marketing – JagmohanNegi
3. Marketing Management - RajanSaxena - Tata McGraw Hill, 2002.
4. Marketing Management - Ramasamy&Namakumari - Macmilan India, 2002.
5. Case and Simulations in Marketing - Ramphal and Gupta - Golgatia, Delhi.
6. Marketing Management – S.Jayachandran - TMH, 2003.
SE4iivsem-iv
Course Code:MBAHE404
Facility Design In Management
Reference:
1. Hospitality Facilities Management & Design – David M Stipanuk& Harold Hoffman
2. How things work – The Universal Encyclopedia of machines – Vol 1 & 2.
3. Text Book of Hotel Maintenance – MS Swaminathan.
MB OC 31 LOGISTICSANDSUPPLYCHAINMANAGEMENT
CourseObjective: TotalPeriods:40(4Credits)
Theobjectiveofthiscourseistodeveloptheunderstandingofvariouscomponentsofintegratedsupplychain.Thele
arningisfocusedon developingthesupplychaintosuitnotonlythedomesticoperationsbutalsothe
globaloperations.
CourseStructure:
The Foundation of Supply Chain Management-Overview and Evolution of Supply
ChainManagement; SupplyChain Conceptsand Models;StrategicFit ConceptofSCM; SCM- An
OrganizationSpanning Activity; SCM as aTooltoGainCompetitiveAdvantage.
Chain; Supply
ChainNetworkDesign&Manufacturing;InventoryandWarehousinginSCM;SupplyChainTransportati
onDecisions.
ContemporaryIssuesinSCM-Thecontentoftheunitdependsupontherecentdevelopmentsinthe
fieldofSCMsuch as Lean Approach; Green SCM; Reverse Logistics etc., which would be
specifically declared by the respectivefacultyduringthe coverage ofsyllabus.
REFERENCE
1. ChopraSunil&MeindellP. :SupplyChainManagement,PearsonPub.,NewDelhi
2. AgrawalD.K. :SupplyChainManagement,MacmillanPress,NewDelhi
3. ShahJ. :SupplyChainManagement,PearsonPub.,NewDelhi
4. BallouR.H. :BusinessLogistics/SCM,PearsonPub.,NewDelhi
5. DavidSimchi-
Levietal.:DesigningandManagingtheSupplyChain:Concepts,Strategies,andTestStudies,McGraw-Hill.
7. TerryP.Harrison,etal.ed. :ThePractice
ofSupplyChainManagement:WhereTheoryandApplicationConverge,Kluw
erAcademicPublishers.
8. MentzerJohnT. :SupplyChainManagement,SagePublication,NewDelhi
9. SahayB.S.
:SupplyChainManagementforGlobalCompetitiveness,MacMillanPublicatio
n,NewDelhi.
10. BurtDoblerandStarling :WorldClassSupplyManagement,TataMcgrawHill.
11. CoyleBondiandLangely
:TheManagementofBusinessLogistics:ASupplyChainPerspective,Thomson
SouthWestern
PATTERNOFEXAMINATION: Marks
The Theory paper will consist of one short answer type question containing seven True or
False statements(carrying 14 marks), which are to be explained with reasons in not more
70
than 50 words. In addition, therewillbe four alternate sets of questions, out of which one
setwill be long answertype andtwowill have
twopartsA&B.Thelastquestion(14marks)willbeshortnotetypecontainingfouroptionsou
SE4iivsem-iv
MB OC 31 LOGISTICSANDSUPPLYCHAINMANAGEMENT
CourseObjective: TotalPeriods:40(4Credits)
tofwhichanytwo optionsarerequiredtobeattempted.
Sessionals:ClassTest/Quizzes(averageof2bestoutof3)Writeup,PresentationandParticipation 30
TotalMarks 100
SE4iivsem-iv
MB OC 32 OPERATIONSPLANNING
CourseObjective: TotalPeriods:40(4Credits)
The course will critically explore the various dimensions of planning that are needed for Operations
and
ProductionManagement.OperationsManagementhasbeenanindispensablecomponentofallmanufacturing
andserviceorganiz ations. The focus of the paper will be to acquaint learners with the various
planning dimensions and areas that arethebasisofaneffective operationsstrategy.
CourseSstructure:
Introduction-Explainingtherelationshipofoperationsmanagementtootheraspectsofthe
organization’soperations
Anoverviewofoperationsstrategyanditsimportancetothefirm.
Designofproducts/servicesandprocessesandhowthisrelatestooperationsandsupply.
Theconceptofsustainabilityinoperationsmanagement.
OperationsManagementasastrategicprocess.
ProcessesinOperationsManagement;RoleandRelevanceofPlanningFunctioninOperationsManagement.
Application:
Systemsusedinoperationsmanagement:ManufacturingResourcePlanningII(MRPII);Optimized
ProductionTechniques(OPT)and Enterprise Resource Planning(ERP).
Differentmethodsofqualitymeasurement(e.g.Servqual).
DemandManagement(TheMade-to-stock,theAssemble-to-
order,maketoorderenvironment,salesandoperationsplanning, master production scheduling
, dealing with customers on a day-to-day basis, Information use in
DemandManagement,monitoringcustomer relationshipmanagement,
outboundproductflow,CANBAN)
Externalqualitystandards(e.g.forVendors,Suppliers,Dealers,Agents)
Useofprocessmapstopresenttheflowofinformationandproductsin:a)Manufacturing,b)Serviceindustries.
ProcessAutomation(Simulation,Automation,Robots,Grouptechnology,Flexible,ManufacturingSystems).
Methodsofmanagingoperationalcapacityinproductandservicedelivery(e.g.useofqueuingtheory,
forecasting,flexiblemanufacturingsystems).
Applicationofleantechniquestoservices;Thecharacteristicsofleanproduction;Criticismsandlimitationsofle
anproduction.
Practicesofcontinuousimprovement(e.g.Qualitycircles,Kaizen,5S,6Sigma).
Developingrelationshipswithsuppliers,includingtheuseofsupplyportfolios.
ContemporaryissuesandpracticesinOperationsPlanning(otherProductionSystems,EconomicConside
rations,leancurrent andre-engineering)
REFERENCE
1. Stevenson,J.William :OperationsManagement,McGraw-HillIrwin
2. Plossl,G.W. :ProductionandInventoryControl;PrinciplesandTechniques,EnglewoodCliffs,NJ,Prentice-
Hall
3. PhillipF.OstwaldandJairoMunoz :ManufacturingProcessesandSystems;WileyIndia
4. JayHeizerandBarryRender :OperationsManagement;PrenticeHall
5. Monks,JosephG., :OperationsManagement;TheoryandProblems,McGraw-Hill
6. MikellP.Groover, :FundamentalsofModernManufacturing;WileyIndia
PATTERNOFEXAMINATION: Marks
SE4iivsem-iv
MB OC 32 OPERATIONSPLANNING
CourseObjective: TotalPeriods:40(4Credits)
The Theory paper will consist of one short answer type question containing seven True or
False statements(carrying14 marks), whichare to be explained withreasons innot more than
50 words. Inaddition, 70
therewillbefouralternatesetsofquestions,outofwhichonesetwillbelonganswertypeandtwowillh
Ave
twopartsA&B.Thelastquestion(14marks)willbeshortnotetypecontainingfouroptionsou
tofwhichanytwo optionsarerequiredtobeattempted.
Sessionals:ClassTest/Quizzes(averageof2bestoutof3)Writeup,PresentationandParticipation 30
TotalMarks 100
SE4iivsem-iv
MB OC 33 MATERIALMANAGEMENT
CourseObjective: TotalPeriods:40(4Credits)
TheaimofthisistomakestudentsoptingforOperationasspecializationproficientinva
material
riousaspectsof management.
CourseStructure:
Introduction-Dynamicsof Materials Management. Materials Management at Micro-level.
Materials Management atmacro-level. InventoriesofMaterials. Totalconcept.Definition. ABrief
historyofdevelopment.
Forecastingandobjectives-SystemsDesign.Controloftheflowofmaterials.Forecastingandplanning.
Forecastingmethods.ObjectofMaterialManagement.
Planning, Purchasing and Procurement-Mapping the materials plan work. The materials
cycleand flow controlsystem. Materials Budget. Purchasing principle, procedure and
practices.Fundamental objective of purchasing.Responsibilities and limitation, source of supply
and supplier selection, supplier qualities assurance program. Buyerhassupplierrelationships.
StoreManagementandOperations-
Storagesystems.Storelocationandlayout.Developmentsofstorage–centralize and decentralize.
Standardization and Variety Reduction, Material codification and its Advantage andDisadvantages.
ComputerizationofMaterialManagem
ent-
MaterialRequirementPlanning(MRP)FoundationforMaterialsRequirementPlanning,
ImportanceofPlanningParameters.Understandingthe Impactof MRP.
REFERENCE
1. A.K.Dutta :MaterialManagement;ProcedureTextandCase,PrenticeHallofIndia
2. P.GopalKrrishanan&NSunderasion:MaterialManagement:AnIntegratedApproach,PHI,Learning
3. A.K.Singh :MaterialManagement,LakshmiPublication(P)LTD.
4. StanCMcdonald :MaterialManagement:AnExecutiveSupplychainGuide,JohnWiley&Sons.
5. AsitK.ghosh&PremKumar:MaterialManagement,AnmolPublicationsPvt.Ltd.
6. J.R.Tony,Arnold,S.&N.Chapaman:IntroductiontoMaterialManagement,PrenticeHal
7. S.Chatterji :AppliedMaterialManagement,SagePublication
8. S.S.Katoch :MataerialManagement,AnmolPublicationPvtLtd.
9. D.SAmmer :MaterialManagementandPurchasing,R.D.Irwin1980
10. WilliamR.Steizer :MaterialManagement,PrenticeHall
PATTERNOFEXAMINATION: Marks
The Theory paper will consist of one short answer type question containing seven True or
False statements(carrying14 marks), whichare to be explained withreasons innot more than
50 words. Inaddition, 70
therewillbefouralternatesetsofquestions,outofwhichonesetwillbelonganswertypeandtwowillh
ave
twopartsA&B.Thelastquestion(14marks)willbeshortnotetypecontainingfouroptionsou
tofwhichanytwo optionsarerequiredtobeattempted.
Sessionals:ClassTest/Quizzes(averageof2bestoutof3) Writeup,PresentationandParticipation 30
TotalMarks 100
SE4iivsem-iv
MB OO 31 COMPUTERAIDEDDESIGNANDMANUFACTURING
CourseObjective: TotalPeriods:40(4Credits)
ThemainpurposeofthispaperistomakethestudentsofMBA,specializinginOperationsManagement(O
M)familiarwith CAD/CAMsystem.
CourseStructure:
FundamentalsofCAD-Introduction.TheCADsystem–
Shigley Model, Pahl and Beitz Model, Gshuga Model Farle Model. Applications of Computer. Design –Geometrics
Definition,ReasonsforImplementingCAD.DesignProcess–
Modeling. Engineering Analysis Designing Review and Evaluation. Automated drafting. Benefits
ofComputersAideddesign.Creatingthe ManufacturingDatabase.
CADSystemHardware-Introduction.TheDesignWorkstation.GraphicsTerminal–
ImageGenerationinComputerGraphics.Graphics Terminals for CAD – Directed BeamRefresh Tube (DBRT),
DirectViewStorageTube (DVST),
Rosters Scan terminal (Digital TV). Graphics Input Devices – Cursor Control Devices, Digitizer,Keyboard,
Terminals, Graphics Output Devices – Pen Plotters, Hardcopy Unit, Electrostatic Plotters, computer –output – to –
Microfilm(COM) Units.Modeofoperations – Hard CopyMode, On-LineMode, Off LineMode,remoteMode,CAD
SystemConfiguration.
CADSystemSoftware-Introduction.GraphicsSoftware–TheSoftwareConfigurationofGraphicsSystem.Function of a
Graphic Package – Generation of Graphic Elements, Transformation and Display.Rendering –rasterizing Polygons,
Hidden Surface Elimination. Z-Buffer Algorithm – Scan Line. Anti-Aliasing – Super
SamplingorPostfiltering,AreaSamplingorPre-Filtering,PixelPhasing,StochasticSampling.ReflectionShading–
Zgouraud Shading,PhongShading.
PrinciplesofinteractiveComputerGraphics-
GraphicsPreliminaries,PointPlotterandDrawingofLines.LineDrawingAlgorthim–
DDAAlgorthim,Bresanham’sLineAlgorthim,Bresanham’sCircleAlgorithm–
PropertiesofCircles,EclipseGeneratingAlgorthim.
Numerical Control Production System-Introduction. What is Numerical Control (NC)? The NC Procedures. NCCo-
ordinateSystems–FixedZeroandFloatingZero,AbsolutePositioningandIncrementalPositioning.Elementsof NC System
– Machine Control Unit, Part Program, Machine Tool. Classification of NC Systems – Point to Point,StraightCut.
REFERENCE
1. UlrichRembold,&R.Dillmann:Computer–AidedDesign&Manufacturing:MethodsandTools,Springer–Verlag
2. MikellP.Groover,&EmoryW.Simmers,Jr. :CAD/CAM:ComputerAidedDesign&Manufacturing,
PearsonEducationIndia.
3. NicholasMPalrikalakis,&TakachiMaekawa:ShapeInterrogationforComputerAidedDesign&Manufacturing,Springer
4. K.LalitNarayan,K.Mallikarjuna
Rao,&M.M.M.Sarcar:ComputerAidedDesign&Manufacturing,PHILearningPvt ltd,
5. FaridM.LAmirouche:PrinciplesofComputerAidedDesign&Manufacturing,PearsonPrenticeHall,
6. P.N.Rao :CAD/CAM:PrinciplesandApplications,TataMcgrawHillEducation
7. IbrahimZeid :MasteringCAD/CAM,TataMcgrawHill
8. P.N.Rao,N.K.Tiwari,&T.K.Kundra :ComputerAidedManufacturing,TataMcGrawHillEducation
PATTERNOFEXAMINATION: Marks
The Theory paper will consist of one short answer type question containing seven True or
False statements(carrying14 marks), whichare to be explained withreasons innot more than
50 words. Inaddition, therewillbe four alternate sets of questions, out of which one setwill 70
be long answertype andtwowill have
twopartsA&B.Thelastquestion(14marks)willbeshortnotetypecontainingfouroptionsou
tofwhichanytwo optionsarerequiredtobeattempted.
Sessionals:ClassTest/Quizzes(averageof2bestoutof3)Writeup,PresentationandParticipation 30
TotalMarks 100
SE4iivsem-iv
MB OO 32 ENTERPRISERESOURCEPLANNING
CourseObjective: TotalPeriods:40(4Credits)
Theobjectiveofthecourseistointroducestudentstoenterprisesystemapplicationsappropriateforknowledg
emanagement, a strategicresource allocation process,involving transactions,interactions and
relationships among dataand people withglobal, complexbusinessorganizations.
CourseStructure:
IntroductiontoERP-OverviewandEvolutionofERP-IIthroughMRP,MRP-
II&ERP;OpportunitiesandProblemsofERP;IdentifyingBenefitsofERP;Conceptual
ModelofERP;E
RP andtheCompetitive Advantage.
Understanding Business Processes-Concept of Business Process; Rethinking of the
Processes;Emergence of Re- engineering Concept; Identification of Re-engineering Needs;
Preparing and Conducting Business Process Re- engineering.
The ERP Market-Issue of Standard Vs. Customized ERP Solution; ERP Packages at Market–
Introduction to SAPAG, Baan Company, Oracle Corporation, People Soft, JD Edwards World
Solutions Company, System SoftwareAssociates,Inc.
(SSA),QADetc.;AComparativeAssessmentandSelectionofERP PackagesandModules.
ContemporaryIssuesinERP-Thecontentoftheunitdependsupontherecentdevelopmentsinthefieldof
ERP,whichwouldbespecificallydeclaredbytherespectivefacultyduringthecoverageofsyllabus.
REFERENCE
1. AlexisLeon :ERPDemystified,TataMcGrawHill,NewDelhi
2. GargV.K.&VenkitakrishnanNK :EnterpriseResourcePlanning–ConceptsandPractice”,PHI,NewDelhi
3. RahulVAltekar, P. :EnterpriseResourcePlanning,TheoryandPractice.PrenticeHallofIndia
4. Applegate,L.M.,Austin,R.D.&McFarlan,F.W.:CreatingBusinessAdvantageintheInformationAge,McGraw-Hill.
5. Monk,E.&Wagner,B. :ConceptsinEnterpriseResourcePlanning,ThomsonCourseTechnology.
6. Olson,D.L. :ManagerialIssuesofEnterpriseResourcePlanningSystems,McGraw-Hill.
7. Sandoe,K.,Corbitt,G.&Boykin,R. :EnterpriseIntegration,JohnWiley&Sons,Inc.
8. JohnAntonio :TheSAP/3Handbook,TataMcGrawHill,NewDelhi
PATTERNOFEXAMINATION: Marks
SE4iivsem-iv
MB OO 32 ENTERPRISERESOURCEPLANNING
CourseObjective: TotalPeriods:40(4Credits)
The Theory paper will consist of one short answer type question containing seven True or
False statements(carrying14 marks), whichare to be explained withreasons innot more than
70
50 words. In addition, therewillbe four alternate sets of questions, out of which one setwill be long
answertype andtwowill have
twopartsA&B.Thelastquestion(14marks)willbeshortnotetypecontainingfouroptionsou
tofwhichanytwo optionsarerequiredtobeattempted.
Sessionals:ClassTest/Quizzes(averageof2bestoutof3) Writeup,PresentationandParticipation 30
TotalMarks 100
SE4iivsem-iv
MB OO 401 MANAGINGTECHNOLOGYANDINNOVATION
CourseObjective: TotalPeriods:40(4Credits)
This course intends to introduce the innovation process and its management; to provide insights into
the process to befollowed in order to manage technological change; to explore the effects of
technology on the work force and the qualityof work life. Technology and innovation are value
drivers and that management decisions should be anchored in thefundamentalobjective
ofthecreatingcompetitive advantage.
CourseStructure:
Introduction-
Technology:DefinitionandCharacteristics,ManagementofTechnology,Twocontemporaryperspectivesin
Management, Keyconcepts.
TechnologicalEnvironment-
EnvironmentandTechnologicalEnvironment,ActorsintheTechnologicalEnvironment,ChangesintheTech
nologicalEnvi ronment,MajorcurrentdevelopmentsintheTechnologicalEnvironment
ProcessofTechnologiesChange-Innovation-
OverviewoftheDynamicsofTechnologicalChange,Concept
ofInnovation,InnovationDynamicsatthefirmlevel,TechnologyEvolution,CharacteristicsofInnovativeFir
ms
ProcessofTechnologiesChange-Diffusion–
ConceptofDiffusion,DynamicsofDiffusion,AmodelofInnovationAdoption,FactorsthatDrivetheProcessof
Diffusion,InfluenceofEnvironmentalTrendsonDiffus ion
TechnologyandCompetition-
CompetitiveDomains,CompetitiveconsequencesofTechnologicalChange,TechnologicalCharacteristics
ofCompetitive Domains
ProcessInnovation,ValuechainsandOrganization-Driversofchangeinvaluechain,ModesofValue
chainconfiguration,ValuechainconfigurationandOrganizationalcharacteristics,Designofworkandcareers ,InfluenceofE
nvironmentalTrends.
TechnologyIntelligence-
Introduction,MappingTechnologyEnvironment,MechanismforDataCollection,Analytictools,Managing
Environmental AnalysisinOrganizations
TechnologyStrategy-Overview-
TechnologyBusinessConnection,TechnologyStrategy:Definition,ThekeyPrinciples
UnderlyingTechnologyStrategy,TechnologyStrategyTypes,AframeworksforformulatingTechnology
Strategy.
AppropriationofTechnology-
EvolutionofTechnologyAppropriationPrinciples,3GApproachfortheAppropriationofTechnology,Produ
ctivityofIn- HouseR&D
OrganizingforInnovation-
OrganizationalMechanismforInnovation,Principles&Processoforganizing,Characteristicsofcontinuousl
yinnovativeor ganizations,RoleofLeadership
REFERENCE
1. BurgelmanR.A.,ChristensenC.M.,&WheelwrightS.C.:StrategicManagementofTechnologyandInno
SE4iivsem-iv
MB OO 33 MANAGINGTECHNOLOGYANDINNOVATION
CourseObjective: TotalPeriods:40(4Credits)
9. M.A.Maidique,eds :StrategicManagementofTechnology&InnovationHomewood
10. Edosomwan,J.A. :IntegratingInnovationandTechnologyManagement,JohnWiley&Sons.
PATTERNOFEXAMINATION: Marks
The Theory paper will consist of one short answer type question containing seven True or
False statements(carrying14 marks), whichare to be explained withreasons innot more than
50 words. Inaddition, 70
therewillbefouralternatesetsofquestions,outofwhichonesetwillbelonganswertypeandtwowillh
ave
twopartsA&B.Thelastquestion(14marks)willbeshortnotetypecontainingfouroptionsou
tofwhichanytwo optionsarerequiredtobeattempted.
Sessionals:ClassTest/Quizzes(averageof2bestoutof3)Writeup,PresentationandParticipation 30
TotalMarks 100
MB OO 41 TOTALQUALITYMANAGEMENT
CourseObjective: TotalPeriods:40(4Credits)
This course intends to introduce the concept of Total Quality Management, which hinges on
continuous improvements asthecoremissionoftheuppermanagement.Zero-defectornon-
conformanceistheoperationalobjectiveofanorganization. It intends to explain concept and strategies
for implementing andmanaging quality for product andservices, to
discussvariousaspectsandinterfaceswithinand outsidethe system.
CourseStructure:
➥UnderstandingQuality-Quality,CompetitivenessandCustomers,UnderstandingandBuildingtheQuality
Chains,ManagingQuality, Qualitystartswith understandingtheNeeds,Qualityinallfunctions.
➥ModelsandFrameworks forTotalQuality Management-EarlyTQMFrameworks.
Qualityawardmodels,thefour Psandthree CsofTQM-A new modelsforTQM.
➥Policy,StrategyandGoalDeployment-
IntegratingTQMintothePolicyandStrategy,TheDevelopmentofPoliciesandStrategies.
➥DesignforQuality-
Design,InnovationandImprovement,TheDesignProcess,QualityFunctionDeployment(QFD)
– The House of Quality, Specifications and Standards, Design in the Service sector, Failure
Mode,EffectandCriticalityAnalysis(FMECA),thelinksbetweengooddesignand
ManagingtheBusiness.
➥Performance Measurement Framework-Performance measurement and improvement
cycle,Cost of Quality, theProcess model for Quality Costing, A performance measurement
Framework, The implementation of performancemeasurementsystems.
➥Benchmarking-The Why and What of Benchmarking, The purpose and Practice of
Benchmarking, The role
ofBenchmarkinginChange,Communicating,ManagingstakeholdersandloweringBarriers,Choosing
Benchmarking-DrivenChangeactivitieswisely.
➥Process Management-Process ManagementDesign, Process.Classificationframework andProcess
Modeling,ProcessFlowcharting. Leadership, Peopleand
ImplementationaspectofProcessManagement.
➥ProcessRedesign/Engineering-Re-
EngineeringtheOrganization,WhatisBPRandwhatdoesitdo,Processes forredesign, The
RedesignProcess, BPR-the PeopleandtheLeaders.
➥QualityManagementSystem-
ConceptofQualityManagementSystem,QualityManagementSystemrequirements,other
managementsystemsandmodels,ImprovementsmadetoQualityManagementSystems.
SE4iivsem-iv
➥ContinuousImprovement-
ASystematicapproach,Somebasictoolsandtechniques,StatisticalProcessControl,Some additional
techniques for Process Design and Improvement, Taguchi Methods for Process Improvement,
SixSigma, The DRIVEFrameworkforcontinuousimprovement.
➥HumanResourceManagement-Introduction,StrategicalignmentofHRMpolicies,Effective
Communication,EmployeeEmpowermentandinvolvement,TrainingandDevelopment,TeamsandTeamw
ork
➥Communications, Innovation and Learning-Communicating
the Quality Strategy, Communicating
the Qualitymessage,Communication,Learning, Educationand Training.
➥ImplementingTQM-TQMandtheManagementofChange,PlanningtheImplementationofTQM,
Sustainedimprovement.
REFERENCE
1. Bank,J. :TheEssenceofTotalQualityManagement,PrenticeHall.
2. Dale,B.G.(ed) :ManagingQuality,PhilipAllen,HemelHempstead
3. Feigenbaum,A.V. :TotalQualityControl,McGrawHill,NewYork.
4. NasaoNemoto :TotalQualityControlforManagement,EnglewoodCliffs,N.J.PrenticeHallInc.
5. Crosby,P.B. :QualityisFree,McGrawHill,NewYork.
6. Juran,J.M.,(ed) :QualityControlHandbook,McGrawHill,NewYork.
7. Kehoe,D.F. :TheFundamentalsofQualityManagement,Chapman&Hall,London
8. Grant,E.L.,&R.S.Leavenworth:StatisticalQualityControl,McGrawHill,NewYork.
SE4iivsem-iv
MB OO 41 TOTALQUALITYMANAGEMENT
CourseObjective: TotalPeriods:40(4Credits)
9. J.J.M.&F. Gryana :QualityPlanningandAnalysis,McGrawHill,NewYork.
PATTERNOFEXAMINATION: Marks
The Theory paper will consist of one short answer type question containing seven True or
False statements(carrying14 marks), whichare to be explained withreasons innot more than
50 words. Inaddition, 70
therewillbefouralternatesetsofquestions,outofwhichonesetwillbelonganswertypeandtwowillh
ave
twopartsA&B.Thelastquestion(14marks)willbeshortnotetypecontainingfouroptionsou
tofwhichanytwo optionsarerequiredtobeattempted.
Sessionals:ClassTest/Quizzes(averageof2bestoutof3)Writeup,PresentationandParticipation 30
TotalMarks 100
SE4iivsem-iv
MB OO 42 INVENTORYMANAGEMENTANDCONTROL
CourseObjective: TotalPeriods:40(4Credits)
Thiscourseintendstodevelopthebasicconcepts,principles,problems,andproceduresininventorymanage
ment
andprovidethestudentanappreciationofthecrucialroleofinventoryandmaterialsmanagementintheefficien
cy,competitiveness, and profitabilityof a business organization. Further it will also help in
formulation and application ofmethodsandmodelsforinventorymanagement.
CourseStructure:
➥Inventory concept-Importance & Scope of Inventory Control, Types of Inventory, functions,
use;Dependent andIndependent Demand of Inventory, Costs Associated with Inventory,
Selective Inventory Control, Classification ofitems, and Inventory control with deterministic and
stochastic
demands with and without lead time. Understandinglead
time.Internalandexternalleadtime.Cumulativeleadtime.
➥Strategic Inventory Management-Objectives and Importance of the inventory management
function in reference
toProfitability,Strategy,customersatisfactionandCompetitiveAdvantage.CompetitiveInventorymana
gement,Reduce
Inventory Costs through Inventory Strategies: Benchmarking, Streamline process, Know your
vendors,Establish avendorscorecard,Manageyourvendors,Negotiateterms,Providelimitless access
toinformationsystems, Invest in systems, Invest ininventorycontrol staff, Consistent
forecastingphilosophy, Review, recite, andretainkeydata, Clear aday’s-work-in-a-
day,Liquidation, Inbound freight, Importing.
➥InventoryClassification-
Itsuseincontrollinginventory,Setuptimeandinventorycontrol,safetystockdetermination
considering service level. Strategies to increase Inventory Turns, Reduce
throughput time, ReduceWIP,eliminatewaste, and
reduceinventorylevelinserviceandmanufacturingorganizations.
➥Inventorymodels-FixedOrderVersusFixedIntervalsystems–
DevelopingSpecialQuantityDiscountModels–
InventoryModelforManufacturedItems–
EconomicLotSizewhenStockReplenishmentisinstantaneous.,PerishableInventories,allocationanddistrib
utionmodelfor
perishableproducts,Continuouslydeterioratinginventorymodels,agedependentperishability,PeriodicR
eview Models withStochastic Demand, Single period(Newsboy)
Models,DynamicInventoryModelswithStochasticDemand
➥MaterialRequirementPlanningSystems (MRP)-
Meaning,purposeandadvantageofMRP,DataRequirementsand Management–
BillofMaterials,MasterProductionSchedules,processofMRP,outputofMRP.MakeOr
BuyDecisions: Concept of outsourcing, Factors influencing Make Or Buy Decisions, Trends in
Make Or Buy Decisionsincontext ofcore competency.
➥Materials Management-MM in JIT Environment: Zero inventory concept, Excess
Inventory:Roadblock to World- Class Manufacturing, Materials management in JIT environment,
Vendor Managed Inventory, vendor relationship inJITcontext.
REFERENCE
1. E.L.Porteus :FoundationsofStochasticInventoryTheory,StanfordUniv.Press,
2. P.H.Zipkin :FoundationsofInventoryManagement,Irwin/McGraw-Hill,
3. ISahin :RegenerativeInventorySystems,SpringerVerlag,
4. Zipkin :FoundationsofInventoryManagement–McGrawHill.
5. SeetharamaLNarsimhan,DennisWMcLeavy&PeterJBillington:ProductionPlanningandInventor
yControl - PrenticeHall OfIndia PvtLtd
6. J.R.TonyArnold&StephenN.Chapman:IntroductionToMaterialsManagement,-PrenticeHall
7. RichardJ.Tersine :PrinciplesofInventoryandMaterialsManagement-PrenticeHallPTR
8. MaxMuller :EssentialsofInventoryManagement-AMACOM/AmericanManagementAssociation
9. J HGreene :ProductionAndInventoryControl-HomewoodIII:RichardDIrwin
SE4iivsem-iv
MB OO 42 INVENTORYMANAGEMENTANDCONTROL
CourseObjective: TotalPeriods:40(4Credits)
10. Silver,E.&Peterson.R. :DecisionSystemforInventoryManagementandProductionControl,Wiley,
PATTERNOFEXAMINATION: Marks
The Theory paper will consist of one short answer type question containing seven True or
False statements(carrying 14 marks), which are to be explained with reasons in not more
than 50 words. In addition, therewillbe four alternate sets of questions, out of which one 70
setwill be long answertype andtwowill have
twopartsA&B.Thelastquestion(14marks)willbeshortnotetypecontainingfouroptionsou
tofwhichanytwo optionsarerequiredtobeattempted.
Sessionals:ClassTest/Quizzes(averageof2bestoutof3)Writeup,PresentationandParticipation 30
TotalMarks 100
SE4iivsem-iv
MB OO 43 BUSINESSPROCESSREENGINEERING
CourseObjective: TotalPeriods:40(4Credits)
CourseStructure:
➥Introduction to Business Processes, Business Process Excellence, Steps for Business
ProcessReengineering, BPRinInformationTechnologyandSystems
➥ResearchOpportunitiesinBusinessProcessTechnology,BPRImplementationMethodology,Semanti
csofBusinessProces sModels, WhenShould aProcessbeStarted, Stepsto
ProgressBPRfromProjecttoProgram
➥CasestudiesandproblemsrelatingtorealworldcontemporaryissuesinBPR
REFERENCE
1. Draheim,D.:BusinessProcessTechnology:AUnifiedView
onBusinessProcesses,Workflows&Applications,Springer Verlag
2. H.,Michael&C,James:ReengineeringtheCorporation:AManifestoforBusinessRevolu
tion,New York:HarperCollinsPublishers,Inc.
3. C.James:ReengineeringManagement:TheMandateforNewLeadership,NewYork:HarperCollinsPublishe
rs,Inc.
4. Darnton,GandDarnton,M:BusinessProcessAnalysis,Intern.ThompsonBusinessPress,
5. D.ThomasH.:ProcessInnovation;ReengineeringWorkthrough
InformationTechnology,Harvard BusinessSchoolPress,
PATTERNOFEXAMINATION: Marks
The Theory paper will consist of one short answer type question containing seven True or
False statements(carrying 14 marks), which are to be explained with reasons in not more
70
than 50 words. In addition, therewillbe four alternate sets of questions, out of which one
setwill be long answertype andtwowill have
twopartsA&B.Thelastquestion(14marks)willbeshortnotetypecontainingfouroptionsou
tofwhichanytwo optionsarerequiredtobeattempted.
Sessionals:ClassTest/Quizzes(averageof2bestoutof3)Writeup,PresentationandParticipation 30
TotalMarks 100
SE4iivsem-iv
MB OO 44 ADVANCEDOPERATIONSRESEARCH
CourseObjective: TotalPeriods:40(4Credits)
Theobjectiveofthecourseistomakethelearnerfamiliarwiththeadvancedoperationsresearchtechniquesandtheir
applicationsinma nagerial decisionmaking.
CourseStructure:
Introduction,Assumptions,DefinitionsandClassificationofGames,TwoPersonZeroSumGames,
of Games by Dominance, Graphical Solution of Games, Solution by Linear Programming, Solution byComputer
package.
➥QueuingTheory-Introduction,QueuingandCostBehaviour,DefinitionsforQueuingSystems,Single
Channel,SingleServerQueuingModel(M/M/1), EconomicAspectsofQueuingSolutionbyComputerpackage
➥Simulation-Introduction,StepsinvolvedinMonteCarloSimulation,ApplicationofSimulationMethod,
AdvantagesandDisadvantagesofSimulation.
➥MarketAnalysis-
Introduction,MarkovProcess,TransitionMatrix,andPredictionofMarketSharesforFuturePeriods,SteadyStateConditio
ns,AbsorbingChains, and SolutionbyComputer package.
➥ReplacementModels-
Introduction,ReplacementofEquipmentwhichdeteriorateswithtime,ReplacementofitemsthatFailCompletely,Staffi
ngProblems,Solutionwiththehelpofcomputer,individualandGroupReplacement.
REFERENCE
1. HarveyJ.Greenberg,FredericH.Murphy,SusanH.Shaw:AdvancedTechniquesinthePracticeofOperationsResearch,
NorthHolland
2. QuantitativeAnalysisforBusinessDecision :H.Bierman,C.P.Bonini,&W.H.Houseman,RichardD.IrwinInc.
3. F.S.Hiller&G.J.Lieberman :IntroductiontoOperationsResearch.
PATTERNOFEXAMINATION: Marks
The Theory paper will consist of one short answer type question containing seven True or
False statements(carrying14 marks), whichare to be explained withreasons innot more than
70
50 words. Inaddition, therewillbe four alternate sets of questions, out of which one setwill be long
answertype andtwowill have
twopartsA&B.Thelastquestion(14marks)willbeshortnotetypecontainingfouroptionsou
tofwhichanytwo optionsarerequiredtobeattempted.
Sessionals:ClassTest/Quizzes(averageof2bestoutof3)Writeup,PresentationandParticipation 30
TotalMarks 100
SE4iivsem-iv
CourseObjective: ` TotalPeriods:40(4Credits)
This course intends to analyze manufacturing service process for methods improvement, to learn the
techniques andprocedure of methods, study and work measurement including setting of time
standard, to develop competence inapplying methodologyof workstudyandvalueengineeringto
designof worksystems.
CourseStructure:
➥Productivity-
Introduction,ProductivityIndex,MeasurementofIndividualworker’sproductivity,Productivity
ofCapital, MotionandTime StudyandProductivity
➥Definition,ScopeandHistoryofMotionandTimeStudy-DefinitionofMotionandTimeStudy,Work
MethodsDesign,WorkMeasurement,Scope,Non-
manufacturingActivities,Taylor’suseofTimeStudy,Taylor’sInvestigationofShoveling,MotionStud
yasitwasdeveloped by the Gilbreths, Micro-motion Study, The CycleGraphandtheChrono-
cycleGraph.
➥TheGeneralProblemSolvingProcess-
ProblemDefinition,AnalysisofProblem,SearchforPossibleSolutions,EvaluationofAlternatives,Reco
mmendationsforaction.
➥TimeStudy-Equipments,Process,DeterminingtheRating Factor,Allowances,Time
StandardfromStandard Dataand Formulas, Computer Aided Time Study, Computerized Machine
and
Equipment Downtime Monitoring
andReporting,PredeterminedTimeSystems:TheWorkFactorSystem,Methods-
TimeMeasurement,WorkSampling.
➥WagePayment-TheRelationofMotionandTimeStudytoWageIncentives,Multi-
factorWageIncentivePlans.
➥Advance Work Study-Synthetic Time Standards and Introduction to Predetermined Motion
TimeSystems andStandards, Business Process Analysis and Mapping, Basic Work System, Physical
and Cognitive Task
Analysis,OfficePlanningandDesign,ValueEngineeringConcepts,MethodsofFunctionAnalysisandCr
eativeideageneration.
REFERENCE
1. NiebelB.W.&FreivaldsA :Methods,StandardsandWorkDesign,McGrawHill
2.ILO :IntroductiontoWorkStudy,UniversalPublishingCorporation.
3.BarnesRM :MotionandTimeStudy:DesignandMeasurementofWork,JohnWiley&Sons
4. MeyersF.E.andStewartJ.R.:MotionandTimeStudy,PrenticeHall.
5.MundelM.E. :MotionandTimeStudy:ImprovingProductivity,PrenticeHall
6.RichardPark :ValueEngineering;APlanforInnovation,BocaRaton,St.LuciePress.
7. Babbage,Charles
:OntheEconomyofMachinery&Manufacturers,CharlesKnight,PallMall,East,London
.
8. Gilbreth,F.B.andL.M. :FatigueStudy,MacmillanCo.,NewYork.
SE4iivsem-iv
CourseObjective: ` TotalPeriods:40(4Credits)
PATTERNOFEXAMINATION: Marks
The Theory paper will consist of one short answer type question containing seven True or
False statements(carrying 14 marks), which are to be explained with reasons in not more
70
than 50 words. In addition, therewillbe four alternate sets of questions, out of which one
setwill be long answertype andtwowill have
twopartsA&B.Thelastquestion(14marks)willbeshortnotetypecontainingfouroptionsou
tofwhichanytwo optionsarerequiredtobeattempted.
Sessionals:ClassTest/Quizzes(averageof2bestoutof3)Writeup,PresentationandParticipation 30
TotalMarks 100
SE4iivsem-iv
MB OO 46 MAINTENANCE MANAGEMENT
CourseObjective: TotalPeriods:40(4Credits)
Thiscourseintendstodevelopfamiliaritywiththeroleofmaintenancemanagementforcompetitiveadvantage,st
ructuring
th
e maintenance function, preventive, predictive and productive maintenance strategies and policies
formanagingoperation,productivity,qualityandgrowth.
CourseStructure:
➥Introduction-
AssetManagement,Failures:ThereConsequences,RoleofMaintenanceinFailures,Maintenance:
Anoverview,Maintenance: AnImportantToolofPlannedProductivity, TheExtended
roleofMaintenance.
➥MaintenanceobjectivesandFunctions-Maintenanceobjectives,Downtimecontrol/management,TheTwo-
ProngedAttack.
➥ Maintenance Organization-Maintenance engineering organizational
prerequisites, factors
determiningeffectivenessofamaintenance organization.
➥MaintenanceSystems-
BreakdownMaintenance,RoutineMaintenance,PlannedMaintenance,PreventiveMaintenance,
PredictiveMaintenance,CorrectiveMaintenance, DesignoutMaintenance.
➥DesignOfMaintenanceSystems-CriticalityDetermination,MaintenanceSystemDesignOptimization.
➥Total Planned Maintenance System & Documentation-Planning, System
Components,Equipment Record Card,Scheduling Process, Work Specification, Maintenance
Records & Documentation, History Record Card, DefectAnalysisRecord, MaintenanceWorkorder,
Information Analysis, MaintenanceControlSystem.
➥CalibrationandQuality-CalibrationSystem,MaintenanceQuality
➥MaintenanceTraining,IncentivesandSafetyManagement-
NeedforMaintenanceTraining,PlanningforTrainingMaintenanceIncentives,DesignPrinciples,SafetyPrin
ciplesandGuidel ines,SafetyManagement.
➥ComputersinMaintenanceandMaintenanceBudget-
ComputerSystems,AreasofComputerApplication,MaintenanceBudget
➥ EnergySavingThroughPlannedMaintenance-
EnergySaving,Cleaning&CyclingReplacement,EconomizingonLight.
➥Facility Investment Decision(FID) and Life Cycle Costing-Factors influencing Facility
Investment Decisions,AlternativestoFacilityInvestmentDecisions,Facility
InvestmentDecisions,ConceptofEconomicLife,TheMathematicalModel,
Time ValueofMoney,CapitalRecoveryFactor,Depreciation.
➥EvaluationofMaintenanceManagement-NeedforEvaluation,ChallengesinMaintenanceManagement
Function,Parameters in Expectations, Background of Maintenance Function, Equipment Discard
Policy, SWOT Analysis,Evaluation Process of Plant Engineering, Evaluation by Reports,
Subjective Methods of Evaluation, ObjectiveCriteriaofEvaluation,MaintenanceManagement-
FuturisticScenario.
REFERENCE
1. Balachand,B.S. :DesignandManagementtoLifeCycleCosting.
2. Bullock,J.H. :MaintenancePlanningandControl,NationalAssociationofAccountants,NewYork
3. Get,K.H.,andBakh,I.C.:ModelsofPreventiveMaintenance,NorthHolland,Amsterdam.
4. Heintzeiman,J.E. :CompleteHandbookofMaintenance,PrenticeHallEnglewoodCliffs
5. Hibi,S.:HowtoMeasureMaintenancePerformance,AsianProductivityOrganization,Tokyo.
6. Husband,T.M.:MaintenanceManagementandTerotechnology,Westmead-SaxonHouse,London.
SE4iivsem-iv
7. Cooling,W.C. :MaintenanceManagement,AmericanManagementAssociation,NewYork.
8. TerryW. :ComputerizedMaintenanceManagementSystems,IndustrialPressNewYork
9. Corder,A.A. :MaintenancemanagementTechniques.McGrawHill
10. Harriss,Ellya,M.J. :ManagementofIndustrialMaintenance,Butterworths,London.
11. Higgins,L.R.andMorrrow,L.C.:MaintenanceEngineeringHandbook,McGrawHillNewYork.
12. Mann,L.,Jr.:MaintenanceManagement,HealthandCompany,LexingtonD.C.,UK.
PATTERNOFEXAMINATION: Marks
SE4iivsem-iv
The Theory paper will consist of one short answer type question containing seven True or
False statements(carrying 14 marks), which are to be explained with reasons in not more
70
than 50 words. In addition, therewillbe four alternate sets of questions, out of which one
setwill be long answertype andtwowill have
twopartsA&B.Thelastquestion(14marks)willbeshortnotetypecontainingfouroptions
ou tofwhichanytwo optionsarerequiredtobeattempted.
Sessionals:ClassTest/Quizzes(averageof2bestoutof3)Writeup,PresentationandParticipation 30
TotalMarks 100
SE4iivsem-iv
SE4iivsem-iv
rd
3 Semester
Financial Accounting
ToComprehendthelearnerstounderstandthebasicsoffinancialaccountingand
Objective
toequipthemwithskillsofusingaccountingtoolsindecisionmaking.
AccountingFundamentals:Definition–Accounting–TypesofAccounting-
Unit–I Financial,ManagementandCostaccounting–
ScopeofAccounting– FinancialAccountingConcepts
–UsesofAccounting–DoubleEntrySystem-
Preparationofjournalandledger,SubsidiaryBooks–
ErrorsandRectification–
BankReconciliationStatement.
AccountingStatements:TrialBalance,ProfitandLossAccountandBalance
Unit–II SheetPreparation(SimpleProblemsonly)-Accountingfromincompleterecords–
Statementsofaffairsmethods–Conversionmethod-
AccountingStandards:Concept,NeedandLevelof
Harmonization.
BankingCompanyAccounts-
Unit–III PreparationofProfitandLossAccountandBalanceSheet
-RebateonBillsDiscounted-ClassificationofAdvances-Nonperformingassets-
Classificationof Investments.
Unit–IV
LifeInsuranceAccounts:PreparationoffinalaccountofLifeInsuranceCompanies
,AscertainmentofprofitinLifeInsuranceBusiness,Preparationofvaluationba
lancesheet.
Unit–V AccountofGeneralInsuranceCompany:FireandMarine-
Preparationoffinalaccounts-
Calculationofinsuranceclaims-UnderIRDAAct2000
T.S.Reddy&A.Murthy.(2012).AdvancedAcccountancy.MarghamPublications.
OutcomeThestudentswillbeabletouseaccountingtoolstoanalysetheoperatingperformancea
ndfinancialpositionofabankingandinsurance company
SE4iivsem-iv
Practice of Commercial
Banking
Objectiv Tofacilitatethelearnerstounderstandtheconceptofbanking,itssignificance,types
,functionssectoralreforms,typesofdeposits,advances,customers,securities,cha
e rges
anddocumentationbycommercialbanks.
Banking–Definition–FunctionsofCommercialBanks–
TypesofCommercialBankingSystems–IndianCommercialBankingStructure–
Unit–I Nationalisation of Banks in
India:Reasons,AchievementsandCriticalEvaluation–
FinancialSectorReforms–
ConsolidationandCompetitionintheIndianBankingIndustry
– PaymentBanks –Small
FinanceBanks.
DepositMobilizationby CommercialBanks –DepositMix–DifferentTypes
ofDeposits – Factors affecting Deposit Levels –KYC guidelines Lending of
Money byBanks– PrinciplesofSoundLending–
Unit–II
VariousFormsofAdvances:CashCredit,Overdrafts, Loans and Purchasing and
Discounting of Bills – Retail Lending by Banks –
HousingLoansandPersonalLoans:ProblemsandProspects–
EMI:ConceptandComputation-
SubsidiaryServicesofBanks:TraditionalServices–
ContemporaryServicesIncludingCashManagement-
RTGS&NEFT.
DifferentTypesofCustomers:Individuals,JointAccountHolders,Trustees,
Unit–III ExecutorsandAdministrators,JointHinduFamily,PartnershipFirm,JointStockCompanies,
ClubsandSocieties,andLocalAuthori
ties–
PointstobeconsideredbytheBankerWhileOpeningandConductingAccountsinthen
amesofsuchCustomers.
DifferentTypesofSecurities–Goods–DocumentofTitletoGoods–LifeInsurance
Unit–IV Policies–CorporateSecurities–GovernmentSecurities–RealEstate–
FixedDepositReceipts–Bullions-
Policy,ProcedureandPracticesofLendingagainstthesesecurities.
ModesofCreatingCharges–Lien–Pledge–Hypothecation–Mortgage–
Unit–V Assignment
–
DocumentationinrespectofvarioustypesofBorrowersagainstVarioustypesofSec
urities.
ReferencesandTextbooks:-
D.M. MithaniandE.Gordon.(2015).Banking and
FinancialSystem.HimalayaPublishing
House.Dr.PremKumarSrivastava.(2016).BankingTheory&Practice.HimalayaPublishin
g
House.IndianInstituteofBanking&Finance.(2017).AdvancedBankManagement.MacMill
anIndiaLtd.
M.J.Aslam.(2015).LegalAspectsofBankLending.AsiaLawHouse.
M.L.Tannan.(2014).BankingLawandPracticeinIndia.EasternBookCompany.N.S
.Toor.(2016).HandBookforBankingInformation.SkylarkPublications.
RobertE.Wright&VincenzoQuadrini.(2015).MoneyandBanking.FlatWorldK
nowledge.VarshneyandSundaram.(2017).BankingTheoryLawandPractice.Su
ltanChand&Sons.
Outcom Afterlearningthecourse,thelearnerswillgainacomprehensiveknowledgeontheth
Eoreticalandpracticalaspectsofcommercialbankingwhichwillshapethemas
e successfulfuturebankers.
SE4iivsem-iv
Rural Banking
TofacilitatethelearnerstounderstandthefeaturesoftheIndianruraleconomyand
Objective
theroleofbanksinfinancingforruraldevelopment.
FeaturesoftheIndianRuralEconomy:Demographicfeatures:Population,occu
pationand literacy – Economic features: Share In
Unit–I Trend
national income, s in
percapitaincome,ruralindebtedness,BPL–
Ruralpoverty:Causesandmethodsofmeasuringruralpoverty–Socio-
economicdevelopmentindicators:healthandnutrition
status,urbanisation.
Institutional Sources ofRural Finance:
Unit–II Cooperative
Banks,CommercialBanks,RegionalRuralBanksandLocalAreaBanks,Payment
andSmallFinanceBanks:Theirfunctions,Clientele,
ProgressandProblems–
RoleofMicroFinanceInstitutions
(MFIs),BusinessCorrespondents/Facilitators.
InstitutionalsupportingRuralDevelopment:ReserveBankofIndia–
NationalBankforAgricultureand RuralDevelopment–SmallIndustries
Unit–III
DevelopmentBankofIndia
–DistrictIndustriesCentre–
DistrictRuralDevelopmentAgency(DRDA):Theirroleandperformance–
ProblemsandprospectsofRuralBanking.
FinancingforRuralDevelopment:LeadBankScheme:StatelevelandDistrictlev
elCreditCommittees–
Unit–IV
FinancingAgricultureandalliedactivities:Croploans,Termloansforirrigation,Far
mmechanization,Godowns/Coldstorage,Alliedactivitiesofagriculture:TheirAss
essmentandSanctionofloans–MSMEsector:Definitionand
importance,FinancingofMSMEs.
PrioritySectorLendingandGovernmentInitiatives:PrioritySectorLending
– Components,Lendingnorms,RBIguidelines–
Unit–V FinancingpoorasBankableOpportunities:MicroCredit–
SHGBankLinkageprogramme-
Governmentinitiatives:PovertyAlleviationProgrammes:SwaranjathiGramSwa
rozgarYojana(SGSY)–NationalRuralLivelihoodMission(NRLM)–
DeenDayalUpadhyayaGrameen
KaushalyaYojana(DDU–GKY)–JanDhanYojana–Recentinitiatives.
DynamicComponentforContinuousInternalAssessmentonly:Contemporar
Unit–VI y
DevelopmentsRelatedtotheCourseduringtheSemesterconcerned.
SE4iivsem-iv
ReferencesandTextbooks:-
IndianInstituteofBankingandFinance.(2015).InclusiveBankingthroughaBusinessCorr
espondent
-AtoolforPMJDY(inEnglish).NewDelhi.TaxmannPublications(P)Ltd.
IndianInstituteofBankingandFinance.(2017).RuralBankingOperations.NewDelhi.Taxmann
Publication
s(P)Ltd.
IndianInstituteofBankingandFinance.(2017).HandbookonDebtRecovery(inEnglish).NewDe
lhi.Taxman
nPublications(P)Ltd.
IndianInstituteofBankingandFinance.(2018).RuralBanking.Mumbai.MacmillanPublishersI
ndiaPrivate
Limited.
IndianInstituteofBankingandFinance.(2018).Banker’sHandbookonCreditManagemen
t.NewDelhi.Tax
mannPublications(P)Ltd.
IndianInstituteofBankingandFinance.(2018).InclusiveBankingthro’BusinessCorrespondents.
NewDelhi.TaxmannPublications(P)Ltd.
SE4iivsem-iv
Outcome Learnerscanunderstandtheexistingconditionsofruraleconomyandruralbankin
gscenarioinourcountrywhichwillfacilitatethemtocontributeadequatelyforthe
developmentofIndianruraleconomyasaprofessionalbanker.
Semester-III
International Banking and
Finance
Tofacilitatethelearnerstounderstandtheconceptofinternationalbanking,
Objective theinternationalbankingoperationsofIndianbanks,theinternationalbanking
s systems.
Tomakethelearnerstounderstandthenuancesofinternationalfinance.
InternationalBanking:Definition–Meaning–Significance–Origin–
Unit–I functions–Globaltrendsanddevelopments–
InternationalFinancialCentres–OffshoreBankingUnits(OBUs)-
SpecialEconomicZones(SEZs)–Profitabilityof
internationalbankingoperations–CorrespondentBanking.
International Banking Systems: Banking practices of European
BanksUnit–II – JapaneseBanking System – American Banking System - British
Banking System – SwissBankingPractices–
BaselI,BaselIIandBaselIIIguidelines–LondonInter-Bank
OfferedRate(LIBOR)–PortfolioOperationsofglobalbanking.
InternationalFinancialInstitutions:InternationalMonetaryFund(IMF):–
Need–Objectives –Functions-Operational Performance-
International Bank
Unit–III forReconstructionandDevelopment(IBRD):-Need–Objectives–Functions–
OperationalPerformance–InternationalDevelopmentAssociation(IDA):-
Need– Objectives–Functions–OperationalPerformance–
InternationalFinanceCorporation(IFC):-Need–Objectives–Functions–
OperationalPerformance–
AsianDevelopmentBank–Need–Objectives–Functions–
OperationalPerformance–BankforInternationalSettlements–Functions.
InternationalFinance:Meaning–Natureandscope–
InternationalFinancialSystem – BrettonwoodsConferenceandafterwards–
Unit–IV
EuropeanMonetarysystem– International Financial Markets – Creation
of Euro – Emergence of Euro- currencymarkets-
FundamentalprinciplesoflendingtoNCs,documentationandmonitoring
–GlobalCapitalMarkets.
International Financial Instruments: International equities –
Unit–V Global DepositoryReceipts(GDRs)–
AmericanDepositoryReceipts(ADRs)-EuroBonds
– ForeignCurrencyConvertibleBonds–Euro-currencyDeposits–
Internationalloansyndication–Otherinnovativeinstruments.
SE4iivsem-iv
Unit–VI
DynamicComponentforContinuousInternalAssessmentonly:Contemp
oraryDevelopmentsRelatedtotheCourseduringtheSemesterconce rned.
SE4iivsem-iv
ReferencesandTextbooks:-
AnnualReportsofIMF&ADB.(2017).
AlanC.Shapiro.(2016).InternationalFinancialManagement,NewDelhi.PrenticeHal
lofIndia.IndianInstituteofBanking&Finance.(2015).InternationalBanking.NewDel
hi.Macmillan
Publishers.
K.C.ShekarandLakshmyShekhar.(2018).IndianBankingSystem.NewDelhi.VikasP
ublishingHousep
rivateLtd.
V.Sharan.(2017).InternationalFinancialManagement.NewDelhi.PrenticeHallo
th
fIndia.4 edition.
SE4iivsem-iv
Outcome Thelearnersafterstudyingthecoursewillgainacomprehensiveknowledgeon
internationalbankingandfinance.
SE4iivsem-iv
Objective bankingoperationswithspecialfocusonBankingRegulationAct,NegotiableIns
trumentsAct,RecoveryofDebtsduetoBanksandFinancialInstitutionAct1993,Pr
eventionof
MoneyLaunderingActandSARFAESIAct.
LegalFrameworkofRegulationofBanks:BusinessofBanking–Constitution
Unit–I ofBanks – Reserve Bank of India as Central Banks – Reserve Bank of India
as CentralBankandregulatorofbanks–Governmentasregulatorofbanks–
Regulationbyother
authorities–SEBI,IRDA–Controlovercooperativebanks.
ControloverOrganizationofBanks:LicensingofBankingCompanies–
Branchlicensing– Branch authorization policy– paid up capital and reserves–
Unit–II Shareholding inbankingcompanies–
Subsidiariesofbankingcompanies- BoardofDirectors–
Chairpersonofbankingcompanies–Appointmentofadditional directors –
Restrictionsonemployment–
Controlovermanagement– CorporateGovernance–Directorsand
CorporateGovernance.
RegulationofBankingBusiness:RBI’spowertoissueDirections–Acceptance
Unit–III ofDeposits–Nomination–LoansandAdvances–Regulationofinterestrate–
RegulationofPaymentsystem–Regulationofmoneymarketinstruments–
BankingOmbudsman–
ReserveFunds–MaintenanceofcashReserve–Maintenanceofliquidassets.
Legal aspects of Banking Operations: Obligations of a banker: Obligationto
maintainSecrecy of customer’s account – Obligation to honour cheques– Unit–IV
Rights of a banker:RightofLien–RightofSetoff–RightofAppropriation–
Righttoreceive interest andincidental charges – Paying Banker: Rights,
Responsibilities and liabilities – Paymentinduecourse–
CollectingBanker:Dutiesand
ReferencesandTextbooks:-
R.K.Gupta. (2012). Banking Law and Practice. Modern Law
Publications.P.N.Varshney.(2013).BankingLawandpractice.NewDelhi.SultanChand&Sons.
SundaramandVarshney.(2014).BankingTheoryLawandPractice.NewDelhi.SultanChand&Sons.
R.N.Chaudhary.(2015).BankLaws.CentralLawPublications.
R.K.Bangia. (2015).Banking Law and Negotiable Instruments. Allahabad Law
Agency.M.L.TannanrevisedbyC.R.Datta&S.K.Kataria.(2016).BankingLawandPractice.NewDelhi.
TaxmannPublications.
E.Gorden&Natarajan.(2016).BankingTheory,LawandPractice.Bengaluru.HimalayaPublishingHouse.
Dr.AnjaniKant.(2016).LecturesonBankingLawforLawstudents.Allahabad.CentralLawPublications.
InstituteofBankingandFinance.(2018).LegalandRegulatoryaspectsofBanking.Mumbai.
MacmillanPublishersIndiaLimited,
SE4iivsem-iv
IndianInstituteofBankingandFinance.(2018).PrinciplesandPracticesofBanking.Mumbai.
MacmillanPublishersIndiaLimited.
Thelearnerswill beable to gain comprehensiveknowledge about
Outcome
Variouslegal
enactmentsonbankingwhichwillhelpthemtoimprovetheirprofessionalco
mpetence.
SE4iivsem-iv
Risk Managementin
Banking &
Insurance
Objective Toenablethestudentstounderstandtheconceptofriskmanagementanditsimpo
rtanceintheglobalisedenvironmentingeneralandtheriskmanagement
practicesadoptedbycommercialbanksandinsurancecompaniesinparticul
ar.
TheConceptandDefinitionofRisk–RiskandUncertainty–NatureofRisk–
Unit–I Sources of Risk – The Cost of Risks – Handling Risks – Need for Risk
Management – ObjectivesofRiskManagement–BenefitsofRiskManagement–
NatureofRisk
Management–DevelopmentofRiskManagement.
MeasurementandManagementofRisksinBanks–
MeasurementofCreditRisk– MeasurementofMarketRisk–
Unit–II MeasurementofInterestRateRiskforAssetLiabilityManagement–
MeasurementofOperationalRisk–
ManagementofCreditRisk,MarketRisk,InterestRateRiskandOperationalRisk–
SpecificIssuesinRisk
Management.
Tools for Risk Management in Banks –Derivatives–Bull Spreads–
NeutralandVolatile Strategies – Delta Neutral Strategies – Swaps – Credit
Unit–III Derivatives – CreditRatings–
Regulatory&SupervisoryFrameworkforRiskManagement–Basel
II&BaselIII:RBIguidelinesonRiskManagement–Counter-partycreditrisk–
Roleof
clearingcorporationofIndiaLtd(CCIL)
Measurement and Management of Risks in Insurance –Risk
Identification andEvaluation – Sources of Risk – Exposures to Risk –
Unit–IV Framework for Potential RiskIdentification–HazardandLossAnalysis–
RiskEvaluation–DirectandIndirect
Losses – Hidden Cost of Accidents – Risk Profiling – Risk Assessment –
StatisticalMethodsandProbabilityConcept.
RiskControlToolsandTechniquesinInsurance–RiskAvoidance–
Unit–V RiskReduction–PreventionofLoss–LossControl–RiskFinancing–
RiskRetention–RiskTransfer–RiskManagementPolicy.
DynamicComponentforContinuousInternalAssessmentonly:Contemporar
Unit–VI y
DevelopmentsRelatedtotheCourseduringtheSemesterconcerned.
ReferencesandTextbooks:-
ChristopherL.culp.(2018).CreditDefaultswaps. PalgraveMacmillan Publishers.Kindle
Edition.E.RejdaGeporge.(2018).PrinciplesofRiskManagementandInsurance.Pearson
Publications.HamingtonNiehaus.(2015).RiskManagementofInsurance.Mumbai.McGraw
Hill
Publications.IndianInstituteofBanking&Finance.(2016).RiskManagement.Mumbai.Macmi
llanPublication.IndianInstituteofBanking&Finance.(2017).Banker’sHandbookonCreditMa
nagement.New
Delhi.TaxmannPublications(P)Ltd.
SE4iivsem-iv
Vivek&P.N.Asthana.
(2017).FinancialRiskManagement.HimalayaPublications.
Tomakethelearnerstodevelopacomprehensiveandpracticalknowledgeinthe
Outcome emergingfieldofriskmanagementinBanksandInsuranceorganizationsandw
hich
willfacilitatethemtofacethechallengesofriskmanagementintheseindustriese
asily.
SE4iivsem-iv
Digital Banking
HaveaninsightintotherudimentsofdigitalbankingandUnderstandthefundam
entalsofcomputerisation,LAN,WAN,UPSandCoreBankingsystem.
ObjectiveBeproficientintheoperationalaspectsofATMs,Electromagneticcards,Electro
s nicchequeandElectroniccash.
BeadaptattheusageofSWIFT,ECS,NEFT,RTGSandDigitalsignature,Id
entifytherisksintechnologyusageandassimilateideasaboutriskcontr
olmechanism.
DigitalBanking–Meaning–Evolution–
ChannelsofDigitalBanking:ATMs,MobileBanking,InternetBanking,Cards,C
Unit–I ashDeposit Machines Cash
Recyclers,
Prepaidinstruments,PointofSaleTerminals,Kiosks,MobileWalletsandDigitallo
ckers–SignificanceofDigitalBankingintheDemonetizedEra–
DigitalBankingasanenablerforfinancialInclusion–
MarketingofDigitalBankingproducts.
Infrastructure for Digital Banking: Bank computerization–LAN–Unit–II
Topology –Protocols - WAN – Core Banking Systems – Signature Storage
and Retrieval System – INFINET–SWIFT–
HRCompetenciesandCapacitybuilding–
CustomerEducation ondigitalChannels.
Mobile Banking: Access Channels such as Interactive Voice
Responses(IVR),
Unit–III
ShortMessagingServices(SMS),WirelessAccessProtocol(WAP)sites,Unstruct
uredSupp lementaryServiceData(USSD),MobileBankingApplications–
Regulatory
Frame work for Mobile Banking – Internet Banking – Models of Internet
Banking:SegmentsofInternetbanking–IoTenabledbanking.
DigitalPaymentsSystem:OverviewofDomesticPaymentSystem-
Unit–IV RoleofNPCI– RupayCards–IMPS–NationalUnifiedUSSDplatform–
UnifiedPaymentInterface–NationalAutomatedClearingHouse(NACH)-
SWITCH-AadhaarEnabledPayment
System(AEPS)-ECS–RTGS–NEFT–DigitalSettlementplatforms.
ChallengesinDigitalBanking:OperationalRisk–
Unit–V SolvencyandLiquidityRisk– Channelspecificrisks–
Issuesofdataintegrity,authenticationandtrust–
Cyberdefencemeasurersofbanks-
Regulatoryframeworkformanagingrisksindigital
banking.
Unit–VI DynamicComponentforContinuousInternalAssessmentonly:Contempo
rary
DevelopmentsRelatedtotheCourseduringtheSemesterconcerned.
SE4iivsem-iv
ReferencesandTextbooks:-
AndreandVanderWesthuizen.(2014).DigitalChannels-WhydoProgrammesfail?
AndrevanderWesthuizen.
ChrisSkinner.(2017).DigitalBankStrategiestolaunchorbecomeadigitalbank.Embassybooks.
DanSchatt
.(2015).Virtualbanking:Aguidetoinnovationandpartnering.AudioStudios.
IndianInstituteofBankingandFinance.(2016).DigitalBanking.NewDelhi.TaxmannPublicati
ons.NishiSharma.(2013).E-
BankinginIndia:IssuesandConcerns.LAPLAMBERTAcademic
Publishing.
Raj.K.Singh.(2016).Digitalthenewnormalforbanks.AdhyanPublications.
VikasTanejaandSakshiParashar.(2011).E-bankingandE-Commerce.AlfaPublications.
Becometechsavvypractitionersandrecognizetheroleofdigitalbankinginthemo
dernera.
Outcomes Understandthedifferentaspectsofcomputerizationinbanksandcompetenttoha
ndleATMs,Electromagneticcards,E-purse etc.,professionally.
MakeuseofECS,NEFTandRTGSaspaymentgatewaysandrealisethethreatsin
digitalbanking.
SE4iivsem-iv
Life Assurance
Objective Tomakethelearnerstounderstandtheconceptoflifeassurance,itsprinciples,met
hodsofunderwriting,thecontentsofthepolicydocument,theconceptof
s assignment,nomination,loansandsurrenderofpoliciesandthepolicyclaim
s.
Life Assurance-Fundamental Principles Of
Unit–I Life Assurance- Available Life
AssurancePlansintheIndianMarket-Distributionchannelsof
LifeAssurance–
TheNationalandInternationaldimensionofdistributionsystem–
LifeAssurancePenetrationinIndian
Market.
UnderwritingPolicy- Need for underwriting- Factors affecting rates of mortality-
Unit–II
MethodsofUnderwriting:Ratingupage–NumericalRatingMethod-
Sourceofunderwritingdata: Proposal, Personal statement, medical reports, age proof,
specialexaminationandtestreports,reportsbyAgentsandFieldStaff-
Nonmedical
insurance.
Policydocumentformat-Need-Policypreamble-schedule-Attestation-
Unit–III Condition,Privileges-Alteration-DuplicatePolicy-Calculationofpremium-
Premiumpayment.Lapsationofthepolicy:Concept,causes,consequencesoflaps
ation,suggestionsto
improvethelapsedconditions,Revivalmethodsoflapsedlifeinsurancepolicies.
Unit–IV Assignment- Nomination- Surrenders- Non-forfeitureOptions –
Foreclosure- Calculationofsurrendervalue-
InsuranceRepositoryservices.
PolicyClaims:Meaningofclaim-Natureofclaimsandrequirementsinthe
settlementofclaims-Roleofinformationtechnologyinclaimsettlement-
Unit–V
RoleofCentralGovernment,Ombudsman,IRDA,CustomerProtectionActinclai
mssettlement.Claimsconcession-PresumptionofDeath-Accidentbenefit-
Disabilitybenefit-Post
maturityoptions-ValuationsandSurplus.
DynamicComponentforContinuousInternalAssessmentonly:Contemporar
Unit–VI y
DevelopmentsRelatedtotheCourseduringtheSemesterconcerned.
ReferencesandTextbooks:-
CommitteeofCharteredAccountantsofIndia.
(2016).PrinciplesandPracticeofLifeInsurance.
NewDelhi.ICAIpublication.
InsuranceInstituteofIndia.(2017).PracticeofLifeInsurance.Mumbai.I.I.Ipublication
.
M.N.Mishra,S.B.Mishra.(2017).InsurancePrinciplesandpractices.S.Chandpublishers,N
ewDelhi
,2017.
Periasamy.P.(2014).Principles&PracticeofInsurance.HimalayaPublishingHouse.P
rof.S.LGup taandAlkamittal.(2016).PrinciplesofInsurance&RiskManagement.
SE4iivsem-iv
SultanChand&Sons.
SE4iivsem-iv
(2016).IUPonLifeInsuranceinIndia:TrendsandDevelopment(Insuranceseries).ICFAIUnive
rsityp
ress.
OutcomeThestudentswilldevelopacomprehensiveknowledgeonthevariousaspectsoflife
assurancewhichwillshapethemassuccessfulfut ureinsurers.
SE4iivsem-iv
Foreign Exchange
TofacilitatethelearnerstounderstandthesignificanceofForeignExchangemanag
ementandthestepsbeingtakenbytheReserveBankofIndiaandtheGovernmentof
Objective
Indiatowardsthisobjectiveandto comprehend the
s
Role
ofRBI,CommercialBanks,EXIMBankandECGCintheprocessofexchangerisk
management.
InternationalTrade:Meaning–Significance–BalanceofTrade–
BalanceofPayments:Objectivesandmethods-ForeignExchange:Meaning–
Unit–I
AdministrationofForeignExchange–
FunctionsoftheForeignExchangeDepartmentof a Commercial
Bank –CorrespondentRelationshipbetweenbanks–
ForeignCurrencyAccounts:Nostro,
VostroandLoroAccounts.
ForeignExchangeTransactions:PurchaseandSaleTransactions,ExchangeQuot
ations,SpotandForwardTransactions–
Unit–II ReadyExchangeRates:PrincipalTypesofBuyingandSellingRates -
Forward Exchange Contracts : Features - Types:
Fixed
andOptionForwardcontracts-
InterbankDeals:CoverDeals,SwapDeals,ArbitrageOperations,TradingandFundi
ngofNostroAccount.
ExchangeDealings:DealingsPosition:ExchangepositionandCashposition–
AccountingandReportingofForeignExchangetransactions–
Unit–III ForeignExchangeMarkets:Features,participantsandsettlementoftransactions–
CurrencyExchange
RisksandtheirManagement–
ForeignExchangeManagementAct,1999anditsphilosophy.
FinancingExports:RoleofCommercialBanks:Pre-shipmentCreditandPost-
shipmentCredit
Unit–IV –FinancingImports:LetterofCredit:Concept,Mechanism,Types,Merits
andDemeritsandProcedureforOpeningaLetterofCredit–PaymentofImportBills–
ForeignInwardBillsforCollection.
ExportImportBankofIndia:LendingtoIndianExporters,LendingtoForeignGover
Unit–V nmentsandCompanies,LoanstoCommercialBanksinIndiaandNon-
lendingservices–
ExportCreditGuaranteeCorporationofIndiaLtd:StandardPolicies,SpecificPolicie
sandGuaranteestoBanks.
Unit–VI DynamicComponent for Continuous Internal Assessment only:
ContemporaryDevelopmentsRelatedtotheCourseduringtheSemester
concerned.
SE4iivsem-iv
ReferencesandTextbooks:-
BimalJaiswal. (2017).InternationalTrade.NewDelhi. NewAgeInternationalPrivate
LimitedC.Jeevanandam.(2013).ForeignExchangeandRiskManagement.NewDelhi.SultanCh
and&Sons.IndianInstituteofBankingandFinance.(2017).InternationalTradeFinance.NewDe
lhi.Taxmann
Publications.
IndianInstituteofBankingandFinance.(2017).InternationalBankingOperations.Mumbai .
MacmillanPublishersIndiaPrivateLimited.
IndianInstituteofBankingandFinance.(2017).ForeignExchangeFacilitiesforIndividuals
.
Mumbai.MacmillanPublishersIndiaPrivateLimited.
PaulKrugman,MauriceObstfeldandMarcMelitz.(2017).InternationalTradeTheoryandP
olicy.
London.PearsonEducation.
Thestudentswillbeinapositiontogaincomprehensiveandpracticalknowle
Outcome
dgeaboutexchangeriskmanagementandtheroleofdifferentinstitu
tionsassociated
withthatprocess.
SE4iivsem-iv
748317
Credit Management
EquippingthelearnerswiththepragmaticknowledgeofdifferentaspectsofcreditM
Objective anagement.
s GroomingthemassuccessfullendersbyimpartingtheskillsofloanAppraisal,
disbursementandfollowupofcredit.
Credit Management: Meaning – Principles – Managing Credit to meet
Unit–I CapitalAdequacyRatio–ManagingRisksinLending–RBIguidelinesoncreditRisk
Management–RoleofInformationTechnologyinCreditManagement–
MarketingofCredit–
Developingthe
lendingbanker.
CreditDeliverySysteminBanks:FormsofAdvancesCashCredit,Overdraft,Billsfi
Unit–II nancing and Term loans – Priority Sector Lending: Composition – Targets –
Issues /Problems– Recentdevelopments-FinancialInclusion–
Agriculture/MSMEfinancing–
RetailCredit–Assessmentofworkingcapitalrequirements.
ProjectFinancing:BankableProjects-ProjectreportPreparation–
Unit–III CreditAppraisal–FinancialAppraisal–TechnicalAppraisal–
EconomicAppraisal–CommercialAppraisal–Structuringacreditproposal–
CreditRating:Meaning,ObjectivesandBenefits–
RatingMethodology–CreditScoring–RoleofCIBIL.
Documentation:Meaning–Importance–Typesofdocuments-
Unit–IV Requisitesofdocumentation–
Selectionofdocuments–Stampingofdocuments-Processofdocumentation–
LawofLimitation.
Monitoring, Supervision / follow up of advances: Goals of monitoring – Unit–V
Methods ofMonitoring – Warning Signals of early problem credit – Non
Performing Assets – Legalmeasuresofrecovery–NonLegalmeasuresofrecovery–
RBI’sSchemeforSustainable
StructuringofStressedAssets(S4Ascheme)-Processofrehabilitationofsickunits.
ReferencesandTextbooks:-
D.D.Mukherjee.(2015).CreditMonitoring,Legalaspectsandrecoveryofbankloan.Mumbai
.SnowWhitepubl
ishers.
D.D.Mukherjee.(2015).HandsonCredit-
Doingityourself.Mumbai.SnowWhitePublications.
D.D.Mukherjee.(2016).CreditAppraisal,RiskAnalysisandDecisionMaking.Mumbai.Sno
wWhitePublisher
s.
G.S.PopliandS.K.Puri.
(2013).StrategicCreditManagementinbanks.NewDelhi.PHlearnin g.
G.Vijayaraghavan.(2013).BankCreditManagement-
Textandcases.HimalayaPublishingHouse.HrishikesBhattacharya.(2011).BankingStrategy,Cre
ditAppraisalandlendingdecisions:ARisk–
Returnframework.OxfordPublisher.
InstituteofBankingandFinance.(2017).Banker’sHandbookonCreditManagement.Mumba
i.
MacmillanPublishersIndiaLimited.
Johnkay.(2013).OtherPeople’smoney–
Mastersofuniverseorservantsofthepeople?ProfilePublisherK.Vaidyanathan.(2013).Cre
ditriskmanagementforIndianBanks.California.SagePublishing.
N.S.Toor.(2017).AnalysisofBalancesheet.NewDelhi.SkylarkPublications.
N.S.Toor.(2017).BankCreditManagement–
ApracticalApproach.NewDelhi.SkylarkPublications.S.MuraliandK.R.Subbakrishna.
(2019).BankCreditManagement.HimalayaPublishingHouse.
AbletoevaluatetheloanproposalproperlyandFinetunedtoassessthecred
Outcomes itneedsoftheborrowers.
ExposedtotheintricaciesinvolvedinthemanagementofNPAinbanks.
SE4iivsem-iv
General Insurance
TohelpstudentsunderstandgeneralInsuranceMarketinIndiaandtoexaminethe
Objective issuesrelatedtoriskmanagementinviewofinsurance.
s
Introduction to General Insurance:History of General Insurance -
TheInsuranceMarket - Insurance Intermediaries - Insurance Intermediaries
Unit–I in Overseas Markets -
LossPreventionAssociationofIndia(LPA)-
Insurancelegislations:GeneralInsurance BusinessNationalization Act, 1972
- The Insurance Act, 1938 -
InsuranceRegulatoryAuthority-
InsuranceRegulatoryandDevelopmentAuthority-Other
legislationsgoverninginsurancebusinessinIndia.
InsuranceForms:Proposalforms-Covernotes-
Unit–II Certificateofinsurance-Policyforms–Endorsements-
Interpretationofpolicies-Co-insurance-Renewalnotice-
GeneralInsurancepolicyprovisionsandconditions.
Property and Casualty Insurance – I: Fire Insurance - Principles of Fire
InsuranceContract - Scope And Coverage Under a Standard Fire And
Special PerilsPolicy -Types Of Fire Policies - Fire Claims - Termination of
Unit–III
Fire Insurance Policy – MarineInsurance:Principles-
MarineInsuranceAct,1963-MarineInsurance Coverage -Types of Losses -
Types Of Marine Policies: Hull, Cargo, Freight–Warranties -Claims-
Preliminaryproceduresforclaims- InvestigationandAssessmentofclaims-
Settlementofclaims–Roleofsurveyor–Re-Insurance.
PropertyandCasualtyInsurance–II:MotorInsurance–Principles–Types
ofMotorVehicles-
MotorVehicleandRoadtraffic(Amendment)Bill2017.MotorPolicies–
Unit–IV StandardformforLiabilityOnlyPolicy–LiabilitytoThirdParties-Package
PoliciesforPrivateCarsandTwoWheelers–
PoliciesforCommercialVehicles.Claims–
OwnDamageClaims:PreliminaryAssessment–SettlementClaimDiscount –
TypesofLoss.ThirdPartyLiabilityClaims:Procedure–ProofofNegligence–
GeneralDamageforDeathandDisability:DisabilityinnonFatalAccidents.Mot
or AccidentClaimsTribunal–JudgmentsofCriminalCourts–Motor
InsuranceClaims–MinimizationMeasuresandLossControlProgramme.
MiscellaneousInsurance:EngineeringInsurance-Cropinsurance-
AviationInsurance- PersonalAccidentInsurance-TravelInsurance-
Unit–V
OverseasTravelInsurance - Golfer’s Insurance - Crime Insurance -
Burglary Insurance - BaggageInsurance- Bankers’IndemnityInsurance-
PlateGlassInsurance-FidelityGuarantee
Insurance–Arbitration.
DynamicComponentforContinuousInternalAssessmentonly:Contempora
Unit–VI ry DevelopmentsRelatedtotheCourseduringtheSemesterconcerned.
SE4iivsem-iv
ReferencesandTextbooks:-
AlkaMittalaandProf.S.L.Gupta,Sultan.(2013).PrinciplesofInsurance&RiskManagement.
Cha
nd&Sons InsuranceInstituteofIndia.(2010).IC45–
GeneralInsuranceUnderwriting.Mumbai.
InsuranceInstituteofIndia.(2010).IC72-
MotorInsurance.Mumbai.InsuranceInstituteofIndia.(2015).IC32-
PracticeofGeneralInsurance.
Mumbai.InsuranceInstituteofIndia.(2015).IC70–
MarineHullInsuranceUnderwritingand
Claims.
Kannan& Vijayaragavan. (2016). Motor Vehicle Law. Lexis Nexis
PublishinghouseM.N.Mishra,S.B.Mishra.(2016).InsurancePrinciplesandPractices.S.Cha
nd.NewDelhi.
P.Periasamy.(2017).Principles&PracticeofInsurance.HimalayaPublishingHouse.
Thestudentswillbeinapositiontounderstandthevariousaspectsofinsuranceand
Outcome
toutilisetheopportunitiesintheinsurancesector.
SE4iivsem-iv
rd
3 semester
Toexplainthevarioustechnologicalaspectsthataredescribedinthedifferentlogisticalbackground
Toexplaintherealtimedescriptionupdatedtechnologiesinthelogisticssectorandsupply
chainindustry
COURSEOUTCOMES:
Attheendofthecourse,thestudents willbeableto:
CO–1 :ExplainabouteSCM,benefitsandcommunicationnetworks.
CO–2 :Explainaboutdatasecurityincommunicationnetworks.
CO–3 :Explainaboutthevariouse-commercemodels.
CO–4 :Explainaboutthevariousenterpriseinformationsystemsandtheirbenefits.
CO–7 :Explaintheframeworkformanagingsupplychaininformation.
CO–8 :Explainaboutthevariousinformationsystemsdevelopmentmethodologies.
CO–9 :Explainaboutthevariousenterprisearchitectures.
CO–10 :Explainthevariousinformationsystemdeploymentmethods.
UNITI ELECTRONICSCM,COMMUNICATIONNETWORKS 12
Introduction eSCM - eSCM framework - Key success factors for eSCM - Benefits of eSCM-
Positioning information in Logistics - Strategic information linkage - Supply chain
communicationnetworks-Roleofcommunicationnetworksinsupplychains-
Overviewoftelecommunication
networks–EDI-Datasecurityinsupplychainnetworks-Overviewofinternetablemodels
UNITII ENTERPRISEINFORMATIONSYSTEMS 12
Overviewofenterpriseinformationsystems-Informationfunctionalityandprinciples-
Introductionenterpriseinformationsystems-Classificationofenterpriseinformationsystems-
Informationarchitecture-Frameworkformanagingsupplychaininformation-Describeionon
popularenterpriseapplicationpackages-Benefitsofenterpriseinformationsystems
UNITIII SCMSYSTEMSDEVELOPMENT 12
SE4iivsem-iv
Stakeholdersinsupplychaininformationsystems-StakeholdersinSCM-
Stakeholdersin supplychaininformationsystems-Informationsystemsdevelopment-
Logisticsinformationsystemsdesign-Definingenterprisearchitecture-Choosingappropriate system
Developmentmethodologies
-Adoptingrelevantsystemsdevelopmentmodel
UNITIV DEPLOYMENTANDMANAGEMENT 12
Informationsystemsdeployment-ITOperationsandinfrastructuremanagement-Portfolio,
programmeandprojectmanagement -Managementofrisk -Managementofvalue
UNITV INFORMATIONINTEGRATION 12
Enterprise application integration and supply chain visibility - Enterprise application integration -
Supply chain visibility - Supply chain event management -Supply chain performance -Planning
anddesignmethodology-Problemdefinitionandplanning-Datacollectionandanalysis-
Recommendationsandimplementation-Decisionsupportsystems
TOTAL:60 HOURS
TEXTBOOKS:
1. DonaldBowersox,DavidCloss,&BixbycooperSupplychainLogisticalManagement
2. R.H.Ballou,andSamirBusinessLogisticsManagement,5thEdition2014
REFERENCEBOOKS:
1. Strauss,Alexa&FrostE-Marketing,Routledge;8thNewedition edition2018
2. StatisticsforManagersUsingMSExcel,8thEditionLevine&DavidPearsonEducation2017
3. DavidB.Grant&CheeYewWongSustainableLogisticsandSupplyChainManagement:
Principles andPracticesfor Sustainable
OperationsandManagementKoganPage;2editionApril3,2017
SE4iivsem-iv
Todescribethevariousstreamsofthesupplychain
Todescribethedriversofthesupplychain
Todescribetheconceptsemployedinthesupplychain
Toexplainaboutthestrategiesemployedinthesupplychain
COURSEOUTCOMES:
Attheendofthecourse,thestudents willbeableto:
CO–1 :Identifytheconceptsofsupplychain.
CO–2 :Classifylogisticsandsupplychainmanagement
CO–3 :Identifythedifferencebetweenserviceandmanufacturingsupplychains.
CO–4 :Analyzesupplychaindynamicsandvariousissuesofsupplychainperformance.
CO–5 :Relatethesupplychainprocesses.
CO–6 :Developthesupplychainstrategies.
CO–7 :Planaboutsupplychainoutsourcing.
CO–8 :Selectthevariousdriversofsupplychainperformance.
CO–9 :Identifyaboutdemandforecastingandlearnaboutthevariousforecastingtechniques.
CO–10 :Designaboutsalesandoperationsplanningprocess
UNITI CONCEPTSOFSUPPLYCHAIN 12
Serviceandmanufacturingsupplychaindynamics-Evolutionofsupplychainmanagement-
Multipleviewsandflows-Servicesupplychains-Manufacturingsupplychains-Measuresof
supplychainperformance-Bullwhipeffect
UNITII SUPPLYCHAINPROCESSESANDSTRATEGIES 12
Integratedsupplychainsdesign-Customerrelationshipprocess-Orderfulfillmentprocess-
Supplierrelationshipprocess-Supplychainstrategies-Strategicfocus-Masscustomization-
Leansupplychains-Outsourcingandoffshoring-Virtualsupplychains.
UNITIII SUPPLYCHAINPERFORMANCEDRIVERS 12
Driversofsupplychainperformance-Logisticsdrivers(Location,inventoryandtransportation)-
Crossfunctionaldrivers(Pricing,informationandsourcing)–Forecastingintroduction-
Frameworkforaforecastsystem-Choosingrightforecastingtechnique-Judgmentmethods
SE4iivsem-iv
(CompositeForecasts,Surveys,DelphiMethod,ScenarioBuilding,TechnologyForecasting,Forecastby
Analogy)-Causalmethods(RegressionAnalysis -Linear&Non-LinearRegression,Econometrics)-
Timeseriesanalysis(AutoregressiveMovingAverage(ARMA),ExponentialSmoothing,Extrapolation,
LinearPrediction,TrendEstimation,GrowthCurve,Box-Jenkins
Approach)–CPFR
UNITIV SALESANDOPERATIONSPLANNING 12
IntroductiontoSalesandoperationsplanning-Purposeofsalesandoperationsplans-Decision
context-Sales andoperations planning asaprocess -Overview ofdecision supporttools
UNITV RESOURCEPLANNINGANDSCHEDULING 12
Enterpriseresourceplanning-Planningandcontrolsystemsformanufacturers-Materialsrequirement
planning - Drum – Buffer – Rope system – Scheduling - Scheduling service
andmanufacturingprocesses-Schedulingcustomerdemand-Schedulingemployees-Operations
scheduling.
TEXTBOOKS:
1. SunilChopra,PeterMeindl,SupplyChainManagement:Strategy,
Planning,andOperation,Pearson6thEdition,2016.
2. JanatShah,SupplyChainManagement,PearsonEducationIndia,2ndEdition2016
3. LitonggroupannouncesglobalframeworkagreementwithVEON.2018
REFERENCEBOOKS:
1. PaulSchönsleben,IntegralLogisticsManagement:PlanningandControlofComprehensiveSupp
ly,ACRCPressCompany,2016.
2. DavidFrederickRoss,DistributionPlanningandControl:ManagingintheEraofSupply
Chainlastedition,Springer,2015.
SE4iivsem-iv
GLOBAL SCM
COURSEOBJECTIVE:
Togainknowledgeingloballogisticsandriskmanagementandtodologisticsmanagementglobally
.
Tounderstandtherequirementsandregulationsinvolvedindoinglogisticsglobally.
COURSEOUTCOMES:
Attheendofthecourse,thestudents willbeableto:
CO–1 :Statethefactorsinfluencingglobalmarketforces.
CO–2 :Identifythefactorsinfluencingtechnologicalforces.
CO–3 :Enumeratethesourcesofrisks.
CO–4 :Outlinethemanagementofglobalrisks.
CO–5 :Listtheissuesininternationalsupplychainmanagement.
CO–6 :Clarifytheregionalandculturaldifferencesinlogistics.
CO–7 :Elaboratetherequirementsofglobalstrategy.
CO–8 :Explaintheglobal strategyimplementation.
CO–9 :Statetheroleofhumanresourceinglobal strategy.
UNITII RISKMANAGEMENT 9
Introduction–RiskManagement–MeaningandDefinition–ManySourcesofRisks–Managing
theUnknownFactors–IntroductiontoGlobalRisks-GlobalRisks–ManagingGlobalRisks.
UNITIII INTERNATIONALSUPPLYCHAINMANAGEMENT 9
IntroductiontoInternationalSupplychain–IssuesinInternationalSupplyChainManagement
InternationalversusRegionalProduct- InternationalversusRegionalProducts.
UNITIV PERFORMANCEEXPECTATIONANDEVALUATION 9
RegionaldifferencesinLogistics–Culturaldifferencesindifferentplaces–Geographic
informationSystems-Infrastructure–PerformanceExpectationandEvaluation.
SE4iivsem-iv
UNITV GLOBALSTRATEGYIMPLEMENTATION 9
RequirementsforGlobalStrategy–GlobalStrategyimplementation–MiscellaneousDangers
InformationsystemAvailability –HumanResources–role–significance.
TOTAL:45 HOURS
TEXTBOOKS:
1. PierreDavid,InternationalLogistics:TheManagementofInternationalTradeOperationsPaperba
ck–Import,1Dec2013.
2. JohnMangan,ChandraLalwani,“GlobalLogisticsandSupplyChainManagement”,Tim
ButcherJohn Wiley& Sons,2nd Edition,2011.
REFERENCEBOOKS:
1. DavidSimchi,Levi,PhilipKaminsky,RaviShankar,“Designing&ManagingtheSupplyChain”,T
ataMcGrawHill,14thEdition,2010.
2. Ross.D.F,“CompetingthroughSupplyChainManagement”,Chapman&Hall,6thEdition,2009.
3. Woods.D,A.Barone,P.Murphy,D.Wardlow,“Internationallogistics”,Chapman&Hall,
1998.
SE4iivsem-iv
VENDORMANAGED INVENTORY
COURSEOBJECTIVE:
To provide a mutually explaining of how the customer uses its goods over the course of
ayear. Vendor managed inventory (VMI) implementations can be challenging. They not
onlyrequirecollaboration between the retailerand manufacturer;
Tointegratewithtechnologyandoperationsplatforms.
COURSEOUTCOMES:
Attheendofthecourse,thestudents willbeableto:
CO–1 :Surveyandanalysecooperationbetweendifferentpartsofanorganisation
CO–2 :Explaintheimpactthatthetypeofdemandforgoodsandservices
CO–3 :Explaintheinventorymanagementmodelsthathelpplanthe inventoryorders
CO–4 :EvaluatetheefficiencyofVendorManagedInventory.
CO–5 :Describeoperationalprocurementprocessesandbeabletoexplainprocurement
CO–6 :Describetheroleofinformationtechnologyinmanaginginventories
CO–7 :Describetherationalebehindtheapplicationofvendorbasedinventory.
CO–8 :Demonstratehowinventorycontrolfitsintothelogisticsorganization.
CO–9 :Learnhowtousephysicalinventoriesandcyclecounting
CO–10 :Incorporatetheconceptsofsupplychainintegrationinrealtimebusiness
UNITI SCM 9
What is SCM- Logistics Network Configuration-Model development-Model validation-Impact
ofaggregating customer &productson model accuracy-Number of required distributioncenters-
InventoryManagement&RiskPooling-Centralizedversusdecentralizedsystems-
Managinginventoryinthesupplychain-Practicalissues.Approachesforecastfuturedemand-
Inventory Management&RiskPooling-TheValueofInformation
UNITII SUPPLYCHAINCOORDINATIONSTRUCTURES 9
Thebullwhipeffect- Informationsharing&decisionrights-Centralizedanddecentralizeddecision-
making and performance impact-The Value of Information-Effective forecasts-Information for
thecoordination of systems-Locating desired products-Lead-time reduction-Information and
supplychaintrade-offs-theValueofInformation-SupplyChainIntegrationImplicationsofDemandand
SupplyUncertainty
SE4iivsem-iv
UNITIII SUPPLYCHAININTEGRATION 9
Push,pull,andpush-pullsystems-Demand-drivenstrategies-
ImpactoftheInternetonsupplychainstrategies-Distributionstrategies-
Centralizedversusdecentralizedcontrol- Centralversuslocalfacilities-strategicAlliances-
Frameworkforstrategicalliances-Third-partylogistics- Retailer-SupplierPartnerships-
Distributorintegration-ProcurementandOutsourcingStrategies-Outsourcingbenefitsandrisks-
AFrameworkforBuy/MakeDecisions-E-Procurement-AFrameworkforE-
Procurement-OnlineMarketplaces
UNITIV SUPPLYCHAINDESIGN 9
Designforlogistics-Supplierintegrationinnewproductdevelopment-Masscustomization-
CoordinatedProductandSupplyChainDesign-CustomerValueandSupplyChainManagement-
Dimensionsofcustomervalue-Strategicpricing-Customervaluemeasures
UNITV INFORMATIONTECHNOLOGY 9
IT and customer value- Information Technology for SCM-Goals of IT for SCM-
Standardization-ITinfrastructure-SCMsystemcomponents-IntegratingITforSCM-
decisionSupportSystemsforSCM InternationalIssuesinSupplyChainManagement-
IntroductionglobalSCM-Risksandadvantages ofinternationalsupplychains-
Issuesininternationalsupplychainmanagement-Regionaldifferencesin Logistics
TOTAL:45 HOURS
TEXTBOOKS:
1. SJayaKrishna,Businesstransformationoutsourcing:AnIntroductionPaperback,ICFAIpress201
7
2. DominikaSpychalska,VendorManagedInventory:Exploringobjectives,benefitsand
shortcomingsofthebusinessconcept,LapLambertAcademicPublishing,2010
REFERENCEBOOKS:
1. SilaÇetinkaya&Chung-YeeLee,StockReplenishmentandShipmentSchedulingforVendor-
ManagedInventory Systems, Management Science,2008
2. Tempelmeier,InventoryManagementinSupplyNetworks—Problems,Models,Solutions,
nd
Norderstedt,2 edition2011.
SE4iivsem-iv
SCMFORSERVICESMARKETING
COURSEOBJECTIVE:
Torelatethestrategyinsupplychainmanagementforaseamlessintegrationofthedistributionchann
els.
ToexplainhowtechnologycaneasethecostandefficiencyoftheSCMofservices.
Torealizetheimportanceofdistributionin theservicesmarketing.
COURSEOUTCOMES:
Attheendofthecourse,thestudents willbeableto:
CO–1 :Differentiatethedifferencebetweengoodsandservices.
CO–2 :PlantheSCMaspectswithreferencetonon-profitorganizationandprofitorganization.
CO–3 :Explaintheimportanceofchannelmembers.
CO–4 :Explainthelogisticalandfacilitatingfunctionsoftheintermediaries.
CO–5 :Eliminatetheverticalandhorizontalconflictsinchannel.
CO–6 :Explainthereachtheconsumerseffectively.
CO–7 :Explaintheuseoftechnologyinthedistributionchain.
CO–8 :Createacosteffectiveintegrationofchannelpartners.
CO–9 :Makeuseofthecontemporarytechniquesinservicemarketing.
CO–10 :Explainthetrends inservicemarketing.
UNITI SERVICESMARKETINGANDSCM 9
ServicesMarketing,Channels&SupplyChainManagement:TheDifferenceBetweenServicesand Goods-
ServicesMarketing:TheDifferenceBetweenServicesandGoods-HowNon-ProfitMarketingDiffers
fromFor-ProfitMarketing
UNITII MARKETINGCHANNEL 9
DefinitionandFunctionintheMarketplace-
ChannelIntermediaries:DefinitionandFunctioninBusinessChannelIntermediaries:DefinitionandFunctio
ninBusiness-physicaldistribution
strategy,logisticalandfacilitatingfunctions.
UNITIII CHANNELCONFLICT 9
Horizontal&VerticalConflict-pricing,distributionandlogisticaloperations.Thechannel
members:goal-comprehensivechannelpartnership-Eliminateconflict-driveproductefficiently
SE4iivsem-iv
consumers.
UNITIV SCMTECHNOLOGY 9
Technology, Measurement, Relationship & Material Integration-Distribution cost-efficient
integrationofthedistributionchain
UNITV LATESTTRENDS 9
LatesttrendsinSCMforservicesmarketing,ContemporaryTechniquesforServicesMarketing
TOTAL:45 HOURS
TEXTBOOKS:
1. RobertMonczka,RobertHandfield,LarryGiunipero,
th
JamesPatterson,PurchasingandSupplyChainManagement,McGrawHill,6 edition2015
2. AlanHarrisonandRemkoVanHoek,LogisticsManagementandStrategy:Competingthroughthe
th
SupplyChain,McGrawHill,5 2015
3. DavidSimchi-Levi,PhilipKaminsky,DesigningandManagingtheSupplyChain,
EdithSimchi-Levi,2002.
REFERENCEBOOKS:
1. SunilChopraandPeterMeindl,SupplyChainManagement:Strategy,Planning,andOperation,Mc
th
GrawHill,7 edition2018.
th
2. MartinChristopherLogisticsandsupplychainmanagement5 edition 2016.
3.F.Robert Jacobs,WilliamBerry,D.ClayWhybark, ManufacturingPlanning
th
andControlforSupplyChainManagement,ThomasVollmann,6 edition2010.
4. ArjanJ.VanWeele,PurchasingandSupplyChainManagement:Analysis,Strategy,Planningand
th
Practice,Nichole,6 edition2012
5. ShoshanahCohenandJosephRoussel,StrategicSupplyChainManagement:TheFiveCore
nd
DisciplinesforTopPerformance, 2 edition2013
SE4iivsem-iv
TRANSPORTATIONANDDISTRIBUTION
MANAGEMENT
COURSEOBJECTIVE:
Toexplorethefundamentalconceptsoftransportationanddistributionmanagement
Togainknowledgeinnetworkplanning,routingandschedulingandapplicationofITintransportati
onand distribution management.
COURSEOUTCOMES:
Attheendofthecourse,thestudents willbeableto:
CO–1 :Designwellversedindistributiontechniquesinthesupplychain.
CO–2 :Developthevariousdistributionnetworkmodels
CO–3 :Makeuseoftheadvantagesanddisadvantagesofthevarious models.
CO–4 :Planforthedifferentdistributionnetworks
CO–5 :Gainknowledgeaboutthedistributionrequirementsplanning.
CO–6 :Rewritetheroleoftransportationinlogisticsandbusiness.
CO–7 :Predictthescopeandrelationshipoftransportationwithotherbusinessfunctions
CO–8 :Illustrateonthevariousmodesoftransportationandtheselectiondecisions.
CO–9 :Gainwellverseknowledgeonvehicleroutingandscheduling.
CO–10 :Identifytheissuesinvolvedininternationaltransportation.
UNITI DISTRIBUTION 9
RoleofDistributioninSupplychain,Distributionchannels–Functions,resources,Operationsin
Distribution,DesigningDistributionnetworkmodels-itsfeatures-advantagesanddisadvantages
UNITII PLANNING 9
Distributionnetworkplanning,Distributionnetworkdecisions,Distributionrequirementplanning
(DRP)
UNITIII TRANSPORTATION 9
RoleofTransportationinLogisticsandBusiness,PrincipleandParticipants-Scopeand
r1elationshipwithotherbusinessfunctions,ModesofTransportation-
ModeandCarrierselection,Routingandscheduling.
UNITIV TRANSPORTATION 9
Internationaltransportation,Carrier,FreightandFleetmanagement,Transportationmanagement
SE4iivsem-iv
systems-Administration,Ratenegotiation,TrendsinTransportation.
UNITV INFORMATIONTECHNOLOGY(IT) 9
UsageofITapplications-Ecommerce–ITMS,Communicationsystems-Automaticvehicle
locationsystems,GeographicinformationSystems.
TOTAL:45 HOURS
TEXTBOOKS:
1. DavidLowe,Lowe'sTransportManager'sandOperator'sHandbook2019
2. JanatShah,SupplyChainManagement,PearsonEducationIndia,2ndedition2016
3. RaghuramandN.Rangaraj,LogisticsandSupplychainManagement-
LeveragingMathematicalandAnalyticalModels:CasesandConcepts,NewDelhi:
Macmillan,2000.
REFERENCEBOOKS:
1. SunilChopra,PeterMeindl,SupplyChainManagement:Strategy,Planning,andOperation,Pearso
n,6th edition 2014.
2. MichaelBStroh,PracticalGuidetoTransportationandLogistics,LogisticsNetwork,2006.
3. AlanRushton,JohnOxley,HandbookofLogistics&DistributionManagement,KoganPagePublis
hers,2006.
SE4iivsem-iv
th
4 Semester
INTERNATIONALLOGISTICS
COURSEOBJECTIVE:
Toexplainthemovementofcargofromvendortoenduser acrosstheglobe
Toincreasethevalueinproduct.
Toaddvaluethatincludesimprovedqualityandproductaccessibilityacrosstheworldatoptimal
cost
COURSEOUTCOMES:
Attheendofthecourse,thestudents willbeableto:
CO–1 :Explainthevariousbasicissuesininternationaltransportation.
CO–2 :Explainthevariousparticipantsininternationaltransportation.
CO–3 :Explainthevariousmodesofinternationaltransportationandselectionofthemodes.
CO–4 :Explainaboutthemultimodalandintermodaltransportation.
CO–5 :Explainaboutthefreight costingandpricing.
CO–6 :Explainvariousissuesinvolvedinoceanmodeoftransportation.
CO–7 :Explainaboutthevariousclassificationsofshipsand shippingmethods.
CO–8 :Explainaboutrisksandinsuranceinoceantransportation.
CO–9 :Explainaboutairmodeoftransportation.
CO–10 :Explaintheadvantagesanddisadvantagesofaircargotransport.
UNITI TRANSPORTATION 9
ImportantTerminology,Freight,PartiesandPerilsAssociatedwithSeaMode-Partiesinvolvedin
seamodeoftransportation-OceanFreight-
TypesofSeaFreight,CalculationofFreight;MaritimeRisks,MarineInsurance.
UNITIII AIRANDFREIGHTTRANSPORTATION 9
Features,TypesandTerminology-
SignificantFeatures,AdvantagesandConstraintsofAirtransportation,TypesofCarriers,AirCargoChain
Operators,LegalAspectofCarriageofGoodsbyAir;FreightStructureand\organizationalsetup- ULD
Concept, Ai Cargo Tarif Structure-
r f
AirFreightClassification,AirFreightCalculation,FactorsAffectingAirFreightRates,AirFreight
Consolidation,RoleofIATAandTIACAinAirCargo Industry.
UNITIV LANDMODE 9
TransportationbyRailandRoad,MeaningofLandmodeoftransportation,International
RoadTransportation,InternationalRoadNetwork,AdvantagesandConstraintsofInternational
RoadTransport,InternationalRailTransportation,AdvantagesandConstraintsofInternationalRailTrans
port;PipelineasaModeofTransportationandConceptofMulti-modalism,Conceptof
Containerization.
UNITV EXIMPROCEDUREANDDOCUMENTATION 9
Export procedure in India, Import Procedure in India, Transport Documents, Mate Receipt, Bill
ofLading – features and types, Air-way Bill, Lorry Receipt; INCOTERMS 2013; Packaging
andLabelingforExports-Whatispackaging?FunctionsofPackaging,Labelingtheexportpackages,
Packagingfordifferentmodesoftransportation,RailReceipt.
TOTAL:45 HOURS
TEXTBOOKS:
1. EwanRoy,whatis globalsupplychainmanagement?byTradeReady,,2017
2. Altekar,supplychainmanagement,andconceptsPHI2013.
REFERENCEBOOKS:
1. R.B.HandfieldandE.L.Nochols,Jr.
nd
IntroductionSupplyChainManagement.PrenticeHall,2 edition(November30,2014)
2. SunilChopraandPeterMeindel.SupplyChainManagement:Strategy,Planning,and
th
Operation,PrenticeHallofIndia,6 Edition2013.
SE4iivsem-iv
PURCHASINGANDSTRATEGICSOURCING
COURSEOBJECTIVE:
ToexplorethefundamentalconceptsofGlobalProcurementManagement.
TogainknowledgeinStrategicSourcing.
COURSEOUTCOMES:
Attheendofthecourse,thestudents willbeableto:
CO–1 :Explainthebasicsofpurchasingoperations.
CO–2 :SummarizethePurchasingpolicies.
CO–3 :UnderstandtheMethodsof Supplierevaluationandselection.
CO–4 :AnalyzetheSupplierevaluationandselection.
CO–5 :DiscussaboutValueanalysis.
CO–6 :IdentifythetypesofProcessmappingtools.
CO–7 :DiscussaboutPriceanalysis.
CO–8 :DescribeaboutCostanalysistechniques.
CO–9 :DiscussaboutNegotiation
CO–10 :ExplaintheContractmanagement.
UNITI PURCHASINGOPERATIONSANDSTRUCTURE 9
Internalintegration-Externalintegration-Thecriticalroleofcrossfunctionalscouringteams- Integrating
supply management, engineering, and suppliers to develop new products and services –
purchasing/supplymanagementorganizationalstructure-Purchasingpositionwithintheorganizational
structure-Supplymanagementandcommoditystrategydevelopment -Aligningsupply management and
enterprise objectives - Category strategy management - Types of
supplymanagement strategies-E-reverseauctions- Evolvingsourcingstrategies-Supplier
evaluationand
selection-Supplierevaluationandselectionprocess-Keysupplierevaluationcriteria-Developing
SE4iivsem-iv
asupplierevaluationandselectionsurvey-Reducingsupplierevaluationandselectioncycletime.
TOOLSANDTECHNIQUESFORPURCHASING
UNITIII 9
ANALYSIS
UNITV NEGOTIATIONANDCONTRACTING 9
1. Parasram,“InCotermsExportsCoartindandPricingwithPracticalGuidetoinCo-
Terms,1sEdition,Jain Book, 6th Edition, 2010.
2. MIMahaian,“ImpartDoItYourself”,JainBook,7thEdition,2007.
REFERENCEBOOKS:
1. JohnWiley,“GlobalOperations&Logistics:Text&Cases-
Dornier”,PearsonEducation,2nEdition2013.
2. DavidSimchi-Levi,“Designing&ManagingSupplyChain-Concepts,Strategies”,Tata
McGraw-Hill,8thEdition,2000.
SE4iivsem-iv
WAREHOUSING&DISTRIBUTIONFACILITIES
MANAGEMENT
COURSEOBJECTIVE:
TohelpthestudentsinexplainingthesignificanceofWarehousing.
Toprovidetimelycustomerservice,
Tokeeptrackofitemssotheycanbefoundreadily&correctly
Tominimizethetotalphysical effortandminimizethecostofmoving goods.
COURSEOUTCOMES:
Attheendofthecourse,thestudents willbeableto:
CO–1 :Explainthebasicsofwarehousing.
CO–2 :Explainaboutthe variouswarehouseoperations.
CO–3 :Explainthevariouswarehousingdecisions.
CO–6 :Explainaboutthestoragesystemsusedinawarehouse.
CO–7 :Explainaboutthe varioustypesofwarehouses.
CO–8 :Explainaboutinventorymanagementinthesupplychain.
Introduction–Warehousing–WarehousingDecisions–WarehouseOperations–WMS–
Typesof Warehouses–WarehouseLayout–Functions-Equipmentandcomponents–
Centralized&Decentralized– WarehouseoperationsandStorageSystems–
WarehousingCostAnalysis
UNITII INVENTORYMANAGEMENT 9
Concepts–RoleinSupplyChain–RoleinCompetitiveStrategy–IndependentDemandSystems–
DependentDemandSystems–Functions–Types–Cost–NeedforInventory–JustinTime-
InventoryControl–ABCInventoryControl–BullWhipEffect
UNITIII MANAGINGWAREHOUSEEFFICIENCY 9
Orderpicking–Pickingmethods-pickpath–MeasuringWarehouseEfficiency–
Warehouse Workforcedesignanddevelopment–crossdocking
SE4iivsem-iv
UNITIV UNITIZATION,SHIPPINGANDPACKAGING 9
Containeroptimization-Containerloadingandvoidfill-Weighchecking-Automatedloading-Dock
management-packaging-types-cost-andlabellingfunctionsanddesign
UNITV DISTRIBUTIONFACILITIESMANAGEMENT 9
MaterialHandlingSystems–TypesofMaterialHandlingEquipment–ModernWarehousing–
ASRS&theirOperations–BarCoding-Technology&ApplicationsinLogisticsIndustry–RFID
Technology&Applications–TypesofConveyors–RefrigeratedWarehouses
TOTAL:45 HOURS
TEXTBOOKS:
nd
1. Frazelle,WorldClassWarehousing&MaterialHandling,TataMcGraw-Hill,2 edition2015.
rd
2. Vinod.V.Sople,LogisticsManagement,PearsonEducation,3 edition2012.
th
3. Arnold,IntroductionMaterialsManagement,PearsonEducation,7 edition2011.
REFERENCEBOOKS:
1. Frazelle,WorldClassWarehousing&MaterialHandling,TataMcGraw-Hill,2ndedition
2015.
2. SatishK.KapoorandPurvaKansal,BasicsofDistributionManagement-
ALogisticalApproach,PrenticeHall,1stEdition2004
3. SatishK.KapoorandPurvaKansalMarketing,Logistics-ASupplyChainApproach,
4. PearsonEducation,2003
SE4iivsem-iv
CONTRACTLOGISTICS&CLOSEDLOOPSUPPLY
CHAINS
COURSEOBJECTIVE:
TopreparestudentssuccessfullyimplementacontractlogisticsandclosedsupplychaininRetail,F
MCG and Automobile sectors.
Toexplaintheconceptandprincipleofcontractlogisticsandclosed supplychain
COURSEOUTCOMES:
Attheendofthecourse,thestudents willbeableto:
CO–1 :Explainthebasicsofcontractlogistics.
CO–2 :Explainaboutthethirdpartylogisticsindustry
CO–3 :Explaincontractlogistics.
CO–4 :Explainaboutthethirdpartylogisticsproviders.
CO–8 :Explainaboutthebusinessandmarketsforclosedloopsupplychains.
CO–9 :Explainthereasonsforusingreverselogistics.
CO–10 :Explaintheemergingtrendsinclosedloopsupplychains.
UNITI CONTRACTLOGISTICS 9
Thirdpartylogisticsindustryoverview-Aframeworkforstrategicalliances- Evolutionof
contractlogistics-Typesofthirdpartylogisticsproviders–Auto,FMCGandRetail-Thirdpartyservices
andintegration
UNITII CLOSEDLOOPSUPPLYCHAINSANDLOGISTICS 9
Overview-Introductionlifecyclemanagement-Trendsandopportunities–AuWarranty
management,returnprocessandbenchmarks-Marketoverview-Reasonsforusingreverselogistics-
Generalcharacteristics-ConsumergoodsDepotrepairandvalueaddedservices-
SE4iivsem-iv
Operatingdynamics-Competitiveevaluation-Secondarymarketsandfinaldisposal.
UNITIV EMERGINGTRENDS 9
EmergingtrendsinRetail,FMCGandAusectors-Systemsandtechnology-Forconsumergoods
operations,Hightechlogistics system -Impact andvalueofadvancedlogistics-
UNITV MANAGINGPROCESSES 9
Managingprocesses-Stepbystepprocess-Useofthirdpartyserviceproviders-Additional
factors– Contemporaryissues–MakeinIndiaanditsimpactonCountriesGDPandEconomicGrowth
TOTAL:45 HOURS
TEXTBOOKS:
nd
1. JanatShah,SupplyChainManagement:TextandCases,2 Edition2016.
nd
2. JanatShah,SupplyChainManagement:TextandCases,2 Edition2017.
3. JohnManners-Bell,LogisticsandSupplyChainsinEmergingMarkets,KoganPage,2017.
REFERENCEBOOKS:
1. Coyle,JohnJoseph.(2017).Supplychainmanagement:alogisticsperspective.10thed.Australia:C
engageLearning.HD38.5C692017
2. Abbey,J.D.,&GuideJr,V.D.R.(2017).Closed-loopsupplychains:astrategicoverview
SustainableSupplyChains(pp. 375-393):Springer
SE4iivsem-iv
LOGISTICSANDSUPPLYCHAINPERFORMANCE
MANAGEMENT
COURSEOBJECTIVE:
Tounderstandtheperformancesofeachindividualdriveraremonitored.
Tounderstandthereasonfortheperformance,dropateverystageofthesupplychainismonitoredand
briefed.
COURSEOUTCOMES:
Attheendofthecourse,thestudentswillbeableto:
CO–1 :Learnabouttheplanningoflogisticsandsupplychainmanagement.
CO–2 :Evaluateperformanceoflogistics.
CO–3 :Reproduceknowledgeonmeasurementoflogistics
CO–4 :Designthevariousmeasurementsystems.
CO–5 :Nameofcontrolsystemoflogistics.
CO–6 :Operateandimplementationofcontrolsystem.
CO–7 :Organizetheimplementationofleanlogistics.
UNITI STRATEGIES,PLANNINGANDPERFORMANCE 9
PrinciplesandstrategiesofLogisticsandsupplychainmanagement,Logisticsandsupplychain
operationsplanning,Approachestodevelopmetrics
UNITII LOGISTICSMEASUREMENTSSYSTEMS 9
Logisticalandsupplychainmeasurement,Measurementsinintegrationcontext
UNITIII LOGISTICSCONTROLSYSTEMS 9
Logistics/supplychaincontrol,Characteristicsofanidealmeasurementsystem
UNITIV UNDERSTANDINGPERFORMANCEFRAMEWORKS 9
Mappingforsupplychainmanagement,Leanthinkingandsupplychainmanagement
UNITV SUPPLYCHAINPERFORMANCEMEASUREMENT 9
Measurementofsupplychainperformance.
SE4iivsem-iv
TOTAL:45 HOURS
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Bowersox&Closs,LogisticalManagement,McGraw-HillCcompanies,2017.
2. MartinChristopher,Logistics&Supplychainmanagement,2016.
REFERENCEBOOKS:
1. SunilChopraandPeterMeindl,SupplyChainmanagement-
Strategy,PlanningandOperation,PearsonEducation2018.
2. Mohanty,EssentialsofSupplyChainManagement,Jaico2018.PublishingHouse,2018
SE4iivsem-iv
GREENSUPPLYCHAINMANAGEMENT
COURSEOBJECTIVE:
Toprovidefoundationalknowledgeassociatedwiththegreensupplychain.
Toteachtheimplicationoftoday’smostpressingenvironmentalissues
Todescribehowthevariousgreensupplychainpracticescanactuallysavemoney,increasesefficien
cyand reducedelivery time.
COURSEOUTCOMES:
Attheendofthecourse,thestudents willbeableto:
CO–5 :ExplaintheGreenProcurementandPurchasing
CO–6 :IdentifytheGreenSupplierDevelopment.
CO–7 :Illustratethe4Re’s.
CO–8 :ExplaintheLeanManufacturingforGreenManufacturing.
CO–9 :IllustratetheClosingtheLoop:ReverseLogistics.
CO–10 :ExplaintheapplicationsofGreenLogisticsandTransportation
UNITI INTRODUCTION 9
Introduction–TraditionalSupplyChainandGreenSupplyChain–
EnvironmentalConcernandSupplyChain–Closed-loopSupplyChain–
CorporateEnvironmentalManagement–Green
SupplyChain(GSCM):Definition,BasicConcepts–GSCMPractices
UNITII ECO-DESIGN 9
DesignfortheEnvironment(DFE)orEco-Design–Eco-
DesignandSupplierRelationships– DefinitionsofEco-Design–
ToolsofProductEco-Design–Involvingsuppliersinproducteco-
design:Drivers,ChallengesandSuccessfulfactors
UNITIII GREENPURCHASING 9
GreenProcurementandPurchasing–Definitionsofgreenpurchasing–
Driversofgreenpurchasing – Greenpurchasingstrategies–
SE4iivsem-iv
Greenpurchasingperformancemeasurement–
GreenSupplierDevelopmentandCollaboration.
SE4iivsem-iv
UNITIV GREENMANUFACTURING 9
GreenManufacturingorProduction:Evolution,Definitions–
4Re’s:recycling,remanufacturing,reuseandreduction–Closed-loopManufacturing–
ISO14000systems–LifeCycleAnalysis
(LCA)–LeanManufacturingforGreenManufacturingorProduction.
UNITV GREENLOGISTICSANDTRANSPORTATION 9
GreenLogisticsandTransportation–DefinitionsofGreenLogistics–CriticaldriversofGreen
Logistics–Greentransportationandlogisticspractices–
Environmentalimpactsoftransportationandlogistics–ClosingtheLoop:ReverseLogistics
TOTAL:45 HOURS
TEXTBOOKS:
1. JosephSarkis,YijieDou.GreenSupplyChainManagement:AConciseIntroduction,Routledge,2
017.
2. CharisiosAchillas,DionysisD.Bochtis,DimitriosAidonis,DimitrisFolinas.GreenSupply
ChainManagement,Routledge,2018.
REFERENCEBOOKS:
1. Hsiao-
FanWang,SurendraM.Gupta.GreenSupplyChainManagement:ProductLifeCycle
Approach, McGrawHillpublishing,2011
2. StuartEmmett,VivekSood.GreenSupplyChains:AnActionManifesbyStuartEmmett,
Wileypublications,2010
SE4iivsem-iv
SUPPLYCHAINANALYTICS
COURSEOBJECTIVE:
Toprovidefoundationalknowledgeassociatedwiththesupplychainanalytics
Todescribethevarioustoolsandtechniquesforimplementationofanalyticsbasedonthesupplychain
drivers suchas location,logistics and inventory
TodescribethevarioustechniquesforanalyticsbasedontheMultiAttributeDecisionMaking(MA
DM) andrisk
Toprovidetheapplicationsofanalyticsinsupplychain
COURSEOUTCOMES:
Attheendofthecourse,thestudents willbeableto:
CO–1 :ExplainthefundamentalconceptsofOptimization.
CO–2 :UnderstandontheOperationsResearchTechniquesforAnalytics.
CO–3 :Understandontheimplementationofanalyticsinlocationandlayout.
CO–4 :Analyzetheinventoryusingaggregateproductionmodel.
CO–5 :Identifythedifferentqualitymodels.
CO–6 :Illustratethequalityproblemsforanalytics.
CO–7 :ExplainthedifferentdimensionsusingAnalyticHierarchyProcess.
CO–8 :ExplainthedifferentdimensionsforAggregateProductionPlanning(APP)
CO–9 :IdentifythetypeofanalyticsforSimulationinsupplychain.
CO–10 :DesignthetypeofanalyticsforSimulationinsupplychain.
UNITI INTRODUCTION 9
Introduction–OverviewonSupplyChain,AnalyticsandSupplyChainAnalytics–
DashboardswithrelevantKPIsforSupplyChain–Optimization–Classificationofoptimizationproblems–
OptimizationforAnalytics–OperationsResearchTechniquesforAnalytics
UNITII LOCATIONANDLAYOUT 9
Plant/WarehousingDecisions–LocationMethods–LocationModels–NetworkModels–Layout
Methods–LineBalancing:KPIs(Cycletime, Idletime)–InventoryManagement
UNITIII TOTALQUALITYMANAGEMENT 9
Introduction–StatisticalQualityControl(SQC)–StatisticalProcessControl(SPC)–
Pareto Analysis–Histogram–ScatterDiagram–ControlCharts–
ProcessCapabilityAnalysis:KPIs(Cp
SE4iivsem-iv
andCpk)
UNITIV PLANNING&MULTIATTRIBUTEDECISIONMAKING 9
CapacityPlanning–MeasurementofCapacity:KPIs(EfficiencyandUtilization)–Aggregate
ProductionPlanning(APP):Model,Techniques–MultiAttributeDecisionMaking(MADM)–
AnalyticHierarchyProcess
UNITV SIMULATION&DOE 9
Introductiontosimulation–Type:DiscreteandContinuoussimulation–Simulationmodels–
StepsinSimulationstudy–SimulationforAnalytics–ExperimentalDesigns(Taguchi,RSD,
MixtureDesign)
TOTAL:45 HOURS
TEXTBOOKS:
1. JamesR.Evans.,BusinessAnalytics–Methods,ModelsandDecisions,PearsonPublications,1st
Edition,2012.
2. G.V.Shenoy,U.K.Srivastava,S.C.Sharma,OperationsResearchforManagement,NewAge
International,Revised2ndEd,2005.
REFERENCEBOOKS:
SOURCING MANAGEMENT
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
Toexplainthestrategicroleofsourcingmanagementincreatingandenhancingafirm’scompetitive
advantages
Tounderstandthesourcingactivities,suppliermanagement
Tolearnabouttheglobalsourcingmanagement.
Tolearnaboutthelatesttrendsin sourcing.
COURSEOUTCOMES:
Attheendofthecourse,thestudentswillbeableto:
CO–1 :Explainaboutthe fundamentalSourcingconcepts.
CO–2 :Evaluatetheselectionofsupplier.
CO–3 :ExplaintheGlobalSourcing.
CO–4 :ExplainthevariousPerformanceMeasurementandEvaluation.
CO–5 :ExplaintheSourcingin SupplyChain.
UNITI INTRODUCTION 9
Sourcing–Sourcingmanagement:Concept,Functions,Application–SupplierEvaluationand
Selection(Concepts):SupplierRating–Ratingcriteria–Factors
UNITII GLOBALSOURCING 9
IntroductiontoGlobalSourcing–TrendsinGlobalSourcing–GlobalSourcing–Negotiation–
PerformanceMeasurementandEvaluation(ConceptsandMetalcraftCase)
UNITIII SUPPLYCHAIN 9
SupplyChain:TheRoleofSourcing–Components–KeyProcess–Outsource:Various
Mechanism–Third-partylogistics(3PL):Service
UNITIV ANALYTICALTOOLS 9
AnalyticalToolsinSourcing(TotalCostofOwnership(WireHarnesscase),PricingAnalyses
SE4iivsem-iv
(PlasticShieldcase))–AnalyticalToolsinSourcing(ForeignExchangeCurrencyManagement,
LearningCurve,QuantityDiscountModels)–IntegrativePacificSystemsCase(SupplierScorecard,Sourcing
Risk,SupplierFinancialAnalysis)
UNITV RISKS&TRENDS 9
SourcingRiskManagement(Concepts)–ElectronicSourcing–SustainabilityandSourcing(Green
Sourcing;Walmart-ChinaCase)
TOTAL:45 HOURS
TEXTBOOKS:
1. SunilChopraandPeterMeindi,SupplyChainManagement–
SE4iivsem-iv
Objectives:
Tofamiliarisewiththehealthcareenvironment
Tounderstandtheconceptsofmanagementwithrelevancetohospitals
UNITI
Introduction–Theoreticalframework-Environment-InternalandExternal–EnvironmentalScanning–
EconomicEnvironment–CompetitiveEnvironment–NaturalEnvironment–PoliticoLegalEnvironment–
SocioCulturalEnvironment-InternationalandTechnologicalEnvironment.
UNITII
A Conceptual Approach to Understanding the Health Care Systems – Evolution – InstitutionalSetting
- Out Patient services– MedicalServices– Surgical Services –Operating department –
Pediatricservices–Dental services –Psychiatric services – Casualty & Emergency services –
HospitalLaboratoryservices–Anesthesiaservices– ObstetricsandGynecologyservices–Neuro –
Surgeryservice–Neurologyservices.
UNITIII
OverviewofHealthCareSectorinIndia–Primarycare–Secondarycare–Tertiarycare–RuralMedicalcare–
urbanmedicalcare–curativecare–Preventivecare–General&specialHospitals-
UnderstandingtheHospitalManagement–
RoleofMedical,NursingStaff,ParamedicalandSupportingStaff-HealthPolicy-PopulationPolicy-
DrugPolicy–MedicalEducation Policy
UNITIV
Health Care Regulation–WHO,InternationalHealth regulations,IMA,
MCI,State
MedicalCouncilBodies,HealthuniversitiesandTeachingHospitalsandotherHealthcareDeliverySystems
UNITV
Epidemiology–Aims–Principles–Descriptive,AnalyticalandExperimentalEpidemiology-Methods-Uses
REFERENCES
Seth,M.L.MACROECONOMICS,Laksminarayana Agrawal,
Edu,Pub.Agra.1996Peter,Z&Fredrick,B.HEALTHECONOMICS,OxfordPub.,NewYork,1997Shan
mugansundaram,Y.,HEALTHECONOMICS,OxfordPub.NewYork,1997
SE4iivsem-iv
COURSE CODE:MBAH305
HOSPIT ALARCHITECTURE, PLANNING AND MAINTENANCE
Objectives:
TounderstandthenecessityofarchitectureandplanninginHospitals
Togetfamiliarisedwiththedesigningandmaintenanceofhospitalsystems
UNITI
Hospitalasasystem: Definition of hospital–classification of hospitals–changing role ofhospitals–
roleofhospitaladministrator–hospitalasasystem–hospital&community.
UNITII
Planning: Principles of planning–regionalization - hospital planning team–planning process–sizeof
the hospital – site selection – hospital architect – architect report – equipping a hospital –
interiors&graphics– construction&commissioning–planningforpreventinginjuries–electricalsafety
UNITIII
Technicalanalysis:Assessmentofthedemandandneedforhospitalservices–
factorsinfluencinghospitalutilization– bedplanning–landrequirements–projectcost–
spacerequirements– hospitaldrawings&documents-preparingprojectreport.
UNITIV
Hospitalstandardsanddesign:Buildingrequirement–Entrance&AmbulatoryZone–DiagnosticZone–
IntermediateZone– Criticalzone–ServiceZone–Administrativezone–ListofUtilities–
Communicationfacility–Biomedicalequipment-Voluntary & Mandatorystandards– Generalstandards–
Mechanicalstandards–Electricalstandards– standardforcentralizedmedicalgassystem–
standardsforbiomedicalwaste
UNITV
Facilitiesplanning:Transport–Communication–Foodservices–Mortuary–
Informationsystem–Minorfacilities–others.
REFERENCES
G.D.Kunders,DESIGNINGFORTOTALQUALITYINHE
ALTHCARE
GuptaS.K;SunilKantChandraShekhar;RSatpathy,MODERNTRENDSINPLANNINGAND
DESIGNING OF HOSPITALS
SyedAminTabish,HOSPITALANDNURSINGHOMESPLANNING,ORGANISATIONS&MANAGE
MENT
G.D.Kunders,HOSPITALS,FACILITIESPLANNINGANDMANAGEMENT
SE4iivsem-iv
Objectives:
TointroducewiththeTQMConcepts
Tounderstandtheimportanceofqualityinhospitalmanagement
UNITI
Qualitymission,policyandobjectives;concepts,evolutionanddeterminantsofquality;interpretationandpr
ocessofquality audits;cost of quality and economics of quality.Concepts
ofqualityimprovement,qualityassurance,businessscorecard.Contributionofqualitygurus:Shewhart,Jura
n,
Figenbaum,Ishika wa,DemingandTaguchi;SPC,SQC,CWQC,TPM,TQC:
UNITII
Definition, underlying concepts, implementation and measurement of TQM, internal customer-
supplierrelationship,QFD,QualityCircles,Qualityimprovementteams,teamworkandmotivationinTQMim
plementation,traini ngandeducation,roleofcommunicationinimplementingTQM,policydeployment.
UNITIII
Processes in service organization and their control, simple seven tools of quality control;
checksheet, Histogram, Scatter
diagram,ProcessMapping,CauseandEffectdiagram,Paretoanalysis,controlchartsand
Advancedtoolsofquality -SQC; control charts for variables- X,
Xbar, and
Rchartsandcontrolchartsforattributesp,Np,andccharts.Acceptancesamplingplanandoccurrence.
UNITIV
Facetsofquality,qualityplanning,qualityimprovementmethods,Kaizen,qualityaudits,dicmealaudit,accreditat
i
on,nursingcar estandards,SixSigma,JITandNABL
IntroductiontoIS02000,ISO14000,andISO18000.
Documentationofqualitysystems,qualitymanual,proceduremanuals,workinstructionmanualsandrecordsfor
ISO2000.
BenchmarkingandBusinessProcessReengineering:definition,methodologyanddesign,evaluation and
analysis
UNITV
CurrenttrendsinTQM-Qualityinhealthcare,Accreditation-
withspecialemphasisonNABHAccreditation,
REFERENCES:
BesterfieldH.Dale,TOTALQUALITYMANAGEMENT,PearsonNewDelhi,2005.SridharBhat,TOT
AL
QUALITYMANAGEMENT,HimalayaHousepub.,Mumbai,2002SundaraRajuS.M.,TOTALQUALI
SE4iivsem-iv
TY
MANAGEMENT:APRIMER,TataMcGrawHill,Srinivasan,N.S.ANDV.NARAYANA,MANAGING
Q UALIY-CONCEPTSANDTASKS,
NewAgeInternational,1996.Kume,H.,MANAGEMENTOFQUA
LITY,ProductivityPress,1996
COURSE CODE:MBAH401
HEALTH CARE LAWS, ETHICS AND MEDICALTERMINOLOGY
Objectives:
Togetacquaintedwiththelegalprovisionandissuesrelatedtohealthcare
Tofamiliarisewiththemedicalterminologies
Tounderstandtheethicalissuesinhealthcaresystem
UNITI
LawsrelatingtoHospitalformation:Promotion-Formingsociety-TheCompaniesAct-
LawofPartnership- ASampleConstitutionfortheHospital-
TheTamilNaduClinicsAct– MedicalEthics-
UNITII
LawsrelatingPurchasesandfunding:Lawofcontracts-LawofInsurance-ExportImportPolicy-FEMA-
ExemptionofIncomeTaxforDonations-
TaxObligations:FilingReturnsandDeductionsatSource.LawspertainingtoHealth:CentralBirthsandDeaths
RegistrationAct,19 69-Recentamendments–MedicalTerminationofPregnancyAct,1971–
InfantMilkSubstitutes,FeedingBottles and InfantFoodAct, 1992.
UNITIII
LawspertainingtoHospitals:TransplantationofHumanOrgansAct,1994–Pre-
natalDiagnosticTechniques(RegulationandPreventionofMisuse)Act,1994–
MedicalNegligence –MedicoLegalCase–DyingDeclaration-
MCIactonmedicaleducation.TheBiomedicalWaste
(ManagementandHandling)Rules-RadiationSafetySystem.
UNITIV
Medical Terminology- Glossary of medical terms: major Diseases and medical specialties-
Roots,Prefixes, Suffixes, Abbreviations and symbols-Common roots: element referring to, usage
anddefinition-Commonprefixesandsuffixes-
Commonabbreviations:departments,time,generalhealthcare,routesofmedicationandlaboratory-Symbols.
UNITV
Illness-Classificationanddescriptionofdiseases-InfectionControl-Medicalasepsis,Nosocomial infection
and communicable diseases, Reservoir, carrier and mode of transmission-Overview of Hospital
Services -Intensive care unit – Coronary care Unit – Burns, paraplegic &Malignant disease treatment
SE4iivsem-iv
REFERENCES
BMSakharkar,PRINCIPLESOFHOSPITALADMINISTRATIONANDPLANNING–
JaypeebrothersPublications.
FrancisCM,MarioCdeSouza;HOSPITALADMINISTRATION–JaypeebrothersMedicalPublishers
SE4iivsem-iv
COURSE CODE:MBAH402
PATIENTCARE MANAGEMENT
Objectiv
es:
Tounderstandtheimportanceofpatientcaremanagement
Tobeacquaintedwiththedisasterandsafety&SecurityManagementinHopitals
UNITI
Patientcentricmanagement-Conceptofpatientcare,Patient-
centricmanagement,Organizationofhospitaldepartments,Rolesofdepartments/managersinenhancingcar
e,Patientcouns eling&Practicalexamplesofpatientcentricmanagementinhospitals-
Patientsafetyandpatientriskmanagement.
UNITII
Qualityinpatientcaremanagement-
Definingquality,Systemsapproachtowardsquality,Towardsaqualityframework,Keytheoriesandconcepts,Mo
delsforqualit yimprovement&Variations in practice
UNITIII
Patientclassificationsystemsandtheroleofcasemix-
Whydoweneedtoclassifypatients,Typesofpatientclassificationsystems,ICD9(CM,PM),Casemixclassificatio
nsystems,DRG, HBG,ARDRG,CasemixinnovationsandPatientempoweringclassificationsystems.
UNITIV
Medical ethics & auditory procedures-Ethical principles, Civic rights, Consumer Protection
Act,Patient complaintspowers & procedures of the district forum, State and National
commission,Patient appeals, Autopsy, Tort liability, Vicariousliability, Medical
negligence, Central &
statelaws,Useofinvestigationaldrugs,Introduction/need&proceduresformedicalaudit,Auditadministrati
on & Regulating committees-Confidentiality and professional secrecy, ethics of trustand ethics of
rights – autonomy and informed consent, under trading of patient rights – universalaccessibility–
equityandsocialjustice,humandignity
UNITV
Disasterpreparedness-Policies&proceduresforgeneralsafety,firesafetyprocedureforevacuation, disaster
plan and crisis management . Policies & procedures for
maintaining medicalrecords,e-
records,legalaspectsofmedicalrecords,itssafety,preservationandstorage.
REFERENCES:
GoelSL&KumarR.HOSPITALCORESERVICES:HOSPITALADMINISTRATIONOF
ST
THE21 CENTURY2004ed.,DeepDeepPublicationsPvtLtd:NewDelhi
SE4iivsem-iv
GuptaS&KantS.Hospital&HealthCareAdministration:AppraisalandReferralTreatise1998ed.,Jay
pee, NewDelhi
UNITI
FrontOffice-Admission–Billing–MedicalRecords–AmbulatoryCare-
DeathinHospital– Brought-inDead-
MaintenanceandRepairsBioMedicalEquipment
UNITII
ClinicalServices-ClinicalDepartments–Outpatientdepartment(OPD)–Introduction–Location – Types
of patients in OPD – Facilities – Flow pattern of patients – Training and Co-ordination; Radiology –
Location – Layout – X-Ray rooms – Typesof X-Ray machines – Staff -USG – CT –MRI– ECG.
UNITIII
SupportingServices–HouseKeeping–LinenandLaundry,-FoodServices-
CentralSterileSupplyDepartment(CSSD)
UNITIV
Facility Location and Layout importance of location, factors, general steps in location selection -
Types of lay outs – product, process, service facility layout-Work standards, techniquesof
workmeasurement-Work sampling, calibration of hospital equipments. Productivity
measures, valueaddition,capacityutilization,productivity–
capitaloperations,HRincentivescalculation,applications in hospital.
UNITV
Purchasingstrategyprocess–organizingthepurchasingfunction–financialaspectsofpurchasing–
tacticalandoperationalapplicationsinpurchasing,InventoryManagement:valuationandaccountingforinventor
y– physicallocationandcontrolofinventory–planningandreplenishmentconcepts–
protectinginventory;ValueManagement,Valueengineering,valueanalysis.
REFERENCES
MadhuriSharma,ESSENTIALSFORHOSPITALSUPPORTSERVICESANDPHY
SICALINFRASTRUCTURE,
SakharkarBM,PRINCIPLESOFHOSPITALSADMINISTRATIONANDPLANNI
NG,
JaypeeFrancisCM,MarioCdeSouza,HOSPITALADMINISTRATION,NewDelhi,20
00
SE4iivsem-iv
PrabhuKM,SoodSK,HOSPITALLABORATORYSERVICESORGANIZATIONAN
D
MANAGEMENT,JournalofAcademyofHospitalAdministration,2(@)1990
SE4iivsem-iv
Tofamiliarisewiththeconceptsofprocurement
Tounderstandstoresmanagementandinventorycontrolsystem
UNITI
PrinciplesofLogisticManagement:DefinitionofLogisticsManagement–
FunctionsofLogisticsManagement– PrinciplesofPurchaseManagement-Tenderingprocedures–
procurementprocedure-Vendordevelopmentandrating–
Methodsofpayment–Letterofcredit
–Foreigncurrency-payments.-Importdocumentation.
UNITII
Inventorycontrol:Definition-objectivesofInventoryControl–TypesofInventorycost–Typesof Inventory
Control – Pareto’s law -ABC /VED / SDE Analysis – Lead Time – Buffer stock –Reorderlevel–
EconomicOrderQuantity (EOQ)– TypesofInventory Controlsystems.
UNITIII
StoresManagement-locationandlayout–Standardization,CodificationandClassificationofmaterials–
Materialaccountingandphysicaldistribution–Storedocumentation
–condemnationanddisposalofscrap, surplusandobsoletematerials–TypesofstoresinaHospital.
UNITIV
Equipment Planning and Procurement: Steps in equipment selection – Utilization index –
Factorsleading to poor utilization of equipment- planning and procurement of spares / accessories
/consumables.
UNITV
Recent trends in Materials Management: Types of Materials used and stored in a Hospital–
Computerization of Materials function – MIS Reports – Concept and frame work of supply
chainmanagement-conceptofJustintime andCentralpurchasing.
REFERENCES:
Mr.KSMenon,STORESMANAGEMENT2ed.,MacmillanIndiaLtd.,
Mr.RupnarayanBose,ANINTRODUCTIONTODOCUMENTARYCREDITS,
MacmillanIndiaLtd
Mr.BSSahay,SUPPLYCHAINMANAGEMENT,MacmillanIndiaLtd
Mr.Gopalakrishnan&Sunderasan,MATERIALSMANAGEMENT.
SE4iivsem-iv
Objectives:
Togetfamiliarisedwithsupportservicesystems
Togetacquaintedwithhazardsanditsmanagementinhospitalenvironment
UNITI
NutritionandDietaryservices–Pharmacyservices–MedicalRecordsservices.
UNITII
FacilitiesEngineering–MaintenanceofCivilAssets–ElectricalsupplyandWatersupply–Medicalgaspipeline–
PlumbingandSanitation–Airconditioningsystem–HotwaterandSteamsupply–CommunicationSystems–
Biomedicalengineeringdepartmentsinmodernhospitals.
UNITIII
Laundryservices–Housekeepingservices–CSSD-Energyconservationmethods–AMC.
UNITIV
Ambulanceservices–Mortuaryservices–Hospitalsecurityservices.
UNITV
Disastermanagement–Firehazards–EngineeringHazards–Radiologicalhazards.-
OutsourcingofSupportservices– Wastedisposalandmanagement-fewcasestudies.
REFERENCES:
G.D.Kunders,HOSPITALANDFACILITIESPLANNINGANDDESIGN
JacobKline,HANDBOOKOFBIO-MEDICALENGINEERING
WebsterJ.GandAlbertM.Coo,CLINICALENGINEERINGPRINCIPLESANDPRACTICES
AntonyKelly,MAINTENANCEPLANNINGANDCONTROL
SE4iivsem-iv
Objectives:
TounderstandtheroleofITinhospitalmanagement
Tofamiliarisewiththelatestdevelopmentsintechnologywithrelevancetohospitals
UnitI
TheInformationExplosion:Informationisimportant–Impactonsociety–Impactonteachingandlearning–
ImpactonGovernment–ImpactonHealthcare–Thefutureofhealthcaretechnology–
Thefuturehealthcarerecord– Preparingforthefuture–Summary.TheworldofInformatics.
UnitII
TheElectronichealthrecord:Functionsofthehealthrecord–Changingfunctionsofthepatientsrecord–
Advantagesofthepaperrecord–Disadvantagesofthepaperrecord–Opticallyscannedrecords–
Theelectronichealthrecord– Automatingthepaperrecord–AdvantagesoftheEHR–
DisadvantagesoftheEHR–Bedsideorpoint-or-caresystems– HumanfactorsandtheEHR–
RoadblocksandchallengestoEHRimplementation–The future
UnitIII
SecuringtheInformation:PrivacyandconfidentialityandLaw–Whoownsthedata?–Security
–Computercrime–Roleofhealthcareprofessionals–Summary.InformationSystemscycle:Theinformation
systems cycle – Analysis – Design phase – Development – Implementation –Whysomeprojects fails?
UnitIV
ElectronicCommunications:Abitofhistory–Hardwareandsoftwareforconnecting–
Methodsofaccessinginformation– WorldWideWeb(WEB)–CommunicationTechnologies
UnitV
Telehealth– Historical perspective on telehealth – Types of Technology – Clinical initiatives –
Administrative initiatives– Advantages and Barriers of telehealth–Future
trends – Summary-
ThefutureofInformatics:GlobalizationofInformationTechnology–Electroniccommunication
–Knowledgemanagement–Genomics–Advances inpublichealth–Speech recognition–Wireless
computing–Security
–Telehealth–InformaticsEducation–BarrierstoInformationTechnologyimplementation
REFERENCES:
KathleenM.,INFORMATICSFORHEALTHCAREPROFE
SSIONAL
JamesO’Brien,TateMcGrawHill,MANAGEMENTINFORMATIONSYSTEM
PeterNorton,INTRODUCTIONTOCOMPUTER,TataMcGrawHill
SE4iivsem-iv
Objectives:
Tounderstandthebasicconceptsandmethodsofepidemiology
TogetfamiliarisedwiththeEmergencyEpidemicManagementSystem
UNITI
BasicconceptsandmethodsofEpidemiologyandapplicationtothevarietyofdiseaseproblems
–HealthforallandprimaryHealthcare–Clinicaltrails–communitytrails–
ethicalconsiderations–inferencefrom epidemiologicalstudies.
SE4iivsem-iv
UNITII
NationalHealthProgrammesrelatedtoCommunicablediseases-
Malaria,Filarial,Tuberculosis,Leprosy,AIDS,andSTDNationalHealthProgrammesrelatedtoNonCom
municablediseases– Cancer,Blindness,Diabetes,andMentalHealth-
Reproductiveandchildhealthprogramme(RCH)- Healthrelatednationalprogrammes–
IntegratedChilddevelopmentscheme,watersupplyand sanitation,minimumneedsprogramme.
UNITIII
Alcoholismanddrugdependency:Alcoholandalcoholism–
opioddruguse– cocaineandothercommonlyabuseddrugs–
nicotineaddiction–settingupde-addictionandrehabilitationcenters.
UNITIV
EnvironmentalandOccupationalhazards–Hazardsofenvironmentandworkplace– Sterilizations–
Autoclaves– Wastedisposalmanagement(SolidsandLiquids)–Incinerators.
UNITV
EmergencyEpidemicManagementSystem–Safetysystems–ImmunizationandIsolationsystems–
Communicationsystems– PublicHealthServiceSystems–HealthandPopulationpolicyandStrategies–
DistrictHealthOrganization– Regionalizationofhealthcare.
REFERENCEBOOKS:
Gilienfeld,FOUNDATIONOFEPIDEMIOLOGY
Brilliant
Lawrence,SMALLPOXERADICATIONININDIARonaldGoldet.el.,PRE-
TESTSELFASSESSMENTANDREVIEWPRINCIPLESOFINTERNALME
CINEHARRISONSVolume2DI
SE4iivsem-iv
StrategyPlanningandOperation,PearsonEducation,ThirdIndianReprint,2004.
. Monczkaetal.,PurchasingandSupplyChainManagement,ThomsonLearning,Second
edition,SecondReprint,2002.
REFERENCEBOOKS:
1. LeeJ.krajewskiandLarryP.Ritzman,2007,OperationsManagementstrategyandanalysis,9thEdit
ion, Pearson Eduction / PrencticeHall of India, 2007.
2. AltekarRahulV,SupplyChainManagement–Conceptandcases,PrenticeHallIndia,2005.
3. OlivierBruel,StrategicSourcingManagement:StructuralandOperationalDecision-making
KoganPage;1edition, 2016.
SE4iivsem-iv
SE4iivsem-iv
SE4iivsem-iv
SEMESTER-IV
Course Code:MBA411
ENTERPRISEPERFORMANCEMANAGEMENT
Unit -1:PerformanceManagement Lecture08
1.1: Concept, Need, Linkages with Strategic Planning, Management Control and OperationalControl. 1.2 Performance Evaluation
Parameters: Financial – Responsibility Accounting –
ConceptofResponsibilityCentres,RevenueCentre,ProfitCentre.1.3PerformanceEvaluationParameters:Non-
financialPerformanceMeasures–BalancedScorecard,Malcolm BaldrigeFramework.1.4MeasuringSBULevel
Performance:Concept,Need,Linkages with Enterprise Performance Management – Goal Congruence. Transfer Pricing –
Objective,Concept.
UnitII:PerformanceEvaluationParameters Lecture08
3.1 for Banks: Customer Base, NPAs, Deposits, RoI, Financial Inclusion, Spread, CreditAppraisal,Investments.3.2 Performance
Evaluation Parametersfor Retail:ABCAnalysis,SellThroughAnalysis.
UnitIII:CapitalExpenditureControl: Lecture08
2.1 Concept, Need, Process of Capital Budgeting, Types of Capital Expenditure Decisions –Pre-sanction, Operational and Post-
sanction Control of Capital Expenditure. 2.2 Tools
andTechniquesofCapitalExpenditureControl:PerformanceIndex,TechnicalPerformanceMeasurement,PostCompletionAudit.
UnitIV:PerformanceEvaluationParametersforBanks Lecture08
Project Control Process: Setting Base Line Plan, Measuring Progress and Performance,Comparing Plan against Action, Taking
Action, Schedule Variance (Time Overruns), ProjectCostVariance(CostOverruns).4.2PerformanceEvaluationParametersforNon-
profit:FeaturesofNon-profitOrganisations,FundAccounting,Governance,ProductPricing,Strategic
PlanningandBudgetPreparations,SocialAudit.
Reference Book –
NiraliPrakashan, Dr. Pradeep Kumar Sinha, Dr. Vikas Barbate, Dr.AjitThite,Edition–June2020
SE4iivsem-iv
Course Code:MBA412
Introduction to International Business, its Importance and Various Concepts Involved in itsuch as: Entrepot Trade, Various Tariff
and Non Tariff Barriers, Regional Trading Blocs andTypesofTradeAgreements.
Unit-2 (08)
Unit-3 (08)
Unit-4 (08)
Various Government Institutes Supporting Foreign Trade and their Role: DGFT, ExportPromotionCouncil,ECGC,SEZs,EPZsand
EOUs,EXIMBankandFEMA.
Unit-5 (08)
DriversofFDI,FlowofFDIinIndia,EXIMPolicyofIndiaDirectionofIndia’sForeignTrade(importsand
exportsscenario),RoleofRBIinExchange Rate Management.
Reference Book –Thakur Publications Pvt. Ltd, Dr. Nirzar Kulkarni, Prof. ManojBharatramPandey,Edition–2 nd Edition2020
SE4iivsem-iv
Course Code:MBA413
ENVIRONMENTANDDISASTAERMANAGEMENT
UnitI:Themultidisciplinarynatureofenvironmentalstudies
Unit 2: Natural resourcesUnit3:Ecosystems
Unit4:Biodiversity
Unit5:Pollution
Unit6:SocialIssuesandtheEnvironment
Unit 7: Human Populations and The EnvironmentReference Book:College Book